elf32-ppc.c revision 1.1.1.6
1 /* PowerPC-specific support for 32-bit ELF 2 Copyright (C) 1994-2019 Free Software Foundation, Inc. 3 Written by Ian Lance Taylor, Cygnus Support. 4 5 This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library. 6 7 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify 8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by 9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or 10 (at your option) any later version. 11 12 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, 13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of 14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the 15 GNU General Public License for more details. 16 17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License 18 along with this program; if not, write to the 19 Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, 20 Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */ 21 22 23 /* This file is based on a preliminary PowerPC ELF ABI. The 24 information may not match the final PowerPC ELF ABI. It includes 25 suggestions from the in-progress Embedded PowerPC ABI, and that 26 information may also not match. */ 27 28 #include "sysdep.h" 29 #include <stdarg.h> 30 #include "bfd.h" 31 #include "bfdlink.h" 32 #include "libbfd.h" 33 #include "elf-bfd.h" 34 #include "elf/ppc.h" 35 #include "elf32-ppc.h" 36 #include "elf-vxworks.h" 37 #include "dwarf2.h" 38 #include "opcode/ppc.h" 39 40 typedef enum split16_format_type 41 { 42 split16a_type = 0, 43 split16d_type 44 } 45 split16_format_type; 46 47 /* RELA relocations are used here. */ 48 49 static bfd_reloc_status_type ppc_elf_addr16_ha_reloc 50 (bfd *, arelent *, asymbol *, void *, asection *, bfd *, char **); 51 static bfd_reloc_status_type ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc 52 (bfd *, arelent *, asymbol *, void *, asection *, bfd *, char **); 53 54 /* Branch prediction bit for branch taken relocs. */ 55 #define BRANCH_PREDICT_BIT 0x200000 56 /* Mask to set RA in memory instructions. */ 57 #define RA_REGISTER_MASK 0x001f0000 58 /* Value to shift register by to insert RA. */ 59 #define RA_REGISTER_SHIFT 16 60 61 /* The name of the dynamic interpreter. This is put in the .interp 62 section. */ 63 #define ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER "/usr/lib/ld.so.1" 64 65 /* For old-style PLT. */ 66 /* The number of single-slot PLT entries (the rest use two slots). */ 67 #define PLT_NUM_SINGLE_ENTRIES 8192 68 69 /* For new-style .glink and .plt. */ 70 #define GLINK_PLTRESOLVE 16*4 71 #define GLINK_ENTRY_SIZE(htab, h) \ 72 ((4*4 \ 73 + (h != NULL \ 74 && h == htab->tls_get_addr \ 75 && !htab->params->no_tls_get_addr_opt ? 8*4 : 0) \ 76 + (1u << htab->params->plt_stub_align) - 1) \ 77 & -(1u << htab->params->plt_stub_align)) 78 79 /* VxWorks uses its own plt layout, filled in by the static linker. */ 80 81 /* The standard VxWorks PLT entry. */ 82 #define VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE 32 83 static const bfd_vma ppc_elf_vxworks_plt_entry 84 [VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE / 4] = 85 { 86 0x3d800000, /* lis r12,0 */ 87 0x818c0000, /* lwz r12,0(r12) */ 88 0x7d8903a6, /* mtctr r12 */ 89 0x4e800420, /* bctr */ 90 0x39600000, /* li r11,0 */ 91 0x48000000, /* b 14 <.PLT0resolve+0x4> */ 92 0x60000000, /* nop */ 93 0x60000000, /* nop */ 94 }; 95 static const bfd_vma ppc_elf_vxworks_pic_plt_entry 96 [VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE / 4] = 97 { 98 0x3d9e0000, /* addis r12,r30,0 */ 99 0x818c0000, /* lwz r12,0(r12) */ 100 0x7d8903a6, /* mtctr r12 */ 101 0x4e800420, /* bctr */ 102 0x39600000, /* li r11,0 */ 103 0x48000000, /* b 14 <.PLT0resolve+0x4> 14: R_PPC_REL24 .PLTresolve */ 104 0x60000000, /* nop */ 105 0x60000000, /* nop */ 106 }; 107 108 /* The initial VxWorks PLT entry. */ 109 #define VXWORKS_PLT_INITIAL_ENTRY_SIZE 32 110 static const bfd_vma ppc_elf_vxworks_plt0_entry 111 [VXWORKS_PLT_INITIAL_ENTRY_SIZE / 4] = 112 { 113 0x3d800000, /* lis r12,0 */ 114 0x398c0000, /* addi r12,r12,0 */ 115 0x800c0008, /* lwz r0,8(r12) */ 116 0x7c0903a6, /* mtctr r0 */ 117 0x818c0004, /* lwz r12,4(r12) */ 118 0x4e800420, /* bctr */ 119 0x60000000, /* nop */ 120 0x60000000, /* nop */ 121 }; 122 static const bfd_vma ppc_elf_vxworks_pic_plt0_entry 123 [VXWORKS_PLT_INITIAL_ENTRY_SIZE / 4] = 124 { 125 0x819e0008, /* lwz r12,8(r30) */ 126 0x7d8903a6, /* mtctr r12 */ 127 0x819e0004, /* lwz r12,4(r30) */ 128 0x4e800420, /* bctr */ 129 0x60000000, /* nop */ 130 0x60000000, /* nop */ 131 0x60000000, /* nop */ 132 0x60000000, /* nop */ 133 }; 134 135 /* For executables, we have some additional relocations in 136 .rela.plt.unloaded, for the kernel loader. */ 137 138 /* The number of non-JMP_SLOT relocations per PLT0 slot. */ 139 #define VXWORKS_PLT_NON_JMP_SLOT_RELOCS 3 140 /* The number of relocations in the PLTResolve slot. */ 141 #define VXWORKS_PLTRESOLVE_RELOCS 2 142 /* The number of relocations in the PLTResolve slot when creating 143 a shared library. */ 144 #define VXWORKS_PLTRESOLVE_RELOCS_SHLIB 0 145 146 /* Some instructions. */ 147 #define ADDIS_11_11 0x3d6b0000 148 #define ADDIS_11_30 0x3d7e0000 149 #define ADDIS_12_12 0x3d8c0000 150 #define ADDI_11_11 0x396b0000 151 #define ADD_0_11_11 0x7c0b5a14 152 #define ADD_3_12_2 0x7c6c1214 153 #define ADD_11_0_11 0x7d605a14 154 #define B 0x48000000 155 #define BA 0x48000002 156 #define BCL_20_31 0x429f0005 157 #define BCTR 0x4e800420 158 #define BEQLR 0x4d820020 159 #define CMPWI_11_0 0x2c0b0000 160 #define LIS_11 0x3d600000 161 #define LIS_12 0x3d800000 162 #define LWZU_0_12 0x840c0000 163 #define LWZ_0_12 0x800c0000 164 #define LWZ_11_3 0x81630000 165 #define LWZ_11_11 0x816b0000 166 #define LWZ_11_30 0x817e0000 167 #define LWZ_12_3 0x81830000 168 #define LWZ_12_12 0x818c0000 169 #define MR_0_3 0x7c601b78 170 #define MR_3_0 0x7c030378 171 #define MFLR_0 0x7c0802a6 172 #define MFLR_12 0x7d8802a6 173 #define MTCTR_0 0x7c0903a6 174 #define MTCTR_11 0x7d6903a6 175 #define MTLR_0 0x7c0803a6 176 #define NOP 0x60000000 177 #define SUB_11_11_12 0x7d6c5850 178 179 /* Offset of tp and dtp pointers from start of TLS block. */ 180 #define TP_OFFSET 0x7000 181 #define DTP_OFFSET 0x8000 182 183 /* The value of a defined global symbol. */ 184 #define SYM_VAL(SYM) \ 185 ((SYM)->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma \ 186 + (SYM)->root.u.def.section->output_offset \ 187 + (SYM)->root.u.def.value) 188 189 /* Relocation HOWTO's. */ 191 /* Like other ELF RELA targets that don't apply multiple 192 field-altering relocations to the same localation, src_mask is 193 always zero and pcrel_offset is the same as pc_relative. 194 PowerPC can always use a zero bitpos, even when the field is not at 195 the LSB. For example, a REL24 could use rightshift=2, bisize=24 196 and bitpos=2 which matches the ABI description, or as we do here, 197 rightshift=0, bitsize=26 and bitpos=0. */ 198 #define HOW(type, size, bitsize, mask, rightshift, pc_relative, \ 199 complain, special_func) \ 200 HOWTO (type, rightshift, size, bitsize, pc_relative, 0, \ 201 complain_overflow_ ## complain, special_func, \ 202 #type, FALSE, 0, mask, pc_relative) 203 204 static reloc_howto_type *ppc_elf_howto_table[R_PPC_max]; 205 206 static reloc_howto_type ppc_elf_howto_raw[] = { 207 /* This reloc does nothing. */ 208 HOW (R_PPC_NONE, 3, 0, 0, 0, FALSE, dont, 209 bfd_elf_generic_reloc), 210 211 /* A standard 32 bit relocation. */ 212 HOW (R_PPC_ADDR32, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, FALSE, dont, 213 bfd_elf_generic_reloc), 214 215 /* An absolute 26 bit branch; the lower two bits must be zero. 216 FIXME: we don't check that, we just clear them. */ 217 HOW (R_PPC_ADDR24, 2, 26, 0x3fffffc, 0, FALSE, signed, 218 bfd_elf_generic_reloc), 219 220 /* A standard 16 bit relocation. */ 221 HOW (R_PPC_ADDR16, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, bitfield, 222 bfd_elf_generic_reloc), 223 224 /* A 16 bit relocation without overflow. */ 225 HOW (R_PPC_ADDR16_LO, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, dont, 226 bfd_elf_generic_reloc), 227 228 /* The high order 16 bits of an address. */ 229 HOW (R_PPC_ADDR16_HI, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE, dont, 230 bfd_elf_generic_reloc), 231 232 /* The high order 16 bits of an address, plus 1 if the contents of 233 the low 16 bits, treated as a signed number, is negative. */ 234 HOW (R_PPC_ADDR16_HA, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE, dont, 235 ppc_elf_addr16_ha_reloc), 236 237 /* An absolute 16 bit branch; the lower two bits must be zero. 238 FIXME: we don't check that, we just clear them. */ 239 HOW (R_PPC_ADDR14, 2, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE, signed, 240 bfd_elf_generic_reloc), 241 242 /* An absolute 16 bit branch, for which bit 10 should be set to 243 indicate that the branch is expected to be taken. The lower two 244 bits must be zero. */ 245 HOW (R_PPC_ADDR14_BRTAKEN, 2, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE, signed, 246 bfd_elf_generic_reloc), 247 248 /* An absolute 16 bit branch, for which bit 10 should be set to 249 indicate that the branch is not expected to be taken. The lower 250 two bits must be zero. */ 251 HOW (R_PPC_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN, 2, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE, signed, 252 bfd_elf_generic_reloc), 253 254 /* A relative 26 bit branch; the lower two bits must be zero. */ 255 HOW (R_PPC_REL24, 2, 26, 0x3fffffc, 0, TRUE, signed, 256 bfd_elf_generic_reloc), 257 258 /* A relative 16 bit branch; the lower two bits must be zero. */ 259 HOW (R_PPC_REL14, 2, 16, 0xfffc, 0, TRUE, signed, 260 bfd_elf_generic_reloc), 261 262 /* A relative 16 bit branch. Bit 10 should be set to indicate that 263 the branch is expected to be taken. The lower two bits must be 264 zero. */ 265 HOW (R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN, 2, 16, 0xfffc, 0, TRUE, signed, 266 bfd_elf_generic_reloc), 267 268 /* A relative 16 bit branch. Bit 10 should be set to indicate that 269 the branch is not expected to be taken. The lower two bits must 270 be zero. */ 271 HOW (R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN, 2, 16, 0xfffc, 0, TRUE, signed, 272 bfd_elf_generic_reloc), 273 274 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR16, but referring to the GOT table entry for the 275 symbol. */ 276 HOW (R_PPC_GOT16, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, signed, 277 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 278 279 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR16_LO, but referring to the GOT table entry for 280 the symbol. */ 281 HOW (R_PPC_GOT16_LO, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, dont, 282 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 283 284 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR16_HI, but referring to the GOT table entry for 285 the symbol. */ 286 HOW (R_PPC_GOT16_HI, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE, dont, 287 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 288 289 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR16_HA, but referring to the GOT table entry for 290 the symbol. */ 291 HOW (R_PPC_GOT16_HA, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE, dont, 292 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 293 294 /* Like R_PPC_REL24, but referring to the procedure linkage table 295 entry for the symbol. */ 296 HOW (R_PPC_PLTREL24, 2, 26, 0x3fffffc, 0, TRUE, signed, 297 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 298 299 /* This is used only by the dynamic linker. The symbol should exist 300 both in the object being run and in some shared library. The 301 dynamic linker copies the data addressed by the symbol from the 302 shared library into the object, because the object being 303 run has to have the data at some particular address. */ 304 HOW (R_PPC_COPY, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE, dont, 305 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 306 307 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR32, but used when setting global offset table 308 entries. */ 309 HOW (R_PPC_GLOB_DAT, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, FALSE, dont, 310 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 311 312 /* Marks a procedure linkage table entry for a symbol. */ 313 HOW (R_PPC_JMP_SLOT, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE, dont, 314 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 315 316 /* Used only by the dynamic linker. When the object is run, this 317 longword is set to the load address of the object, plus the 318 addend. */ 319 HOW (R_PPC_RELATIVE, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, FALSE, dont, 320 bfd_elf_generic_reloc), 321 322 /* Like R_PPC_REL24, but uses the value of the symbol within the 323 object rather than the final value. Normally used for 324 _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. */ 325 HOW (R_PPC_LOCAL24PC, 2, 26, 0x3fffffc, 0, TRUE, signed, 326 bfd_elf_generic_reloc), 327 328 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR32, but may be unaligned. */ 329 HOW (R_PPC_UADDR32, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, FALSE, dont, 330 bfd_elf_generic_reloc), 331 332 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR16, but may be unaligned. */ 333 HOW (R_PPC_UADDR16, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, bitfield, 334 bfd_elf_generic_reloc), 335 336 /* 32-bit PC relative */ 337 HOW (R_PPC_REL32, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, TRUE, dont, 338 bfd_elf_generic_reloc), 339 340 /* 32-bit relocation to the symbol's procedure linkage table. 341 FIXME: not supported. */ 342 HOW (R_PPC_PLT32, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE, dont, 343 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 344 345 /* 32-bit PC relative relocation to the symbol's procedure linkage table. 346 FIXME: not supported. */ 347 HOW (R_PPC_PLTREL32, 2, 32, 0, 0, TRUE, dont, 348 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 349 350 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR16_LO, but referring to the PLT table entry for 351 the symbol. */ 352 HOW (R_PPC_PLT16_LO, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, dont, 353 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 354 355 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR16_HI, but referring to the PLT table entry for 356 the symbol. */ 357 HOW (R_PPC_PLT16_HI, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE, dont, 358 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 359 360 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR16_HA, but referring to the PLT table entry for 361 the symbol. */ 362 HOW (R_PPC_PLT16_HA, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE, dont, 363 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 364 365 /* A sign-extended 16 bit value relative to _SDA_BASE_, for use with 366 small data items. */ 367 HOW (R_PPC_SDAREL16, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, signed, 368 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 369 370 /* 16-bit section relative relocation. */ 371 HOW (R_PPC_SECTOFF, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, signed, 372 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 373 374 /* 16-bit lower half section relative relocation. */ 375 HOW (R_PPC_SECTOFF_LO, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, dont, 376 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 377 378 /* 16-bit upper half section relative relocation. */ 379 HOW (R_PPC_SECTOFF_HI, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE, dont, 380 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 381 382 /* 16-bit upper half adjusted section relative relocation. */ 383 HOW (R_PPC_SECTOFF_HA, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE, dont, 384 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 385 386 /* Marker relocs for TLS. */ 387 HOW (R_PPC_TLS, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE, dont, 388 bfd_elf_generic_reloc), 389 390 HOW (R_PPC_TLSGD, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE, dont, 391 bfd_elf_generic_reloc), 392 393 HOW (R_PPC_TLSLD, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE, dont, 394 bfd_elf_generic_reloc), 395 396 /* Marker relocs on inline plt call instructions. */ 397 HOW (R_PPC_PLTSEQ, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE, dont, 398 bfd_elf_generic_reloc), 399 400 HOW (R_PPC_PLTCALL, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE, dont, 401 bfd_elf_generic_reloc), 402 403 /* Computes the load module index of the load module that contains the 404 definition of its TLS sym. */ 405 HOW (R_PPC_DTPMOD32, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, FALSE, dont, 406 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 407 408 /* Computes a dtv-relative displacement, the difference between the value 409 of sym+add and the base address of the thread-local storage block that 410 contains the definition of sym, minus 0x8000. */ 411 HOW (R_PPC_DTPREL32, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, FALSE, dont, 412 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 413 414 /* A 16 bit dtprel reloc. */ 415 HOW (R_PPC_DTPREL16, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, signed, 416 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 417 418 /* Like DTPREL16, but no overflow. */ 419 HOW (R_PPC_DTPREL16_LO, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, dont, 420 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 421 422 /* Like DTPREL16_LO, but next higher group of 16 bits. */ 423 HOW (R_PPC_DTPREL16_HI, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE, dont, 424 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 425 426 /* Like DTPREL16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits. */ 427 HOW (R_PPC_DTPREL16_HA, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE, dont, 428 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 429 430 /* Computes a tp-relative displacement, the difference between the value of 431 sym+add and the value of the thread pointer (r13). */ 432 HOW (R_PPC_TPREL32, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, FALSE, dont, 433 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 434 435 /* A 16 bit tprel reloc. */ 436 HOW (R_PPC_TPREL16, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, signed, 437 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 438 439 /* Like TPREL16, but no overflow. */ 440 HOW (R_PPC_TPREL16_LO, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, dont, 441 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 442 443 /* Like TPREL16_LO, but next higher group of 16 bits. */ 444 HOW (R_PPC_TPREL16_HI, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE, dont, 445 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 446 447 /* Like TPREL16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits. */ 448 HOW (R_PPC_TPREL16_HA, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE, dont, 449 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 450 451 /* Allocates two contiguous entries in the GOT to hold a tls_index structure, 452 with values (sym+add)@dtpmod and (sym+add)@dtprel, and computes the offset 453 to the first entry. */ 454 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, signed, 455 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 456 457 /* Like GOT_TLSGD16, but no overflow. */ 458 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, dont, 459 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 460 461 /* Like GOT_TLSGD16_LO, but next higher group of 16 bits. */ 462 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE, dont, 463 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 464 465 /* Like GOT_TLSGD16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits. */ 466 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE, dont, 467 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 468 469 /* Allocates two contiguous entries in the GOT to hold a tls_index structure, 470 with values (sym+add)@dtpmod and zero, and computes the offset to the 471 first entry. */ 472 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, signed, 473 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 474 475 /* Like GOT_TLSLD16, but no overflow. */ 476 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, dont, 477 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 478 479 /* Like GOT_TLSLD16_LO, but next higher group of 16 bits. */ 480 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE, dont, 481 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 482 483 /* Like GOT_TLSLD16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits. */ 484 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE, dont, 485 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 486 487 /* Allocates an entry in the GOT with value (sym+add)@dtprel, and computes 488 the offset to the entry. */ 489 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, signed, 490 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 491 492 /* Like GOT_DTPREL16, but no overflow. */ 493 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_LO, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, dont, 494 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 495 496 /* Like GOT_DTPREL16_LO, but next higher group of 16 bits. */ 497 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HI, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE, dont, 498 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 499 500 /* Like GOT_DTPREL16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits. */ 501 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HA, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE, dont, 502 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 503 504 /* Allocates an entry in the GOT with value (sym+add)@tprel, and computes the 505 offset to the entry. */ 506 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, signed, 507 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 508 509 /* Like GOT_TPREL16, but no overflow. */ 510 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, dont, 511 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 512 513 /* Like GOT_TPREL16_LO, but next higher group of 16 bits. */ 514 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HI, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE, dont, 515 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 516 517 /* Like GOT_TPREL16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits. */ 518 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE, dont, 519 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 520 521 /* The remaining relocs are from the Embedded ELF ABI, and are not 522 in the SVR4 ELF ABI. */ 523 524 /* 32 bit value resulting from the addend minus the symbol. */ 525 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_NADDR32, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, FALSE, dont, 526 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 527 528 /* 16 bit value resulting from the addend minus the symbol. */ 529 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, signed, 530 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 531 532 /* 16 bit value resulting from the addend minus the symbol. */ 533 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_LO, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, dont, 534 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 535 536 /* The high order 16 bits of the addend minus the symbol. */ 537 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HI, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE, dont, 538 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 539 540 /* The high order 16 bits of the result of the addend minus the address, 541 plus 1 if the contents of the low 16 bits, treated as a signed number, 542 is negative. */ 543 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HA, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE, dont, 544 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 545 546 /* 16 bit value resulting from allocating a 4 byte word to hold an 547 address in the .sdata section, and returning the offset from 548 _SDA_BASE_ for that relocation. */ 549 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_SDAI16, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, signed, 550 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 551 552 /* 16 bit value resulting from allocating a 4 byte word to hold an 553 address in the .sdata2 section, and returning the offset from 554 _SDA2_BASE_ for that relocation. */ 555 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_SDA2I16, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, signed, 556 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 557 558 /* A sign-extended 16 bit value relative to _SDA2_BASE_, for use with 559 small data items. */ 560 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_SDA2REL, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, signed, 561 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 562 563 /* Relocate against either _SDA_BASE_ or _SDA2_BASE_, filling in the 16 bit 564 signed offset from the appropriate base, and filling in the register 565 field with the appropriate register (0, 2, or 13). */ 566 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_SDA21, 2, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, signed, 567 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 568 569 /* Relocation not handled: R_PPC_EMB_MRKREF */ 570 /* Relocation not handled: R_PPC_EMB_RELSEC16 */ 571 /* Relocation not handled: R_PPC_EMB_RELST_LO */ 572 /* Relocation not handled: R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HI */ 573 /* Relocation not handled: R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HA */ 574 /* Relocation not handled: R_PPC_EMB_BIT_FLD */ 575 576 /* PC relative relocation against either _SDA_BASE_ or _SDA2_BASE_, filling 577 in the 16 bit signed offset from the appropriate base, and filling in the 578 register field with the appropriate register (0, 2, or 13). */ 579 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_RELSDA, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, signed, 580 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 581 582 /* A relative 8 bit branch. */ 583 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_REL8, 1, 8, 0xff, 1, TRUE, signed, 584 bfd_elf_generic_reloc), 585 586 /* A relative 15 bit branch. */ 587 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_REL15, 2, 16, 0xfffe, 0, TRUE, signed, 588 bfd_elf_generic_reloc), 589 590 /* A relative 24 bit branch. */ 591 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_REL24, 2, 25, 0x1fffffe, 0, TRUE, signed, 592 bfd_elf_generic_reloc), 593 594 /* The 16 LSBS in split16a format. */ 595 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_LO16A, 2, 16, 0x1f07ff, 0, FALSE, dont, 596 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 597 598 /* The 16 LSBS in split16d format. */ 599 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_LO16D, 2, 16, 0x3e007ff, 0, FALSE, dont, 600 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 601 602 /* Bits 16-31 split16a format. */ 603 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_HI16A, 2, 16, 0x1f07ff, 16, FALSE, dont, 604 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 605 606 /* Bits 16-31 split16d format. */ 607 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_HI16D, 2, 16, 0x3e007ff, 16, FALSE, dont, 608 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 609 610 /* Bits 16-31 (High Adjusted) in split16a format. */ 611 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_HA16A, 2, 16, 0x1f07ff, 16, FALSE, dont, 612 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 613 614 /* Bits 16-31 (High Adjusted) in split16d format. */ 615 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_HA16D, 2, 16, 0x3e007ff, 16, FALSE, dont, 616 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 617 618 /* This reloc is like R_PPC_EMB_SDA21 but only applies to e_add16i 619 instructions. If the register base is 0 then the linker changes 620 the e_add16i to an e_li instruction. */ 621 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_SDA21, 2, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, signed, 622 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 623 624 /* Like R_PPC_VLE_SDA21 but ignore overflow. */ 625 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_SDA21_LO, 2, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, dont, 626 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 627 628 /* The 16 LSBS relative to _SDA_BASE_ in split16a format. */ 629 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16A, 2, 16, 0x1f07ff, 0, FALSE, dont, 630 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 631 632 /* The 16 LSBS relative to _SDA_BASE_ in split16d format. */ 633 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16D, 2, 16, 0x3e007ff, 0, FALSE, dont, 634 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 635 636 /* Bits 16-31 relative to _SDA_BASE_ in split16a format. */ 637 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16A, 2, 16, 0x1f07ff, 16, FALSE, dont, 638 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 639 640 /* Bits 16-31 relative to _SDA_BASE_ in split16d format. */ 641 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16D, 2, 16, 0x3e007ff, 16, FALSE, dont, 642 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 643 644 /* Bits 16-31 (HA) relative to _SDA_BASE split16a format. */ 645 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16A, 2, 16, 0x1f07ff, 16, FALSE, dont, 646 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 647 648 /* Bits 16-31 (HA) relative to _SDA_BASE split16d format. */ 649 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16D, 2, 16, 0x3e007ff, 16, FALSE, dont, 650 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 651 652 /* e_li split20 format. */ 653 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_ADDR20, 2, 20, 0x1f7fff, 0, FALSE, dont, 654 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 655 656 HOW (R_PPC_IRELATIVE, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, FALSE, dont, 657 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 658 659 /* A 16 bit relative relocation. */ 660 HOW (R_PPC_REL16, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, TRUE, signed, 661 bfd_elf_generic_reloc), 662 663 /* A 16 bit relative relocation without overflow. */ 664 HOW (R_PPC_REL16_LO, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, TRUE, dont, 665 bfd_elf_generic_reloc), 666 667 /* The high order 16 bits of a relative address. */ 668 HOW (R_PPC_REL16_HI, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, TRUE, dont, 669 bfd_elf_generic_reloc), 670 671 /* The high order 16 bits of a relative address, plus 1 if the contents of 672 the low 16 bits, treated as a signed number, is negative. */ 673 HOW (R_PPC_REL16_HA, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, TRUE, dont, 674 ppc_elf_addr16_ha_reloc), 675 676 /* Like R_PPC_REL16_HA but for split field in addpcis. */ 677 HOW (R_PPC_REL16DX_HA, 2, 16, 0x1fffc1, 16, TRUE, signed, 678 ppc_elf_addr16_ha_reloc), 679 680 /* A split-field reloc for addpcis, non-relative (gas internal use only). */ 681 HOW (R_PPC_16DX_HA, 2, 16, 0x1fffc1, 16, FALSE, signed, 682 ppc_elf_addr16_ha_reloc), 683 684 /* GNU extension to record C++ vtable hierarchy. */ 685 HOW (R_PPC_GNU_VTINHERIT, 0, 0, 0, 0, FALSE, dont, 686 NULL), 687 688 /* GNU extension to record C++ vtable member usage. */ 689 HOW (R_PPC_GNU_VTENTRY, 0, 0, 0, 0, FALSE, dont, 690 NULL), 691 692 /* Phony reloc to handle AIX style TOC entries. */ 693 HOW (R_PPC_TOC16, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, signed, 694 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 695 }; 696 697 /* Initialize the ppc_elf_howto_table, so that linear accesses can be done. */ 699 700 static void 701 ppc_elf_howto_init (void) 702 { 703 unsigned int i, type; 704 705 for (i = 0; 706 i < sizeof (ppc_elf_howto_raw) / sizeof (ppc_elf_howto_raw[0]); 707 i++) 708 { 709 type = ppc_elf_howto_raw[i].type; 710 if (type >= (sizeof (ppc_elf_howto_table) 711 / sizeof (ppc_elf_howto_table[0]))) 712 abort (); 713 ppc_elf_howto_table[type] = &ppc_elf_howto_raw[i]; 714 } 715 } 716 717 static reloc_howto_type * 718 ppc_elf_reloc_type_lookup (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, 719 bfd_reloc_code_real_type code) 720 { 721 enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r; 722 723 /* Initialize howto table if not already done. */ 724 if (!ppc_elf_howto_table[R_PPC_ADDR32]) 725 ppc_elf_howto_init (); 726 727 switch (code) 728 { 729 default: 730 return NULL; 731 732 case BFD_RELOC_NONE: r = R_PPC_NONE; break; 733 case BFD_RELOC_32: r = R_PPC_ADDR32; break; 734 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_BA26: r = R_PPC_ADDR24; break; 735 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_ADDR16_DS: 736 case BFD_RELOC_16: r = R_PPC_ADDR16; break; 737 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_ADDR16_LO_DS: 738 case BFD_RELOC_LO16: r = R_PPC_ADDR16_LO; break; 739 case BFD_RELOC_HI16: r = R_PPC_ADDR16_HI; break; 740 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_S: r = R_PPC_ADDR16_HA; break; 741 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_BA16: r = R_PPC_ADDR14; break; 742 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_BA16_BRTAKEN: r = R_PPC_ADDR14_BRTAKEN; break; 743 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_BA16_BRNTAKEN: r = R_PPC_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN; break; 744 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_B26: r = R_PPC_REL24; break; 745 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_B16: r = R_PPC_REL14; break; 746 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_B16_BRTAKEN: r = R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN; break; 747 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_B16_BRNTAKEN: r = R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN; break; 748 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_GOT16_DS: 749 case BFD_RELOC_16_GOTOFF: r = R_PPC_GOT16; break; 750 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_GOT16_LO_DS: 751 case BFD_RELOC_LO16_GOTOFF: r = R_PPC_GOT16_LO; break; 752 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_GOTOFF: r = R_PPC_GOT16_HI; break; 753 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_S_GOTOFF: r = R_PPC_GOT16_HA; break; 754 case BFD_RELOC_24_PLT_PCREL: r = R_PPC_PLTREL24; break; 755 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_COPY: r = R_PPC_COPY; break; 756 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GLOB_DAT: r = R_PPC_GLOB_DAT; break; 757 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_LOCAL24PC: r = R_PPC_LOCAL24PC; break; 758 case BFD_RELOC_32_PCREL: r = R_PPC_REL32; break; 759 case BFD_RELOC_32_PLTOFF: r = R_PPC_PLT32; break; 760 case BFD_RELOC_32_PLT_PCREL: r = R_PPC_PLTREL32; break; 761 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_PLT16_LO_DS: 762 case BFD_RELOC_LO16_PLTOFF: r = R_PPC_PLT16_LO; break; 763 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_PLTOFF: r = R_PPC_PLT16_HI; break; 764 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_S_PLTOFF: r = R_PPC_PLT16_HA; break; 765 case BFD_RELOC_GPREL16: r = R_PPC_SDAREL16; break; 766 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_SECTOFF_DS: 767 case BFD_RELOC_16_BASEREL: r = R_PPC_SECTOFF; break; 768 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_SECTOFF_LO_DS: 769 case BFD_RELOC_LO16_BASEREL: r = R_PPC_SECTOFF_LO; break; 770 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_BASEREL: r = R_PPC_SECTOFF_HI; break; 771 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_S_BASEREL: r = R_PPC_SECTOFF_HA; break; 772 case BFD_RELOC_CTOR: r = R_PPC_ADDR32; break; 773 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TOC16_DS: 774 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TOC16: r = R_PPC_TOC16; break; 775 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TLS: r = R_PPC_TLS; break; 776 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TLSGD: r = R_PPC_TLSGD; break; 777 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TLSLD: r = R_PPC_TLSLD; break; 778 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPMOD: r = R_PPC_DTPMOD32; break; 779 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TPREL16_DS: 780 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TPREL16: r = R_PPC_TPREL16; break; 781 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TPREL16_LO_DS: 782 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TPREL16_LO: r = R_PPC_TPREL16_LO; break; 783 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TPREL16_HI: r = R_PPC_TPREL16_HI; break; 784 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TPREL16_HA: r = R_PPC_TPREL16_HA; break; 785 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TPREL: r = R_PPC_TPREL32; break; 786 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_DTPREL16_DS: 787 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPREL16: r = R_PPC_DTPREL16; break; 788 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_DTPREL16_LO_DS: 789 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPREL16_LO: r = R_PPC_DTPREL16_LO; break; 790 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPREL16_HI: r = R_PPC_DTPREL16_HI; break; 791 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPREL16_HA: r = R_PPC_DTPREL16_HA; break; 792 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPREL: r = R_PPC_DTPREL32; break; 793 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16: r = R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16; break; 794 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO: r = R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO; break; 795 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI: r = R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI; break; 796 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA: r = R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA; break; 797 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16: r = R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16; break; 798 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO: r = R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO; break; 799 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI: r = R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI; break; 800 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA: r = R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA; break; 801 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TPREL16: r = R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16; break; 802 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO: r = R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO; break; 803 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HI: r = R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HI; break; 804 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA: r = R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA; break; 805 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16: r = R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16; break; 806 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_LO: r = R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_LO; break; 807 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HI: r = R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HI; break; 808 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HA: r = R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HA; break; 809 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_NADDR32: r = R_PPC_EMB_NADDR32; break; 810 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_NADDR16: r = R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16; break; 811 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_LO: r = R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_LO; break; 812 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HI: r = R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HI; break; 813 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HA: r = R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HA; break; 814 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_SDAI16: r = R_PPC_EMB_SDAI16; break; 815 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_SDA2I16: r = R_PPC_EMB_SDA2I16; break; 816 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_SDA2REL: r = R_PPC_EMB_SDA2REL; break; 817 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_SDA21: r = R_PPC_EMB_SDA21; break; 818 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_MRKREF: r = R_PPC_EMB_MRKREF; break; 819 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_RELSEC16: r = R_PPC_EMB_RELSEC16; break; 820 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_RELST_LO: r = R_PPC_EMB_RELST_LO; break; 821 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_RELST_HI: r = R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HI; break; 822 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_RELST_HA: r = R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HA; break; 823 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_BIT_FLD: r = R_PPC_EMB_BIT_FLD; break; 824 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_RELSDA: r = R_PPC_EMB_RELSDA; break; 825 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_REL8: r = R_PPC_VLE_REL8; break; 826 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_REL15: r = R_PPC_VLE_REL15; break; 827 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_REL24: r = R_PPC_VLE_REL24; break; 828 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_LO16A: r = R_PPC_VLE_LO16A; break; 829 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_LO16D: r = R_PPC_VLE_LO16D; break; 830 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_HI16A: r = R_PPC_VLE_HI16A; break; 831 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_HI16D: r = R_PPC_VLE_HI16D; break; 832 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_HA16A: r = R_PPC_VLE_HA16A; break; 833 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_HA16D: r = R_PPC_VLE_HA16D; break; 834 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_SDA21: r = R_PPC_VLE_SDA21; break; 835 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_SDA21_LO: r = R_PPC_VLE_SDA21_LO; break; 836 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16A: 837 r = R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16A; 838 break; 839 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16D: 840 r = R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16D; 841 break; 842 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16A: 843 r = R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16A; 844 break; 845 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16D: 846 r = R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16D; 847 break; 848 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16A: 849 r = R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16A; 850 break; 851 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16D: 852 r = R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16D; 853 break; 854 case BFD_RELOC_16_PCREL: r = R_PPC_REL16; break; 855 case BFD_RELOC_LO16_PCREL: r = R_PPC_REL16_LO; break; 856 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_PCREL: r = R_PPC_REL16_HI; break; 857 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_S_PCREL: r = R_PPC_REL16_HA; break; 858 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_16DX_HA: r = R_PPC_16DX_HA; break; 859 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_REL16DX_HA: r = R_PPC_REL16DX_HA; break; 860 case BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_INHERIT: r = R_PPC_GNU_VTINHERIT; break; 861 case BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_ENTRY: r = R_PPC_GNU_VTENTRY; break; 862 } 863 864 return ppc_elf_howto_table[r]; 865 }; 866 867 static reloc_howto_type * 868 ppc_elf_reloc_name_lookup (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, 869 const char *r_name) 870 { 871 unsigned int i; 872 873 for (i = 0; 874 i < sizeof (ppc_elf_howto_raw) / sizeof (ppc_elf_howto_raw[0]); 875 i++) 876 if (ppc_elf_howto_raw[i].name != NULL 877 && strcasecmp (ppc_elf_howto_raw[i].name, r_name) == 0) 878 return &ppc_elf_howto_raw[i]; 879 880 return NULL; 881 } 882 883 /* Set the howto pointer for a PowerPC ELF reloc. */ 884 885 static bfd_boolean 886 ppc_elf_info_to_howto (bfd *abfd, 887 arelent *cache_ptr, 888 Elf_Internal_Rela *dst) 889 { 890 unsigned int r_type; 891 892 /* Initialize howto table if not already done. */ 893 if (!ppc_elf_howto_table[R_PPC_ADDR32]) 894 ppc_elf_howto_init (); 895 896 r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (dst->r_info); 897 if (r_type >= R_PPC_max) 898 { 899 /* xgettext:c-format */ 900 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: unsupported relocation type %#x"), 901 abfd, r_type); 902 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); 903 return FALSE; 904 } 905 906 cache_ptr->howto = ppc_elf_howto_table[r_type]; 907 908 /* Just because the above assert didn't trigger doesn't mean that 909 ELF32_R_TYPE (dst->r_info) is necessarily a valid relocation. */ 910 if (cache_ptr->howto == NULL) 911 { 912 /* xgettext:c-format */ 913 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: unsupported relocation type %#x"), 914 abfd, r_type); 915 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); 916 917 return FALSE; 918 } 919 920 return TRUE; 921 } 922 923 /* Handle the R_PPC_ADDR16_HA and R_PPC_REL16_HA relocs. */ 924 925 static bfd_reloc_status_type 926 ppc_elf_addr16_ha_reloc (bfd *abfd, 927 arelent *reloc_entry, 928 asymbol *symbol, 929 void *data, 930 asection *input_section, 931 bfd *output_bfd, 932 char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) 933 { 934 enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type; 935 long insn; 936 bfd_size_type octets; 937 bfd_vma value; 938 939 if (output_bfd != NULL) 940 { 941 reloc_entry->address += input_section->output_offset; 942 return bfd_reloc_ok; 943 } 944 945 reloc_entry->addend += 0x8000; 946 r_type = reloc_entry->howto->type; 947 if (r_type != R_PPC_REL16DX_HA) 948 return bfd_reloc_continue; 949 950 value = 0; 951 if (!bfd_is_com_section (symbol->section)) 952 value = symbol->value; 953 value += (reloc_entry->addend 954 + symbol->section->output_offset 955 + symbol->section->output_section->vma); 956 value -= (reloc_entry->address 957 + input_section->output_offset 958 + input_section->output_section->vma); 959 value >>= 16; 960 961 octets = reloc_entry->address * bfd_octets_per_byte (abfd); 962 insn = bfd_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) data + octets); 963 insn &= ~0x1fffc1; 964 insn |= (value & 0xffc1) | ((value & 0x3e) << 15); 965 bfd_put_32 (abfd, insn, (bfd_byte *) data + octets); 966 return bfd_reloc_ok; 967 } 968 969 static bfd_reloc_status_type 970 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc (bfd *abfd, 971 arelent *reloc_entry, 972 asymbol *symbol, 973 void *data, 974 asection *input_section, 975 bfd *output_bfd, 976 char **error_message) 977 { 978 /* If this is a relocatable link (output_bfd test tells us), just 979 call the generic function. Any adjustment will be done at final 980 link time. */ 981 if (output_bfd != NULL) 982 return bfd_elf_generic_reloc (abfd, reloc_entry, symbol, data, 983 input_section, output_bfd, error_message); 984 985 if (error_message != NULL) 986 { 987 static char buf[60]; 988 sprintf (buf, _("generic linker can't handle %s"), 989 reloc_entry->howto->name); 990 *error_message = buf; 991 } 992 return bfd_reloc_dangerous; 993 } 994 995 /* Sections created by the linker. */ 997 998 typedef struct elf_linker_section 999 { 1000 /* Pointer to the bfd section. */ 1001 asection *section; 1002 /* Section name. */ 1003 const char *name; 1004 /* Associated bss section name. */ 1005 const char *bss_name; 1006 /* Associated symbol name. */ 1007 const char *sym_name; 1008 /* Associated symbol. */ 1009 struct elf_link_hash_entry *sym; 1010 } elf_linker_section_t; 1011 1012 /* Linked list of allocated pointer entries. This hangs off of the 1013 symbol lists, and provides allows us to return different pointers, 1014 based on different addend's. */ 1015 1016 typedef struct elf_linker_section_pointers 1017 { 1018 /* next allocated pointer for this symbol */ 1019 struct elf_linker_section_pointers *next; 1020 /* offset of pointer from beginning of section */ 1021 bfd_vma offset; 1022 /* addend used */ 1023 bfd_vma addend; 1024 /* which linker section this is */ 1025 elf_linker_section_t *lsect; 1026 } elf_linker_section_pointers_t; 1027 1028 struct ppc_elf_obj_tdata 1029 { 1030 struct elf_obj_tdata elf; 1031 1032 /* A mapping from local symbols to offsets into the various linker 1033 sections added. This is index by the symbol index. */ 1034 elf_linker_section_pointers_t **linker_section_pointers; 1035 1036 /* Flags used to auto-detect plt type. */ 1037 unsigned int makes_plt_call : 1; 1038 unsigned int has_rel16 : 1; 1039 }; 1040 1041 #define ppc_elf_tdata(bfd) \ 1042 ((struct ppc_elf_obj_tdata *) (bfd)->tdata.any) 1043 1044 #define elf_local_ptr_offsets(bfd) \ 1045 (ppc_elf_tdata (bfd)->linker_section_pointers) 1046 1047 #define is_ppc_elf(bfd) \ 1048 (bfd_get_flavour (bfd) == bfd_target_elf_flavour \ 1049 && elf_object_id (bfd) == PPC32_ELF_DATA) 1050 1051 /* Override the generic function because we store some extras. */ 1052 1053 static bfd_boolean 1054 ppc_elf_mkobject (bfd *abfd) 1055 { 1056 return bfd_elf_allocate_object (abfd, sizeof (struct ppc_elf_obj_tdata), 1057 PPC32_ELF_DATA); 1058 } 1059 1060 /* When defaulting arch/mach, decode apuinfo to find a better match. */ 1061 1062 bfd_boolean 1063 _bfd_elf_ppc_set_arch (bfd *abfd) 1064 { 1065 unsigned long mach = 0; 1066 asection *s; 1067 unsigned char *contents; 1068 1069 if (abfd->arch_info->bits_per_word == 32 1070 && bfd_big_endian (abfd)) 1071 { 1072 1073 for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next) 1074 if ((elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_flags & SHF_PPC_VLE) != 0) 1075 break; 1076 if (s != NULL) 1077 mach = bfd_mach_ppc_vle; 1078 } 1079 1080 if (mach == 0) 1081 { 1082 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, APUINFO_SECTION_NAME); 1083 if (s != NULL && bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, s, &contents)) 1084 { 1085 unsigned int apuinfo_size = bfd_get_32 (abfd, contents + 4); 1086 unsigned int i; 1087 1088 for (i = 20; i < apuinfo_size + 20 && i + 4 <= s->size; i += 4) 1089 { 1090 unsigned int val = bfd_get_32 (abfd, contents + i); 1091 switch (val >> 16) 1092 { 1093 case PPC_APUINFO_PMR: 1094 case PPC_APUINFO_RFMCI: 1095 if (mach == 0) 1096 mach = bfd_mach_ppc_titan; 1097 break; 1098 1099 case PPC_APUINFO_ISEL: 1100 case PPC_APUINFO_CACHELCK: 1101 if (mach == bfd_mach_ppc_titan) 1102 mach = bfd_mach_ppc_e500mc; 1103 break; 1104 1105 case PPC_APUINFO_SPE: 1106 case PPC_APUINFO_EFS: 1107 case PPC_APUINFO_BRLOCK: 1108 if (mach != bfd_mach_ppc_vle) 1109 mach = bfd_mach_ppc_e500; 1110 break; 1111 1112 case PPC_APUINFO_VLE: 1113 mach = bfd_mach_ppc_vle; 1114 break; 1115 1116 default: 1117 mach = -1ul; 1118 } 1119 } 1120 free (contents); 1121 } 1122 } 1123 1124 if (mach != 0 && mach != -1ul) 1125 { 1126 const bfd_arch_info_type *arch; 1127 1128 for (arch = abfd->arch_info->next; arch; arch = arch->next) 1129 if (arch->mach == mach) 1130 { 1131 abfd->arch_info = arch; 1132 break; 1133 } 1134 } 1135 return TRUE; 1136 } 1137 1138 /* Fix bad default arch selected for a 32 bit input bfd when the 1139 default is 64 bit. Also select arch based on apuinfo. */ 1140 1141 static bfd_boolean 1142 ppc_elf_object_p (bfd *abfd) 1143 { 1144 if (!abfd->arch_info->the_default) 1145 return TRUE; 1146 1147 if (abfd->arch_info->bits_per_word == 64) 1148 { 1149 Elf_Internal_Ehdr *i_ehdr = elf_elfheader (abfd); 1150 1151 if (i_ehdr->e_ident[EI_CLASS] == ELFCLASS32) 1152 { 1153 /* Relies on arch after 64 bit default being 32 bit default. */ 1154 abfd->arch_info = abfd->arch_info->next; 1155 BFD_ASSERT (abfd->arch_info->bits_per_word == 32); 1156 } 1157 } 1158 return _bfd_elf_ppc_set_arch (abfd); 1159 } 1160 1161 /* Function to set whether a module needs the -mrelocatable bit set. */ 1162 1163 static bfd_boolean 1164 ppc_elf_set_private_flags (bfd *abfd, flagword flags) 1165 { 1166 BFD_ASSERT (!elf_flags_init (abfd) 1167 || elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags == flags); 1168 1169 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags = flags; 1170 elf_flags_init (abfd) = TRUE; 1171 return TRUE; 1172 } 1173 1174 /* Support for core dump NOTE sections. */ 1175 1176 static bfd_boolean 1177 ppc_elf_grok_prstatus (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) 1178 { 1179 int offset; 1180 unsigned int size; 1181 1182 switch (note->descsz) 1183 { 1184 default: 1185 return FALSE; 1186 1187 case 268: /* Linux/PPC. */ 1188 /* pr_cursig */ 1189 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->signal = bfd_get_16 (abfd, note->descdata + 12); 1190 1191 /* pr_pid */ 1192 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->lwpid = bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata + 24); 1193 1194 /* pr_reg */ 1195 offset = 72; 1196 size = 192; 1197 1198 break; 1199 } 1200 1201 /* Make a ".reg/999" section. */ 1202 return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg", 1203 size, note->descpos + offset); 1204 } 1205 1206 static bfd_boolean 1207 ppc_elf_grok_psinfo (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) 1208 { 1209 switch (note->descsz) 1210 { 1211 default: 1212 return FALSE; 1213 1214 case 128: /* Linux/PPC elf_prpsinfo. */ 1215 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->pid 1216 = bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata + 16); 1217 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->program 1218 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, note->descdata + 32, 16); 1219 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->command 1220 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, note->descdata + 48, 80); 1221 } 1222 1223 /* Note that for some reason, a spurious space is tacked 1224 onto the end of the args in some (at least one anyway) 1225 implementations, so strip it off if it exists. */ 1226 1227 { 1228 char *command = elf_tdata (abfd)->core->command; 1229 int n = strlen (command); 1230 1231 if (0 < n && command[n - 1] == ' ') 1232 command[n - 1] = '\0'; 1233 } 1234 1235 return TRUE; 1236 } 1237 1238 static char * 1239 ppc_elf_write_core_note (bfd *abfd, char *buf, int *bufsiz, int note_type, ...) 1240 { 1241 switch (note_type) 1242 { 1243 default: 1244 return NULL; 1245 1246 case NT_PRPSINFO: 1247 { 1248 char data[128] ATTRIBUTE_NONSTRING; 1249 va_list ap; 1250 1251 va_start (ap, note_type); 1252 memset (data, 0, sizeof (data)); 1253 strncpy (data + 32, va_arg (ap, const char *), 16); 1254 #if GCC_VERSION == 8000 || GCC_VERSION == 8001 1255 DIAGNOSTIC_PUSH; 1256 /* GCC 8.0 and 8.1 warn about 80 equals destination size with 1257 -Wstringop-truncation: 1258 https://gcc.gnu.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=85643 1259 */ 1260 DIAGNOSTIC_IGNORE_STRINGOP_TRUNCATION; 1261 #endif 1262 strncpy (data + 48, va_arg (ap, const char *), 80); 1263 #if GCC_VERSION == 8000 || GCC_VERSION == 8001 1264 DIAGNOSTIC_POP; 1265 #endif 1266 va_end (ap); 1267 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, 1268 "CORE", note_type, data, sizeof (data)); 1269 } 1270 1271 case NT_PRSTATUS: 1272 { 1273 char data[268]; 1274 va_list ap; 1275 long pid; 1276 int cursig; 1277 const void *greg; 1278 1279 va_start (ap, note_type); 1280 memset (data, 0, 72); 1281 pid = va_arg (ap, long); 1282 bfd_put_32 (abfd, pid, data + 24); 1283 cursig = va_arg (ap, int); 1284 bfd_put_16 (abfd, cursig, data + 12); 1285 greg = va_arg (ap, const void *); 1286 memcpy (data + 72, greg, 192); 1287 memset (data + 264, 0, 4); 1288 va_end (ap); 1289 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, 1290 "CORE", note_type, data, sizeof (data)); 1291 } 1292 } 1293 } 1294 1295 static flagword 1296 ppc_elf_lookup_section_flags (char *flag_name) 1297 { 1298 1299 if (!strcmp (flag_name, "SHF_PPC_VLE")) 1300 return SHF_PPC_VLE; 1301 1302 return 0; 1303 } 1304 1305 /* Return address for Ith PLT stub in section PLT, for relocation REL 1306 or (bfd_vma) -1 if it should not be included. */ 1307 1308 static bfd_vma 1309 ppc_elf_plt_sym_val (bfd_vma i ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, 1310 const asection *plt ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, 1311 const arelent *rel) 1312 { 1313 return rel->address; 1314 } 1315 1316 /* Handle a PowerPC specific section when reading an object file. This 1317 is called when bfd_section_from_shdr finds a section with an unknown 1318 type. */ 1319 1320 static bfd_boolean 1321 ppc_elf_section_from_shdr (bfd *abfd, 1322 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr, 1323 const char *name, 1324 int shindex) 1325 { 1326 asection *newsect; 1327 flagword flags; 1328 1329 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex)) 1330 return FALSE; 1331 1332 newsect = hdr->bfd_section; 1333 flags = bfd_get_section_flags (abfd, newsect); 1334 if (hdr->sh_flags & SHF_EXCLUDE) 1335 flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE; 1336 1337 if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_ORDERED) 1338 flags |= SEC_SORT_ENTRIES; 1339 1340 bfd_set_section_flags (abfd, newsect, flags); 1341 return TRUE; 1342 } 1343 1344 /* Set up any other section flags and such that may be necessary. */ 1345 1346 static bfd_boolean 1347 ppc_elf_fake_sections (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, 1348 Elf_Internal_Shdr *shdr, 1349 asection *asect) 1350 { 1351 if ((asect->flags & SEC_SORT_ENTRIES) != 0) 1352 shdr->sh_type = SHT_ORDERED; 1353 1354 return TRUE; 1355 } 1356 1357 /* If we have .sbss2 or .PPC.EMB.sbss0 output sections, we 1358 need to bump up the number of section headers. */ 1359 1360 static int 1361 ppc_elf_additional_program_headers (bfd *abfd, 1362 struct bfd_link_info *info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) 1363 { 1364 asection *s; 1365 int ret = 0; 1366 1367 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".sbss2"); 1368 if (s != NULL && (s->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0) 1369 ++ret; 1370 1371 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".PPC.EMB.sbss0"); 1372 if (s != NULL && (s->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0) 1373 ++ret; 1374 1375 return ret; 1376 } 1377 1378 /* Modify the segment map for VLE executables. */ 1379 1380 bfd_boolean 1381 ppc_elf_modify_segment_map (bfd *abfd, 1382 struct bfd_link_info *info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) 1383 { 1384 struct elf_segment_map *m; 1385 1386 /* At this point in the link, output sections have already been sorted by 1387 LMA and assigned to segments. All that is left to do is to ensure 1388 there is no mixing of VLE & non-VLE sections in a text segment. 1389 If we find that case, we split the segment. 1390 We maintain the original output section order. */ 1391 1392 for (m = elf_seg_map (abfd); m != NULL; m = m->next) 1393 { 1394 struct elf_segment_map *n; 1395 bfd_size_type amt; 1396 unsigned int j, k; 1397 unsigned int p_flags; 1398 1399 if (m->p_type != PT_LOAD || m->count == 0) 1400 continue; 1401 1402 for (p_flags = PF_R, j = 0; j != m->count; ++j) 1403 { 1404 if ((m->sections[j]->flags & SEC_READONLY) == 0) 1405 p_flags |= PF_W; 1406 if ((m->sections[j]->flags & SEC_CODE) != 0) 1407 { 1408 p_flags |= PF_X; 1409 if ((elf_section_flags (m->sections[j]) & SHF_PPC_VLE) != 0) 1410 p_flags |= PF_PPC_VLE; 1411 break; 1412 } 1413 } 1414 if (j != m->count) 1415 while (++j != m->count) 1416 { 1417 unsigned int p_flags1 = PF_R; 1418 1419 if ((m->sections[j]->flags & SEC_READONLY) == 0) 1420 p_flags1 |= PF_W; 1421 if ((m->sections[j]->flags & SEC_CODE) != 0) 1422 { 1423 p_flags1 |= PF_X; 1424 if ((elf_section_flags (m->sections[j]) & SHF_PPC_VLE) != 0) 1425 p_flags1 |= PF_PPC_VLE; 1426 if (((p_flags1 ^ p_flags) & PF_PPC_VLE) != 0) 1427 break; 1428 } 1429 p_flags |= p_flags1; 1430 } 1431 /* If we're splitting a segment which originally contained rw 1432 sections then those sections might now only be in one of the 1433 two parts. So always set p_flags if splitting, even if we 1434 are being called for objcopy with p_flags_valid set. */ 1435 if (j != m->count || !m->p_flags_valid) 1436 { 1437 m->p_flags_valid = 1; 1438 m->p_flags = p_flags; 1439 } 1440 if (j == m->count) 1441 continue; 1442 1443 /* Sections 0..j-1 stay in this (current) segment, 1444 the remainder are put in a new segment. 1445 The scan resumes with the new segment. */ 1446 1447 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map); 1448 amt += (m->count - j - 1) * sizeof (asection *); 1449 n = (struct elf_segment_map *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt); 1450 if (n == NULL) 1451 return FALSE; 1452 1453 n->p_type = PT_LOAD; 1454 n->count = m->count - j; 1455 for (k = 0; k < n->count; ++k) 1456 n->sections[k] = m->sections[j + k]; 1457 m->count = j; 1458 m->p_size_valid = 0; 1459 n->next = m->next; 1460 m->next = n; 1461 } 1462 1463 return TRUE; 1464 } 1465 1466 /* Add extra PPC sections -- Note, for now, make .sbss2 and 1467 .PPC.EMB.sbss0 a normal section, and not a bss section so 1468 that the linker doesn't crater when trying to make more than 1469 2 sections. */ 1470 1471 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section ppc_elf_special_sections[] = 1472 { 1473 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".plt"), 0, SHT_NOBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_EXECINSTR }, 1474 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".sbss"), -2, SHT_NOBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE }, 1475 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".sbss2"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC }, 1476 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".sdata"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE }, 1477 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".sdata2"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC }, 1478 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".tags"), 0, SHT_ORDERED, SHF_ALLOC }, 1479 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (APUINFO_SECTION_NAME), 0, SHT_NOTE, 0 }, 1480 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".PPC.EMB.sbss0"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC }, 1481 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".PPC.EMB.sdata0"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC }, 1482 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 } 1483 }; 1484 1485 /* This is what we want for new plt/got. */ 1486 static struct bfd_elf_special_section ppc_alt_plt = 1487 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".plt"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC }; 1488 1489 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section * 1490 ppc_elf_get_sec_type_attr (bfd *abfd, asection *sec) 1491 { 1492 const struct bfd_elf_special_section *ssect; 1493 1494 /* See if this is one of the special sections. */ 1495 if (sec->name == NULL) 1496 return NULL; 1497 1498 ssect = _bfd_elf_get_special_section (sec->name, ppc_elf_special_sections, 1499 sec->use_rela_p); 1500 if (ssect != NULL) 1501 { 1502 if (ssect == ppc_elf_special_sections && (sec->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0) 1503 ssect = &ppc_alt_plt; 1504 return ssect; 1505 } 1506 1507 return _bfd_elf_get_sec_type_attr (abfd, sec); 1508 } 1509 1510 /* Very simple linked list structure for recording apuinfo values. */ 1512 typedef struct apuinfo_list 1513 { 1514 struct apuinfo_list *next; 1515 unsigned long value; 1516 } 1517 apuinfo_list; 1518 1519 static apuinfo_list *head; 1520 static bfd_boolean apuinfo_set; 1521 1522 static void 1523 apuinfo_list_init (void) 1524 { 1525 head = NULL; 1526 apuinfo_set = FALSE; 1527 } 1528 1529 static void 1530 apuinfo_list_add (unsigned long value) 1531 { 1532 apuinfo_list *entry = head; 1533 1534 while (entry != NULL) 1535 { 1536 if (entry->value == value) 1537 return; 1538 entry = entry->next; 1539 } 1540 1541 entry = bfd_malloc (sizeof (* entry)); 1542 if (entry == NULL) 1543 return; 1544 1545 entry->value = value; 1546 entry->next = head; 1547 head = entry; 1548 } 1549 1550 static unsigned 1551 apuinfo_list_length (void) 1552 { 1553 apuinfo_list *entry; 1554 unsigned long count; 1555 1556 for (entry = head, count = 0; 1557 entry; 1558 entry = entry->next) 1559 ++ count; 1560 1561 return count; 1562 } 1563 1564 static inline unsigned long 1565 apuinfo_list_element (unsigned long number) 1566 { 1567 apuinfo_list * entry; 1568 1569 for (entry = head; 1570 entry && number --; 1571 entry = entry->next) 1572 ; 1573 1574 return entry ? entry->value : 0; 1575 } 1576 1577 static void 1578 apuinfo_list_finish (void) 1579 { 1580 apuinfo_list *entry; 1581 1582 for (entry = head; entry;) 1583 { 1584 apuinfo_list *next = entry->next; 1585 free (entry); 1586 entry = next; 1587 } 1588 1589 head = NULL; 1590 } 1591 1592 /* Scan the input BFDs and create a linked list of 1593 the APUinfo values that will need to be emitted. */ 1594 1595 static void 1596 ppc_elf_begin_write_processing (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *link_info) 1597 { 1598 bfd *ibfd; 1599 asection *asec; 1600 char *buffer = NULL; 1601 bfd_size_type largest_input_size = 0; 1602 unsigned i; 1603 unsigned long length; 1604 const char *error_message = NULL; 1605 1606 if (link_info == NULL) 1607 return; 1608 1609 apuinfo_list_init (); 1610 1611 /* Read in the input sections contents. */ 1612 for (ibfd = link_info->input_bfds; ibfd; ibfd = ibfd->link.next) 1613 { 1614 unsigned long datum; 1615 1616 asec = bfd_get_section_by_name (ibfd, APUINFO_SECTION_NAME); 1617 if (asec == NULL) 1618 continue; 1619 1620 /* xgettext:c-format */ 1621 error_message = _("corrupt %s section in %pB"); 1622 length = asec->size; 1623 if (length < 20) 1624 goto fail; 1625 1626 apuinfo_set = TRUE; 1627 if (largest_input_size < asec->size) 1628 { 1629 if (buffer) 1630 free (buffer); 1631 largest_input_size = asec->size; 1632 buffer = bfd_malloc (largest_input_size); 1633 if (!buffer) 1634 return; 1635 } 1636 1637 if (bfd_seek (ibfd, asec->filepos, SEEK_SET) != 0 1638 || (bfd_bread (buffer, length, ibfd) != length)) 1639 { 1640 /* xgettext:c-format */ 1641 error_message = _("unable to read in %s section from %pB"); 1642 goto fail; 1643 } 1644 1645 /* Verify the contents of the header. Note - we have to 1646 extract the values this way in order to allow for a 1647 host whose endian-ness is different from the target. */ 1648 datum = bfd_get_32 (ibfd, buffer); 1649 if (datum != sizeof APUINFO_LABEL) 1650 goto fail; 1651 1652 datum = bfd_get_32 (ibfd, buffer + 8); 1653 if (datum != 0x2) 1654 goto fail; 1655 1656 if (strcmp (buffer + 12, APUINFO_LABEL) != 0) 1657 goto fail; 1658 1659 /* Get the number of bytes used for apuinfo entries. */ 1660 datum = bfd_get_32 (ibfd, buffer + 4); 1661 if (datum + 20 != length) 1662 goto fail; 1663 1664 /* Scan the apuinfo section, building a list of apuinfo numbers. */ 1665 for (i = 0; i < datum; i += 4) 1666 apuinfo_list_add (bfd_get_32 (ibfd, buffer + 20 + i)); 1667 } 1668 1669 error_message = NULL; 1670 1671 if (apuinfo_set) 1672 { 1673 /* Compute the size of the output section. */ 1674 unsigned num_entries = apuinfo_list_length (); 1675 1676 /* Set the output section size, if it exists. */ 1677 asec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, APUINFO_SECTION_NAME); 1678 1679 if (asec && ! bfd_set_section_size (abfd, asec, 20 + num_entries * 4)) 1680 { 1681 ibfd = abfd; 1682 /* xgettext:c-format */ 1683 error_message = _("warning: unable to set size of %s section in %pB"); 1684 } 1685 } 1686 1687 fail: 1688 if (buffer) 1689 free (buffer); 1690 1691 if (error_message) 1692 _bfd_error_handler (error_message, APUINFO_SECTION_NAME, ibfd); 1693 } 1694 1695 /* Prevent the output section from accumulating the input sections' 1696 contents. We have already stored this in our linked list structure. */ 1697 1698 static bfd_boolean 1699 ppc_elf_write_section (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, 1700 struct bfd_link_info *link_info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, 1701 asection *asec, 1702 bfd_byte *contents ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) 1703 { 1704 return apuinfo_set && strcmp (asec->name, APUINFO_SECTION_NAME) == 0; 1705 } 1706 1707 /* Finally we can generate the output section. */ 1708 1709 static void 1710 ppc_elf_final_write_processing (bfd *abfd, bfd_boolean linker ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) 1711 { 1712 bfd_byte *buffer; 1713 asection *asec; 1714 unsigned i; 1715 unsigned num_entries; 1716 bfd_size_type length; 1717 1718 asec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, APUINFO_SECTION_NAME); 1719 if (asec == NULL) 1720 return; 1721 1722 if (!apuinfo_set) 1723 return; 1724 1725 length = asec->size; 1726 if (length < 20) 1727 return; 1728 1729 buffer = bfd_malloc (length); 1730 if (buffer == NULL) 1731 { 1732 _bfd_error_handler 1733 (_("failed to allocate space for new APUinfo section")); 1734 return; 1735 } 1736 1737 /* Create the apuinfo header. */ 1738 num_entries = apuinfo_list_length (); 1739 bfd_put_32 (abfd, sizeof APUINFO_LABEL, buffer); 1740 bfd_put_32 (abfd, num_entries * 4, buffer + 4); 1741 bfd_put_32 (abfd, 0x2, buffer + 8); 1742 strcpy ((char *) buffer + 12, APUINFO_LABEL); 1743 1744 length = 20; 1745 for (i = 0; i < num_entries; i++) 1746 { 1747 bfd_put_32 (abfd, apuinfo_list_element (i), buffer + length); 1748 length += 4; 1749 } 1750 1751 if (length != asec->size) 1752 _bfd_error_handler (_("failed to compute new APUinfo section")); 1753 1754 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd, asec, buffer, (file_ptr) 0, length)) 1755 _bfd_error_handler (_("failed to install new APUinfo section")); 1756 1757 free (buffer); 1758 1759 apuinfo_list_finish (); 1760 } 1761 1762 static bfd_boolean 1764 is_nonpic_glink_stub (bfd *abfd, asection *glink, bfd_vma off) 1765 { 1766 bfd_byte buf[4 * 4]; 1767 1768 if (!bfd_get_section_contents (abfd, glink, buf, off, sizeof buf)) 1769 return FALSE; 1770 1771 return ((bfd_get_32 (abfd, buf + 0) & 0xffff0000) == LIS_11 1772 && (bfd_get_32 (abfd, buf + 4) & 0xffff0000) == LWZ_11_11 1773 && bfd_get_32 (abfd, buf + 8) == MTCTR_11 1774 && bfd_get_32 (abfd, buf + 12) == BCTR); 1775 } 1776 1777 static bfd_boolean 1778 section_covers_vma (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, asection *section, void *ptr) 1779 { 1780 bfd_vma vma = *(bfd_vma *) ptr; 1781 return ((section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0 1782 && section->vma <= vma 1783 && vma < section->vma + section->size); 1784 } 1785 1786 static long 1787 ppc_elf_get_synthetic_symtab (bfd *abfd, long symcount, asymbol **syms, 1788 long dynsymcount, asymbol **dynsyms, 1789 asymbol **ret) 1790 { 1791 bfd_boolean (*slurp_relocs) (bfd *, asection *, asymbol **, bfd_boolean); 1792 asection *plt, *relplt, *dynamic, *glink; 1793 bfd_vma glink_vma = 0; 1794 bfd_vma resolv_vma = 0; 1795 bfd_vma stub_off; 1796 asymbol *s; 1797 arelent *p; 1798 long count, i, stub_delta; 1799 size_t size; 1800 char *names; 1801 bfd_byte buf[4]; 1802 1803 *ret = NULL; 1804 1805 if ((abfd->flags & (DYNAMIC | EXEC_P)) == 0) 1806 return 0; 1807 1808 if (dynsymcount <= 0) 1809 return 0; 1810 1811 relplt = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".rela.plt"); 1812 if (relplt == NULL) 1813 return 0; 1814 1815 plt = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".plt"); 1816 if (plt == NULL) 1817 return 0; 1818 1819 /* Call common code to handle old-style executable PLTs. */ 1820 if (elf_section_flags (plt) & SHF_EXECINSTR) 1821 return _bfd_elf_get_synthetic_symtab (abfd, symcount, syms, 1822 dynsymcount, dynsyms, ret); 1823 1824 /* If this object was prelinked, the prelinker stored the address 1825 of .glink at got[1]. If it wasn't prelinked, got[1] will be zero. */ 1826 dynamic = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic"); 1827 if (dynamic != NULL) 1828 { 1829 bfd_byte *dynbuf, *extdyn, *extdynend; 1830 size_t extdynsize; 1831 void (*swap_dyn_in) (bfd *, const void *, Elf_Internal_Dyn *); 1832 1833 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, dynamic, &dynbuf)) 1834 return -1; 1835 1836 extdynsize = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_dyn; 1837 swap_dyn_in = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->swap_dyn_in; 1838 1839 extdyn = dynbuf; 1840 extdynend = extdyn + dynamic->size; 1841 for (; extdyn < extdynend; extdyn += extdynsize) 1842 { 1843 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn; 1844 (*swap_dyn_in) (abfd, extdyn, &dyn); 1845 1846 if (dyn.d_tag == DT_NULL) 1847 break; 1848 1849 if (dyn.d_tag == DT_PPC_GOT) 1850 { 1851 unsigned int g_o_t = dyn.d_un.d_val; 1852 asection *got = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".got"); 1853 if (got != NULL 1854 && bfd_get_section_contents (abfd, got, buf, 1855 g_o_t - got->vma + 4, 4)) 1856 glink_vma = bfd_get_32 (abfd, buf); 1857 break; 1858 } 1859 } 1860 free (dynbuf); 1861 } 1862 1863 /* Otherwise we read the first plt entry. */ 1864 if (glink_vma == 0) 1865 { 1866 if (bfd_get_section_contents (abfd, plt, buf, 0, 4)) 1867 glink_vma = bfd_get_32 (abfd, buf); 1868 } 1869 1870 if (glink_vma == 0) 1871 return 0; 1872 1873 /* The .glink section usually does not survive the final 1874 link; search for the section (usually .text) where the 1875 glink stubs now reside. */ 1876 glink = bfd_sections_find_if (abfd, section_covers_vma, &glink_vma); 1877 if (glink == NULL) 1878 return 0; 1879 1880 /* Determine glink PLT resolver by reading the relative branch 1881 from the first glink stub. */ 1882 if (bfd_get_section_contents (abfd, glink, buf, 1883 glink_vma - glink->vma, 4)) 1884 { 1885 unsigned int insn = bfd_get_32 (abfd, buf); 1886 1887 /* The first glink stub may either branch to the resolver ... */ 1888 insn ^= B; 1889 if ((insn & ~0x3fffffc) == 0) 1890 resolv_vma = glink_vma + (insn ^ 0x2000000) - 0x2000000; 1891 1892 /* ... or fall through a bunch of NOPs. */ 1893 else if ((insn ^ B ^ NOP) == 0) 1894 for (i = 4; 1895 bfd_get_section_contents (abfd, glink, buf, 1896 glink_vma - glink->vma + i, 4); 1897 i += 4) 1898 if (bfd_get_32 (abfd, buf) != NOP) 1899 { 1900 resolv_vma = glink_vma + i; 1901 break; 1902 } 1903 } 1904 1905 count = relplt->size / sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela); 1906 /* If the stubs are those for -shared/-pie then we might have 1907 multiple stubs for each plt entry. If that is the case then 1908 there is no way to associate stubs with their plt entries short 1909 of figuring out the GOT pointer value used in the stub. 1910 The offsets tested here need to cover all possible values of 1911 GLINK_ENTRY_SIZE for other than __tls_get_addr_opt. */ 1912 stub_off = glink_vma - glink->vma; 1913 for (stub_delta = 16; stub_delta <= 32; stub_delta += 8) 1914 if (is_nonpic_glink_stub (abfd, glink, stub_off - stub_delta)) 1915 break; 1916 if (stub_delta > 32) 1917 return 0; 1918 1919 slurp_relocs = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->slurp_reloc_table; 1920 if (! (*slurp_relocs) (abfd, relplt, dynsyms, TRUE)) 1921 return -1; 1922 1923 size = count * sizeof (asymbol); 1924 p = relplt->relocation; 1925 for (i = 0; i < count; i++, p++) 1926 { 1927 size += strlen ((*p->sym_ptr_ptr)->name) + sizeof ("@plt"); 1928 if (p->addend != 0) 1929 size += sizeof ("+0x") - 1 + 8; 1930 } 1931 1932 size += sizeof (asymbol) + sizeof ("__glink"); 1933 1934 if (resolv_vma) 1935 size += sizeof (asymbol) + sizeof ("__glink_PLTresolve"); 1936 1937 s = *ret = bfd_malloc (size); 1938 if (s == NULL) 1939 return -1; 1940 1941 stub_off = glink_vma - glink->vma; 1942 names = (char *) (s + count + 1 + (resolv_vma != 0)); 1943 p = relplt->relocation + count - 1; 1944 for (i = 0; i < count; i++) 1945 { 1946 size_t len; 1947 1948 stub_off -= stub_delta; 1949 if (strcmp ((*p->sym_ptr_ptr)->name, "__tls_get_addr_opt") == 0) 1950 stub_off -= 32; 1951 *s = **p->sym_ptr_ptr; 1952 /* Undefined syms won't have BSF_LOCAL or BSF_GLOBAL set. Since 1953 we are defining a symbol, ensure one of them is set. */ 1954 if ((s->flags & BSF_LOCAL) == 0) 1955 s->flags |= BSF_GLOBAL; 1956 s->flags |= BSF_SYNTHETIC; 1957 s->section = glink; 1958 s->value = stub_off; 1959 s->name = names; 1960 s->udata.p = NULL; 1961 len = strlen ((*p->sym_ptr_ptr)->name); 1962 memcpy (names, (*p->sym_ptr_ptr)->name, len); 1963 names += len; 1964 if (p->addend != 0) 1965 { 1966 memcpy (names, "+0x", sizeof ("+0x") - 1); 1967 names += sizeof ("+0x") - 1; 1968 bfd_sprintf_vma (abfd, names, p->addend); 1969 names += strlen (names); 1970 } 1971 memcpy (names, "@plt", sizeof ("@plt")); 1972 names += sizeof ("@plt"); 1973 ++s; 1974 --p; 1975 } 1976 1977 /* Add a symbol at the start of the glink branch table. */ 1978 memset (s, 0, sizeof *s); 1979 s->the_bfd = abfd; 1980 s->flags = BSF_GLOBAL | BSF_SYNTHETIC; 1981 s->section = glink; 1982 s->value = glink_vma - glink->vma; 1983 s->name = names; 1984 memcpy (names, "__glink", sizeof ("__glink")); 1985 names += sizeof ("__glink"); 1986 s++; 1987 count++; 1988 1989 if (resolv_vma) 1990 { 1991 /* Add a symbol for the glink PLT resolver. */ 1992 memset (s, 0, sizeof *s); 1993 s->the_bfd = abfd; 1994 s->flags = BSF_GLOBAL | BSF_SYNTHETIC; 1995 s->section = glink; 1996 s->value = resolv_vma - glink->vma; 1997 s->name = names; 1998 memcpy (names, "__glink_PLTresolve", sizeof ("__glink_PLTresolve")); 1999 names += sizeof ("__glink_PLTresolve"); 2000 s++; 2001 count++; 2002 } 2003 2004 return count; 2005 } 2006 2007 /* The following functions are specific to the ELF linker, while 2009 functions above are used generally. They appear in this file more 2010 or less in the order in which they are called. eg. 2011 ppc_elf_check_relocs is called early in the link process, 2012 ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_sections is one of the last functions 2013 called. */ 2014 2015 /* Track PLT entries needed for a given symbol. We might need more 2016 than one glink entry per symbol when generating a pic binary. */ 2017 struct plt_entry 2018 { 2019 struct plt_entry *next; 2020 2021 /* -fPIC uses multiple GOT sections, one per file, called ".got2". 2022 This field stores the offset into .got2 used to initialise the 2023 GOT pointer reg. It will always be at least 32768. (Current 2024 gcc always uses an offset of 32768, but ld -r will pack .got2 2025 sections together resulting in larger offsets). */ 2026 bfd_vma addend; 2027 2028 /* The .got2 section. */ 2029 asection *sec; 2030 2031 /* PLT refcount or offset. */ 2032 union 2033 { 2034 bfd_signed_vma refcount; 2035 bfd_vma offset; 2036 } plt; 2037 2038 /* .glink stub offset. */ 2039 bfd_vma glink_offset; 2040 }; 2041 2042 /* Of those relocs that might be copied as dynamic relocs, this 2043 function selects those that must be copied when linking a shared 2044 library or PIE, even when the symbol is local. */ 2045 2046 static int 2047 must_be_dyn_reloc (struct bfd_link_info *info, 2048 enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type) 2049 { 2050 switch (r_type) 2051 { 2052 default: 2053 /* Only relative relocs can be resolved when the object load 2054 address isn't fixed. DTPREL32 is excluded because the 2055 dynamic linker needs to differentiate global dynamic from 2056 local dynamic __tls_index pairs when PPC_OPT_TLS is set. */ 2057 return 1; 2058 2059 case R_PPC_REL24: 2060 case R_PPC_REL14: 2061 case R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN: 2062 case R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN: 2063 case R_PPC_REL32: 2064 return 0; 2065 2066 case R_PPC_TPREL32: 2067 case R_PPC_TPREL16: 2068 case R_PPC_TPREL16_LO: 2069 case R_PPC_TPREL16_HI: 2070 case R_PPC_TPREL16_HA: 2071 /* These relocations are relative but in a shared library the 2072 linker doesn't know the thread pointer base. */ 2073 return bfd_link_dll (info); 2074 } 2075 } 2076 2077 /* If ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS is non-zero, the linker will try to avoid 2078 copying dynamic variables from a shared lib into an app's dynbss 2079 section, and instead use a dynamic relocation to point into the 2080 shared lib. */ 2081 #define ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS 1 2082 2083 /* Used to track dynamic relocations for local symbols. */ 2084 struct ppc_dyn_relocs 2085 { 2086 struct ppc_dyn_relocs *next; 2087 2088 /* The input section of the reloc. */ 2089 asection *sec; 2090 2091 /* Total number of relocs copied for the input section. */ 2092 unsigned int count : 31; 2093 2094 /* Whether this entry is for STT_GNU_IFUNC symbols. */ 2095 unsigned int ifunc : 1; 2096 }; 2097 2098 /* PPC ELF linker hash entry. */ 2099 2100 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry 2101 { 2102 struct elf_link_hash_entry elf; 2103 2104 /* If this symbol is used in the linker created sections, the processor 2105 specific backend uses this field to map the field into the offset 2106 from the beginning of the section. */ 2107 elf_linker_section_pointers_t *linker_section_pointer; 2108 2109 /* Track dynamic relocs copied for this symbol. */ 2110 struct elf_dyn_relocs *dyn_relocs; 2111 2112 /* Contexts in which symbol is used in the GOT. 2113 Bits are or'd into the mask as the corresponding relocs are 2114 encountered during check_relocs, with TLS_TLS being set when any 2115 of the other TLS bits are set. tls_optimize clears bits when 2116 optimizing to indicate the corresponding GOT entry type is not 2117 needed. If set, TLS_TLS is never cleared. tls_optimize may also 2118 set TLS_TPRELGD when a GD reloc turns into a TPREL one. We use a 2119 separate flag rather than setting TPREL just for convenience in 2120 distinguishing the two cases. 2121 These flags are also kept for local symbols. */ 2122 #define TLS_TLS 1 /* Any TLS reloc. */ 2123 #define TLS_GD 2 /* GD reloc. */ 2124 #define TLS_LD 4 /* LD reloc. */ 2125 #define TLS_TPREL 8 /* TPREL reloc, => IE. */ 2126 #define TLS_DTPREL 16 /* DTPREL reloc, => LD. */ 2127 #define TLS_MARK 32 /* __tls_get_addr call marked. */ 2128 #define TLS_TPRELGD 64 /* TPREL reloc resulting from GD->IE. */ 2129 unsigned char tls_mask; 2130 2131 /* The above field is also used to mark function symbols. In which 2132 case TLS_TLS will be 0. */ 2133 #define PLT_IFUNC 2 /* STT_GNU_IFUNC. */ 2134 #define PLT_KEEP 4 /* inline plt call requires plt entry. */ 2135 #define NON_GOT 256 /* local symbol plt, not stored. */ 2136 2137 /* Nonzero if we have seen a small data relocation referring to this 2138 symbol. */ 2139 unsigned char has_sda_refs : 1; 2140 2141 /* Flag use of given relocations. */ 2142 unsigned char has_addr16_ha : 1; 2143 unsigned char has_addr16_lo : 1; 2144 }; 2145 2146 #define ppc_elf_hash_entry(ent) ((struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry *) (ent)) 2147 2148 /* PPC ELF linker hash table. */ 2149 2150 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table 2151 { 2152 struct elf_link_hash_table elf; 2153 2154 /* Various options passed from the linker. */ 2155 struct ppc_elf_params *params; 2156 2157 /* Short-cuts to get to dynamic linker sections. */ 2158 asection *glink; 2159 asection *dynsbss; 2160 asection *relsbss; 2161 elf_linker_section_t sdata[2]; 2162 asection *sbss; 2163 asection *glink_eh_frame; 2164 asection *pltlocal; 2165 asection *relpltlocal; 2166 2167 /* The (unloaded but important) .rela.plt.unloaded on VxWorks. */ 2168 asection *srelplt2; 2169 2170 /* Shortcut to __tls_get_addr. */ 2171 struct elf_link_hash_entry *tls_get_addr; 2172 2173 /* The bfd that forced an old-style PLT. */ 2174 bfd *old_bfd; 2175 2176 /* TLS local dynamic got entry handling. */ 2177 union { 2178 bfd_signed_vma refcount; 2179 bfd_vma offset; 2180 } tlsld_got; 2181 2182 /* Offset of branch table to PltResolve function in glink. */ 2183 bfd_vma glink_pltresolve; 2184 2185 /* Size of reserved GOT entries. */ 2186 unsigned int got_header_size; 2187 /* Non-zero if allocating the header left a gap. */ 2188 unsigned int got_gap; 2189 2190 /* The type of PLT we have chosen to use. */ 2191 enum ppc_elf_plt_type plt_type; 2192 2193 /* True if the target system is VxWorks. */ 2194 unsigned int is_vxworks:1; 2195 2196 /* Whether there exist local gnu indirect function resolvers, 2197 referenced by dynamic relocations. */ 2198 unsigned int local_ifunc_resolver:1; 2199 unsigned int maybe_local_ifunc_resolver:1; 2200 2201 /* Set if tls optimization is enabled. */ 2202 unsigned int do_tls_opt:1; 2203 2204 /* Set if inline plt calls should be converted to direct calls. */ 2205 unsigned int can_convert_all_inline_plt:1; 2206 2207 /* The size of PLT entries. */ 2208 int plt_entry_size; 2209 /* The distance between adjacent PLT slots. */ 2210 int plt_slot_size; 2211 /* The size of the first PLT entry. */ 2212 int plt_initial_entry_size; 2213 2214 /* Small local sym cache. */ 2215 struct sym_cache sym_cache; 2216 }; 2217 2218 /* Rename some of the generic section flags to better document how they 2219 are used for ppc32. The flags are only valid for ppc32 elf objects. */ 2220 2221 /* Nonzero if this section has TLS related relocations. */ 2222 #define has_tls_reloc sec_flg0 2223 2224 /* Nonzero if this section has a call to __tls_get_addr. */ 2225 #define has_tls_get_addr_call sec_flg1 2226 2227 /* Flag set when PLTCALL relocs are detected. */ 2228 #define has_pltcall sec_flg2 2229 2230 /* Get the PPC ELF linker hash table from a link_info structure. */ 2231 2232 #define ppc_elf_hash_table(p) \ 2233 (elf_hash_table_id ((struct elf_link_hash_table *) ((p)->hash)) \ 2234 == PPC32_ELF_DATA ? ((struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *) ((p)->hash)) : NULL) 2235 2236 /* Create an entry in a PPC ELF linker hash table. */ 2237 2238 static struct bfd_hash_entry * 2239 ppc_elf_link_hash_newfunc (struct bfd_hash_entry *entry, 2240 struct bfd_hash_table *table, 2241 const char *string) 2242 { 2243 /* Allocate the structure if it has not already been allocated by a 2244 subclass. */ 2245 if (entry == NULL) 2246 { 2247 entry = bfd_hash_allocate (table, 2248 sizeof (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry)); 2249 if (entry == NULL) 2250 return entry; 2251 } 2252 2253 /* Call the allocation method of the superclass. */ 2254 entry = _bfd_elf_link_hash_newfunc (entry, table, string); 2255 if (entry != NULL) 2256 { 2257 ppc_elf_hash_entry (entry)->linker_section_pointer = NULL; 2258 ppc_elf_hash_entry (entry)->dyn_relocs = NULL; 2259 ppc_elf_hash_entry (entry)->tls_mask = 0; 2260 ppc_elf_hash_entry (entry)->has_sda_refs = 0; 2261 } 2262 2263 return entry; 2264 } 2265 2266 /* Create a PPC ELF linker hash table. */ 2267 2268 static struct bfd_link_hash_table * 2269 ppc_elf_link_hash_table_create (bfd *abfd) 2270 { 2271 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *ret; 2272 static struct ppc_elf_params default_params 2273 = { PLT_OLD, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 12, 0, 0, 0 }; 2274 2275 ret = bfd_zmalloc (sizeof (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table)); 2276 if (ret == NULL) 2277 return NULL; 2278 2279 if (!_bfd_elf_link_hash_table_init (&ret->elf, abfd, 2280 ppc_elf_link_hash_newfunc, 2281 sizeof (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry), 2282 PPC32_ELF_DATA)) 2283 { 2284 free (ret); 2285 return NULL; 2286 } 2287 2288 ret->elf.init_plt_refcount.refcount = 0; 2289 ret->elf.init_plt_refcount.glist = NULL; 2290 ret->elf.init_plt_offset.offset = 0; 2291 ret->elf.init_plt_offset.glist = NULL; 2292 2293 ret->params = &default_params; 2294 2295 ret->sdata[0].name = ".sdata"; 2296 ret->sdata[0].sym_name = "_SDA_BASE_"; 2297 ret->sdata[0].bss_name = ".sbss"; 2298 2299 ret->sdata[1].name = ".sdata2"; 2300 ret->sdata[1].sym_name = "_SDA2_BASE_"; 2301 ret->sdata[1].bss_name = ".sbss2"; 2302 2303 ret->plt_entry_size = 12; 2304 ret->plt_slot_size = 8; 2305 ret->plt_initial_entry_size = 72; 2306 2307 return &ret->elf.root; 2308 } 2309 2310 /* Hook linker params into hash table. */ 2311 2312 void 2313 ppc_elf_link_params (struct bfd_link_info *info, struct ppc_elf_params *params) 2314 { 2315 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info); 2316 2317 if (htab) 2318 htab->params = params; 2319 params->pagesize_p2 = bfd_log2 (params->pagesize); 2320 } 2321 2322 /* Create .got and the related sections. */ 2323 2324 static bfd_boolean 2325 ppc_elf_create_got (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info) 2326 { 2327 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab; 2328 2329 if (!_bfd_elf_create_got_section (abfd, info)) 2330 return FALSE; 2331 2332 htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info); 2333 if (!htab->is_vxworks) 2334 { 2335 /* The powerpc .got has a blrl instruction in it. Mark it 2336 executable. */ 2337 flagword flags = (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_CODE | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS 2338 | SEC_IN_MEMORY | SEC_LINKER_CREATED); 2339 if (!bfd_set_section_flags (abfd, htab->elf.sgot, flags)) 2340 return FALSE; 2341 } 2342 2343 return TRUE; 2344 } 2345 2346 /* Create a special linker section, used for R_PPC_EMB_SDAI16 and 2347 R_PPC_EMB_SDA2I16 pointers. These sections become part of .sdata 2348 and .sdata2. Create _SDA_BASE_ and _SDA2_BASE too. */ 2349 2350 static bfd_boolean 2351 ppc_elf_create_linker_section (bfd *abfd, 2352 struct bfd_link_info *info, 2353 flagword flags, 2354 elf_linker_section_t *lsect) 2355 { 2356 asection *s; 2357 2358 flags |= (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_IN_MEMORY 2359 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED); 2360 2361 s = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, lsect->name, flags); 2362 if (s == NULL) 2363 return FALSE; 2364 lsect->section = s; 2365 2366 /* Define the sym on the first section of this name. */ 2367 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, lsect->name); 2368 2369 lsect->sym = _bfd_elf_define_linkage_sym (abfd, info, s, lsect->sym_name); 2370 if (lsect->sym == NULL) 2371 return FALSE; 2372 lsect->sym->root.u.def.value = 0x8000; 2373 return TRUE; 2374 } 2375 2376 static bfd_boolean 2377 ppc_elf_create_glink (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info) 2378 { 2379 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info); 2380 asection *s; 2381 flagword flags; 2382 int p2align; 2383 2384 flags = (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_CODE | SEC_READONLY | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS 2385 | SEC_IN_MEMORY | SEC_LINKER_CREATED); 2386 s = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".glink", flags); 2387 htab->glink = s; 2388 p2align = htab->params->ppc476_workaround ? 6 : 4; 2389 if (p2align < htab->params->plt_stub_align) 2390 p2align = htab->params->plt_stub_align; 2391 if (s == NULL 2392 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, p2align)) 2393 return FALSE; 2394 2395 if (!info->no_ld_generated_unwind_info) 2396 { 2397 flags = (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS 2398 | SEC_IN_MEMORY | SEC_LINKER_CREATED); 2399 s = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".eh_frame", flags); 2400 htab->glink_eh_frame = s; 2401 if (s == NULL 2402 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, 2)) 2403 return FALSE; 2404 } 2405 2406 flags = SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LINKER_CREATED; 2407 s = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".iplt", flags); 2408 htab->elf.iplt = s; 2409 if (s == NULL 2410 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, 4)) 2411 return FALSE; 2412 2413 flags = (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS 2414 | SEC_IN_MEMORY | SEC_LINKER_CREATED); 2415 s = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".rela.iplt", flags); 2416 htab->elf.irelplt = s; 2417 if (s == NULL 2418 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, 2)) 2419 return FALSE; 2420 2421 /* Local plt entries. */ 2422 flags = (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD 2423 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_IN_MEMORY | SEC_LINKER_CREATED); 2424 htab->pltlocal = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".branch_lt", 2425 flags); 2426 if (htab->pltlocal == NULL 2427 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, htab->pltlocal, 2)) 2428 return FALSE; 2429 2430 if (bfd_link_pic (info)) 2431 { 2432 flags = (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY 2433 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_IN_MEMORY | SEC_LINKER_CREATED); 2434 htab->relpltlocal 2435 = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".rela.branch_lt", flags); 2436 if (htab->relpltlocal == NULL 2437 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, htab->relpltlocal, 2)) 2438 return FALSE; 2439 } 2440 2441 if (!ppc_elf_create_linker_section (abfd, info, 0, 2442 &htab->sdata[0])) 2443 return FALSE; 2444 2445 if (!ppc_elf_create_linker_section (abfd, info, SEC_READONLY, 2446 &htab->sdata[1])) 2447 return FALSE; 2448 2449 return TRUE; 2450 } 2451 2452 /* We have to create .dynsbss and .rela.sbss here so that they get mapped 2453 to output sections (just like _bfd_elf_create_dynamic_sections has 2454 to create .dynbss and .rela.bss). */ 2455 2456 static bfd_boolean 2457 ppc_elf_create_dynamic_sections (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info) 2458 { 2459 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab; 2460 asection *s; 2461 flagword flags; 2462 2463 htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info); 2464 2465 if (htab->elf.sgot == NULL 2466 && !ppc_elf_create_got (abfd, info)) 2467 return FALSE; 2468 2469 if (!_bfd_elf_create_dynamic_sections (abfd, info)) 2470 return FALSE; 2471 2472 if (htab->glink == NULL 2473 && !ppc_elf_create_glink (abfd, info)) 2474 return FALSE; 2475 2476 s = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".dynsbss", 2477 SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LINKER_CREATED); 2478 htab->dynsbss = s; 2479 if (s == NULL) 2480 return FALSE; 2481 2482 if (! bfd_link_pic (info)) 2483 { 2484 flags = (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS 2485 | SEC_IN_MEMORY | SEC_LINKER_CREATED); 2486 s = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".rela.sbss", flags); 2487 htab->relsbss = s; 2488 if (s == NULL 2489 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, 2)) 2490 return FALSE; 2491 } 2492 2493 if (htab->is_vxworks 2494 && !elf_vxworks_create_dynamic_sections (abfd, info, &htab->srelplt2)) 2495 return FALSE; 2496 2497 s = htab->elf.splt; 2498 flags = SEC_ALLOC | SEC_CODE | SEC_LINKER_CREATED; 2499 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_VXWORKS) 2500 /* The VxWorks PLT is a loaded section with contents. */ 2501 flags |= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY; 2502 return bfd_set_section_flags (abfd, s, flags); 2503 } 2504 2505 /* Copy the extra info we tack onto an elf_link_hash_entry. */ 2506 2507 static void 2508 ppc_elf_copy_indirect_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info, 2509 struct elf_link_hash_entry *dir, 2510 struct elf_link_hash_entry *ind) 2511 { 2512 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry *edir, *eind; 2513 2514 edir = (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry *) dir; 2515 eind = (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry *) ind; 2516 2517 edir->tls_mask |= eind->tls_mask; 2518 edir->has_sda_refs |= eind->has_sda_refs; 2519 2520 if (edir->elf.versioned != versioned_hidden) 2521 edir->elf.ref_dynamic |= eind->elf.ref_dynamic; 2522 edir->elf.ref_regular |= eind->elf.ref_regular; 2523 edir->elf.ref_regular_nonweak |= eind->elf.ref_regular_nonweak; 2524 edir->elf.non_got_ref |= eind->elf.non_got_ref; 2525 edir->elf.needs_plt |= eind->elf.needs_plt; 2526 edir->elf.pointer_equality_needed |= eind->elf.pointer_equality_needed; 2527 2528 /* If we were called to copy over info for a weak sym, that's all. */ 2529 if (eind->elf.root.type != bfd_link_hash_indirect) 2530 return; 2531 2532 if (eind->dyn_relocs != NULL) 2533 { 2534 if (edir->dyn_relocs != NULL) 2535 { 2536 struct elf_dyn_relocs **pp; 2537 struct elf_dyn_relocs *p; 2538 2539 /* Add reloc counts against the indirect sym to the direct sym 2540 list. Merge any entries against the same section. */ 2541 for (pp = &eind->dyn_relocs; (p = *pp) != NULL; ) 2542 { 2543 struct elf_dyn_relocs *q; 2544 2545 for (q = edir->dyn_relocs; q != NULL; q = q->next) 2546 if (q->sec == p->sec) 2547 { 2548 q->pc_count += p->pc_count; 2549 q->count += p->count; 2550 *pp = p->next; 2551 break; 2552 } 2553 if (q == NULL) 2554 pp = &p->next; 2555 } 2556 *pp = edir->dyn_relocs; 2557 } 2558 2559 edir->dyn_relocs = eind->dyn_relocs; 2560 eind->dyn_relocs = NULL; 2561 } 2562 2563 /* Copy over the GOT refcount entries that we may have already seen to 2564 the symbol which just became indirect. */ 2565 edir->elf.got.refcount += eind->elf.got.refcount; 2566 eind->elf.got.refcount = 0; 2567 2568 /* And plt entries. */ 2569 if (eind->elf.plt.plist != NULL) 2570 { 2571 if (edir->elf.plt.plist != NULL) 2572 { 2573 struct plt_entry **entp; 2574 struct plt_entry *ent; 2575 2576 for (entp = &eind->elf.plt.plist; (ent = *entp) != NULL; ) 2577 { 2578 struct plt_entry *dent; 2579 2580 for (dent = edir->elf.plt.plist; dent != NULL; dent = dent->next) 2581 if (dent->sec == ent->sec && dent->addend == ent->addend) 2582 { 2583 dent->plt.refcount += ent->plt.refcount; 2584 *entp = ent->next; 2585 break; 2586 } 2587 if (dent == NULL) 2588 entp = &ent->next; 2589 } 2590 *entp = edir->elf.plt.plist; 2591 } 2592 2593 edir->elf.plt.plist = eind->elf.plt.plist; 2594 eind->elf.plt.plist = NULL; 2595 } 2596 2597 if (eind->elf.dynindx != -1) 2598 { 2599 if (edir->elf.dynindx != -1) 2600 _bfd_elf_strtab_delref (elf_hash_table (info)->dynstr, 2601 edir->elf.dynstr_index); 2602 edir->elf.dynindx = eind->elf.dynindx; 2603 edir->elf.dynstr_index = eind->elf.dynstr_index; 2604 eind->elf.dynindx = -1; 2605 eind->elf.dynstr_index = 0; 2606 } 2607 } 2608 2609 /* Hook called by the linker routine which adds symbols from an object 2610 file. We use it to put .comm items in .sbss, and not .bss. */ 2611 2612 static bfd_boolean 2613 ppc_elf_add_symbol_hook (bfd *abfd, 2614 struct bfd_link_info *info, 2615 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym, 2616 const char **namep ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, 2617 flagword *flagsp ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, 2618 asection **secp, 2619 bfd_vma *valp) 2620 { 2621 if (sym->st_shndx == SHN_COMMON 2622 && !bfd_link_relocatable (info) 2623 && is_ppc_elf (info->output_bfd) 2624 && sym->st_size <= elf_gp_size (abfd)) 2625 { 2626 /* Common symbols less than or equal to -G nn bytes are automatically 2627 put into .sbss. */ 2628 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab; 2629 2630 htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info); 2631 if (htab->sbss == NULL) 2632 { 2633 flagword flags = SEC_IS_COMMON | SEC_LINKER_CREATED; 2634 2635 if (!htab->elf.dynobj) 2636 htab->elf.dynobj = abfd; 2637 2638 htab->sbss = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (htab->elf.dynobj, 2639 ".sbss", 2640 flags); 2641 if (htab->sbss == NULL) 2642 return FALSE; 2643 } 2644 2645 *secp = htab->sbss; 2646 *valp = sym->st_size; 2647 } 2648 2649 return TRUE; 2650 } 2651 2652 /* Find a linker generated pointer with a given addend and type. */ 2654 2655 static elf_linker_section_pointers_t * 2656 elf_find_pointer_linker_section 2657 (elf_linker_section_pointers_t *linker_pointers, 2658 bfd_vma addend, 2659 elf_linker_section_t *lsect) 2660 { 2661 for ( ; linker_pointers != NULL; linker_pointers = linker_pointers->next) 2662 if (lsect == linker_pointers->lsect && addend == linker_pointers->addend) 2663 return linker_pointers; 2664 2665 return NULL; 2666 } 2667 2668 /* Allocate a pointer to live in a linker created section. */ 2669 2670 static bfd_boolean 2671 elf_allocate_pointer_linker_section (bfd *abfd, 2672 elf_linker_section_t *lsect, 2673 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h, 2674 const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel) 2675 { 2676 elf_linker_section_pointers_t **ptr_linker_section_ptr = NULL; 2677 elf_linker_section_pointers_t *linker_section_ptr; 2678 unsigned long r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info); 2679 bfd_size_type amt; 2680 2681 BFD_ASSERT (lsect != NULL); 2682 2683 /* Is this a global symbol? */ 2684 if (h != NULL) 2685 { 2686 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry *eh; 2687 2688 /* Has this symbol already been allocated? If so, our work is done. */ 2689 eh = (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry *) h; 2690 if (elf_find_pointer_linker_section (eh->linker_section_pointer, 2691 rel->r_addend, 2692 lsect)) 2693 return TRUE; 2694 2695 ptr_linker_section_ptr = &eh->linker_section_pointer; 2696 } 2697 else 2698 { 2699 BFD_ASSERT (is_ppc_elf (abfd)); 2700 2701 /* Allocation of a pointer to a local symbol. */ 2702 elf_linker_section_pointers_t **ptr = elf_local_ptr_offsets (abfd); 2703 2704 /* Allocate a table to hold the local symbols if first time. */ 2705 if (!ptr) 2706 { 2707 unsigned int num_symbols = elf_symtab_hdr (abfd).sh_info; 2708 2709 amt = num_symbols; 2710 amt *= sizeof (elf_linker_section_pointers_t *); 2711 ptr = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt); 2712 2713 if (!ptr) 2714 return FALSE; 2715 2716 elf_local_ptr_offsets (abfd) = ptr; 2717 } 2718 2719 /* Has this symbol already been allocated? If so, our work is done. */ 2720 if (elf_find_pointer_linker_section (ptr[r_symndx], 2721 rel->r_addend, 2722 lsect)) 2723 return TRUE; 2724 2725 ptr_linker_section_ptr = &ptr[r_symndx]; 2726 } 2727 2728 /* Allocate space for a pointer in the linker section, and allocate 2729 a new pointer record from internal memory. */ 2730 BFD_ASSERT (ptr_linker_section_ptr != NULL); 2731 amt = sizeof (elf_linker_section_pointers_t); 2732 linker_section_ptr = bfd_alloc (abfd, amt); 2733 2734 if (!linker_section_ptr) 2735 return FALSE; 2736 2737 linker_section_ptr->next = *ptr_linker_section_ptr; 2738 linker_section_ptr->addend = rel->r_addend; 2739 linker_section_ptr->lsect = lsect; 2740 *ptr_linker_section_ptr = linker_section_ptr; 2741 2742 if (!bfd_set_section_alignment (lsect->section->owner, lsect->section, 2)) 2743 return FALSE; 2744 linker_section_ptr->offset = lsect->section->size; 2745 lsect->section->size += 4; 2746 2747 #ifdef DEBUG 2748 fprintf (stderr, 2749 "Create pointer in linker section %s, offset = %ld, section size = %ld\n", 2750 lsect->name, (long) linker_section_ptr->offset, 2751 (long) lsect->section->size); 2752 #endif 2753 2754 return TRUE; 2755 } 2756 2757 static struct plt_entry ** 2758 update_local_sym_info (bfd *abfd, 2759 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr, 2760 unsigned long r_symndx, 2761 int tls_type) 2762 { 2763 bfd_signed_vma *local_got_refcounts = elf_local_got_refcounts (abfd); 2764 struct plt_entry **local_plt; 2765 unsigned char *local_got_tls_masks; 2766 2767 if (local_got_refcounts == NULL) 2768 { 2769 bfd_size_type size = symtab_hdr->sh_info; 2770 2771 size *= (sizeof (*local_got_refcounts) 2772 + sizeof (*local_plt) 2773 + sizeof (*local_got_tls_masks)); 2774 local_got_refcounts = bfd_zalloc (abfd, size); 2775 if (local_got_refcounts == NULL) 2776 return NULL; 2777 elf_local_got_refcounts (abfd) = local_got_refcounts; 2778 } 2779 2780 local_plt = (struct plt_entry **) (local_got_refcounts + symtab_hdr->sh_info); 2781 local_got_tls_masks = (unsigned char *) (local_plt + symtab_hdr->sh_info); 2782 local_got_tls_masks[r_symndx] |= tls_type & 0xff; 2783 if ((tls_type & NON_GOT) == 0) 2784 local_got_refcounts[r_symndx] += 1; 2785 return local_plt + r_symndx; 2786 } 2787 2788 static bfd_boolean 2789 update_plt_info (bfd *abfd, struct plt_entry **plist, 2790 asection *sec, bfd_vma addend) 2791 { 2792 struct plt_entry *ent; 2793 2794 if (addend < 32768) 2795 sec = NULL; 2796 for (ent = *plist; ent != NULL; ent = ent->next) 2797 if (ent->sec == sec && ent->addend == addend) 2798 break; 2799 if (ent == NULL) 2800 { 2801 bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (*ent); 2802 ent = bfd_alloc (abfd, amt); 2803 if (ent == NULL) 2804 return FALSE; 2805 ent->next = *plist; 2806 ent->sec = sec; 2807 ent->addend = addend; 2808 ent->plt.refcount = 0; 2809 *plist = ent; 2810 } 2811 ent->plt.refcount += 1; 2812 return TRUE; 2813 } 2814 2815 static struct plt_entry * 2816 find_plt_ent (struct plt_entry **plist, asection *sec, bfd_vma addend) 2817 { 2818 struct plt_entry *ent; 2819 2820 if (addend < 32768) 2821 sec = NULL; 2822 for (ent = *plist; ent != NULL; ent = ent->next) 2823 if (ent->sec == sec && ent->addend == addend) 2824 break; 2825 return ent; 2826 } 2827 2828 static bfd_boolean 2829 is_branch_reloc (enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type) 2830 { 2831 return (r_type == R_PPC_PLTREL24 2832 || r_type == R_PPC_LOCAL24PC 2833 || r_type == R_PPC_REL24 2834 || r_type == R_PPC_REL14 2835 || r_type == R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN 2836 || r_type == R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN 2837 || r_type == R_PPC_ADDR24 2838 || r_type == R_PPC_ADDR14 2839 || r_type == R_PPC_ADDR14_BRTAKEN 2840 || r_type == R_PPC_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN 2841 || r_type == R_PPC_VLE_REL24); 2842 } 2843 2844 /* Relocs on inline plt call sequence insns prior to the call. */ 2845 2846 static bfd_boolean 2847 is_plt_seq_reloc (enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type) 2848 { 2849 return (r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_HA 2850 || r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_HI 2851 || r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_LO 2852 || r_type == R_PPC_PLTSEQ); 2853 } 2854 2855 static void 2856 bad_shared_reloc (bfd *abfd, enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type) 2857 { 2858 _bfd_error_handler 2859 /* xgettext:c-format */ 2860 (_("%pB: relocation %s cannot be used when making a shared object"), 2861 abfd, 2862 ppc_elf_howto_table[r_type]->name); 2863 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); 2864 } 2865 2866 /* Look through the relocs for a section during the first phase, and 2867 allocate space in the global offset table or procedure linkage 2868 table. */ 2869 2870 static bfd_boolean 2871 ppc_elf_check_relocs (bfd *abfd, 2872 struct bfd_link_info *info, 2873 asection *sec, 2874 const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs) 2875 { 2876 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab; 2877 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr; 2878 struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes; 2879 const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel; 2880 const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel_end; 2881 asection *got2, *sreloc; 2882 struct elf_link_hash_entry *tga; 2883 2884 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info)) 2885 return TRUE; 2886 2887 /* Don't do anything special with non-loaded, non-alloced sections. 2888 In particular, any relocs in such sections should not affect GOT 2889 and PLT reference counting (ie. we don't allow them to create GOT 2890 or PLT entries), there's no possibility or desire to optimize TLS 2891 relocs, and there's not much point in propagating relocs to shared 2892 libs that the dynamic linker won't relocate. */ 2893 if ((sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0) 2894 return TRUE; 2895 2896 #ifdef DEBUG 2897 _bfd_error_handler ("ppc_elf_check_relocs called for section %pA in %pB", 2898 sec, abfd); 2899 #endif 2900 2901 BFD_ASSERT (is_ppc_elf (abfd)); 2902 2903 /* Initialize howto table if not already done. */ 2904 if (!ppc_elf_howto_table[R_PPC_ADDR32]) 2905 ppc_elf_howto_init (); 2906 2907 htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info); 2908 if (htab->glink == NULL) 2909 { 2910 if (htab->elf.dynobj == NULL) 2911 htab->elf.dynobj = abfd; 2912 if (!ppc_elf_create_glink (htab->elf.dynobj, info)) 2913 return FALSE; 2914 } 2915 tga = elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab->elf, "__tls_get_addr", 2916 FALSE, FALSE, TRUE); 2917 symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (abfd); 2918 sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (abfd); 2919 got2 = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".got2"); 2920 sreloc = NULL; 2921 2922 rel_end = relocs + sec->reloc_count; 2923 for (rel = relocs; rel < rel_end; rel++) 2924 { 2925 unsigned long r_symndx; 2926 enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type; 2927 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h; 2928 int tls_type; 2929 struct plt_entry **ifunc; 2930 struct plt_entry **pltent; 2931 bfd_vma addend; 2932 2933 r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info); 2934 if (r_symndx < symtab_hdr->sh_info) 2935 h = NULL; 2936 else 2937 { 2938 h = sym_hashes[r_symndx - symtab_hdr->sh_info]; 2939 while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect 2940 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning) 2941 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link; 2942 } 2943 2944 /* If a relocation refers to _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_, create the .got. 2945 This shows up in particular in an R_PPC_ADDR32 in the eabi 2946 startup code. */ 2947 if (h != NULL 2948 && htab->elf.sgot == NULL 2949 && strcmp (h->root.root.string, "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_") == 0) 2950 { 2951 if (htab->elf.dynobj == NULL) 2952 htab->elf.dynobj = abfd; 2953 if (!ppc_elf_create_got (htab->elf.dynobj, info)) 2954 return FALSE; 2955 BFD_ASSERT (h == htab->elf.hgot); 2956 } 2957 2958 tls_type = 0; 2959 r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info); 2960 ifunc = NULL; 2961 if (h == NULL && !htab->is_vxworks) 2962 { 2963 Elf_Internal_Sym *isym = bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (&htab->sym_cache, 2964 abfd, r_symndx); 2965 if (isym == NULL) 2966 return FALSE; 2967 2968 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (isym->st_info) == STT_GNU_IFUNC) 2969 { 2970 /* Set PLT_IFUNC flag for this sym, no GOT entry yet. */ 2971 ifunc = update_local_sym_info (abfd, symtab_hdr, r_symndx, 2972 NON_GOT | PLT_IFUNC); 2973 if (ifunc == NULL) 2974 return FALSE; 2975 2976 /* STT_GNU_IFUNC symbols must have a PLT entry; 2977 In a non-pie executable even when there are 2978 no plt calls. */ 2979 if (!bfd_link_pic (info) 2980 || is_branch_reloc (r_type) 2981 || r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_LO 2982 || r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_HI 2983 || r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_HA) 2984 { 2985 addend = 0; 2986 if (r_type == R_PPC_PLTREL24) 2987 ppc_elf_tdata (abfd)->makes_plt_call = 1; 2988 if (bfd_link_pic (info) 2989 && (r_type == R_PPC_PLTREL24 2990 || r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_LO 2991 || r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_HI 2992 || r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_HA)) 2993 addend = rel->r_addend; 2994 if (!update_plt_info (abfd, ifunc, got2, addend)) 2995 return FALSE; 2996 } 2997 } 2998 } 2999 3000 if (!htab->is_vxworks 3001 && is_branch_reloc (r_type) 3002 && h != NULL 3003 && h == tga) 3004 { 3005 if (rel != relocs 3006 && (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel[-1].r_info) == R_PPC_TLSGD 3007 || ELF32_R_TYPE (rel[-1].r_info) == R_PPC_TLSLD)) 3008 /* We have a new-style __tls_get_addr call with a marker 3009 reloc. */ 3010 ; 3011 else 3012 /* Mark this section as having an old-style call. */ 3013 sec->has_tls_get_addr_call = 1; 3014 } 3015 3016 switch (r_type) 3017 { 3018 case R_PPC_TLSGD: 3019 case R_PPC_TLSLD: 3020 /* These special tls relocs tie a call to __tls_get_addr with 3021 its parameter symbol. */ 3022 if (h != NULL) 3023 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->tls_mask |= TLS_TLS | TLS_MARK; 3024 else 3025 if (!update_local_sym_info (abfd, symtab_hdr, r_symndx, 3026 NON_GOT | TLS_TLS | TLS_MARK)) 3027 return FALSE; 3028 break; 3029 3030 case R_PPC_PLTSEQ: 3031 break; 3032 3033 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16: 3034 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO: 3035 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI: 3036 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA: 3037 tls_type = TLS_TLS | TLS_LD; 3038 goto dogottls; 3039 3040 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16: 3041 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO: 3042 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI: 3043 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA: 3044 tls_type = TLS_TLS | TLS_GD; 3045 goto dogottls; 3046 3047 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16: 3048 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO: 3049 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HI: 3050 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA: 3051 if (bfd_link_dll (info)) 3052 info->flags |= DF_STATIC_TLS; 3053 tls_type = TLS_TLS | TLS_TPREL; 3054 goto dogottls; 3055 3056 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16: 3057 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_LO: 3058 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HI: 3059 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HA: 3060 tls_type = TLS_TLS | TLS_DTPREL; 3061 dogottls: 3062 sec->has_tls_reloc = 1; 3063 /* Fall through. */ 3064 3065 /* GOT16 relocations */ 3066 case R_PPC_GOT16: 3067 case R_PPC_GOT16_LO: 3068 case R_PPC_GOT16_HI: 3069 case R_PPC_GOT16_HA: 3070 /* This symbol requires a global offset table entry. */ 3071 if (htab->elf.sgot == NULL) 3072 { 3073 if (htab->elf.dynobj == NULL) 3074 htab->elf.dynobj = abfd; 3075 if (!ppc_elf_create_got (htab->elf.dynobj, info)) 3076 return FALSE; 3077 } 3078 if (h != NULL) 3079 { 3080 h->got.refcount += 1; 3081 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->tls_mask |= tls_type; 3082 } 3083 else 3084 /* This is a global offset table entry for a local symbol. */ 3085 if (!update_local_sym_info (abfd, symtab_hdr, r_symndx, tls_type)) 3086 return FALSE; 3087 3088 /* We may also need a plt entry if the symbol turns out to be 3089 an ifunc. */ 3090 if (h != NULL && !bfd_link_pic (info)) 3091 { 3092 if (!update_plt_info (abfd, &h->plt.plist, NULL, 0)) 3093 return FALSE; 3094 } 3095 break; 3096 3097 /* Indirect .sdata relocation. */ 3098 case R_PPC_EMB_SDAI16: 3099 if (bfd_link_pic (info)) 3100 { 3101 bad_shared_reloc (abfd, r_type); 3102 return FALSE; 3103 } 3104 htab->sdata[0].sym->ref_regular = 1; 3105 if (!elf_allocate_pointer_linker_section (abfd, &htab->sdata[0], 3106 h, rel)) 3107 return FALSE; 3108 if (h != NULL) 3109 { 3110 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_sda_refs = TRUE; 3111 h->non_got_ref = TRUE; 3112 } 3113 break; 3114 3115 /* Indirect .sdata2 relocation. */ 3116 case R_PPC_EMB_SDA2I16: 3117 if (bfd_link_pic (info)) 3118 { 3119 bad_shared_reloc (abfd, r_type); 3120 return FALSE; 3121 } 3122 htab->sdata[1].sym->ref_regular = 1; 3123 if (!elf_allocate_pointer_linker_section (abfd, &htab->sdata[1], 3124 h, rel)) 3125 return FALSE; 3126 if (h != NULL) 3127 { 3128 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_sda_refs = TRUE; 3129 h->non_got_ref = TRUE; 3130 } 3131 break; 3132 3133 case R_PPC_SDAREL16: 3134 htab->sdata[0].sym->ref_regular = 1; 3135 /* Fall through. */ 3136 3137 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16A: 3138 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16D: 3139 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16A: 3140 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16D: 3141 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16A: 3142 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16D: 3143 if (h != NULL) 3144 { 3145 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_sda_refs = TRUE; 3146 h->non_got_ref = TRUE; 3147 } 3148 break; 3149 3150 case R_PPC_VLE_REL8: 3151 case R_PPC_VLE_REL15: 3152 case R_PPC_VLE_REL24: 3153 case R_PPC_VLE_LO16A: 3154 case R_PPC_VLE_LO16D: 3155 case R_PPC_VLE_HI16A: 3156 case R_PPC_VLE_HI16D: 3157 case R_PPC_VLE_HA16A: 3158 case R_PPC_VLE_HA16D: 3159 case R_PPC_VLE_ADDR20: 3160 break; 3161 3162 case R_PPC_EMB_SDA2REL: 3163 if (bfd_link_pic (info)) 3164 { 3165 bad_shared_reloc (abfd, r_type); 3166 return FALSE; 3167 } 3168 htab->sdata[1].sym->ref_regular = 1; 3169 if (h != NULL) 3170 { 3171 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_sda_refs = TRUE; 3172 h->non_got_ref = TRUE; 3173 } 3174 break; 3175 3176 case R_PPC_VLE_SDA21_LO: 3177 case R_PPC_VLE_SDA21: 3178 case R_PPC_EMB_SDA21: 3179 case R_PPC_EMB_RELSDA: 3180 if (bfd_link_pic (info)) 3181 { 3182 bad_shared_reloc (abfd, r_type); 3183 return FALSE; 3184 } 3185 if (h != NULL) 3186 { 3187 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_sda_refs = TRUE; 3188 h->non_got_ref = TRUE; 3189 } 3190 break; 3191 3192 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR32: 3193 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16: 3194 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_LO: 3195 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HI: 3196 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HA: 3197 if (bfd_link_pic (info)) 3198 { 3199 bad_shared_reloc (abfd, r_type); 3200 return FALSE; 3201 } 3202 if (h != NULL) 3203 h->non_got_ref = TRUE; 3204 break; 3205 3206 case R_PPC_PLTREL24: 3207 if (h == NULL) 3208 break; 3209 ppc_elf_tdata (abfd)->makes_plt_call = 1; 3210 goto pltentry; 3211 3212 case R_PPC_PLTCALL: 3213 sec->has_pltcall = 1; 3214 /* Fall through. */ 3215 3216 case R_PPC_PLT32: 3217 case R_PPC_PLTREL32: 3218 case R_PPC_PLT16_LO: 3219 case R_PPC_PLT16_HI: 3220 case R_PPC_PLT16_HA: 3221 pltentry: 3222 #ifdef DEBUG 3223 fprintf (stderr, "Reloc requires a PLT entry\n"); 3224 #endif 3225 /* This symbol requires a procedure linkage table entry. */ 3226 if (h == NULL) 3227 { 3228 pltent = update_local_sym_info (abfd, symtab_hdr, r_symndx, 3229 NON_GOT | PLT_KEEP); 3230 if (pltent == NULL) 3231 return FALSE; 3232 } 3233 else 3234 { 3235 if (r_type != R_PPC_PLTREL24) 3236 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->tls_mask |= PLT_KEEP; 3237 h->needs_plt = 1; 3238 pltent = &h->plt.plist; 3239 } 3240 addend = 0; 3241 if (bfd_link_pic (info) 3242 && (r_type == R_PPC_PLTREL24 3243 || r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_LO 3244 || r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_HI 3245 || r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_HA)) 3246 addend = rel->r_addend; 3247 if (!update_plt_info (abfd, pltent, got2, addend)) 3248 return FALSE; 3249 break; 3250 3251 /* The following relocations don't need to propagate the 3252 relocation if linking a shared object since they are 3253 section relative. */ 3254 case R_PPC_SECTOFF: 3255 case R_PPC_SECTOFF_LO: 3256 case R_PPC_SECTOFF_HI: 3257 case R_PPC_SECTOFF_HA: 3258 case R_PPC_DTPREL16: 3259 case R_PPC_DTPREL16_LO: 3260 case R_PPC_DTPREL16_HI: 3261 case R_PPC_DTPREL16_HA: 3262 case R_PPC_TOC16: 3263 break; 3264 3265 case R_PPC_REL16: 3266 case R_PPC_REL16_LO: 3267 case R_PPC_REL16_HI: 3268 case R_PPC_REL16_HA: 3269 case R_PPC_REL16DX_HA: 3270 ppc_elf_tdata (abfd)->has_rel16 = 1; 3271 break; 3272 3273 /* These are just markers. */ 3274 case R_PPC_TLS: 3275 case R_PPC_EMB_MRKREF: 3276 case R_PPC_NONE: 3277 case R_PPC_max: 3278 case R_PPC_RELAX: 3279 case R_PPC_RELAX_PLT: 3280 case R_PPC_RELAX_PLTREL24: 3281 case R_PPC_16DX_HA: 3282 break; 3283 3284 /* These should only appear in dynamic objects. */ 3285 case R_PPC_COPY: 3286 case R_PPC_GLOB_DAT: 3287 case R_PPC_JMP_SLOT: 3288 case R_PPC_RELATIVE: 3289 case R_PPC_IRELATIVE: 3290 break; 3291 3292 /* These aren't handled yet. We'll report an error later. */ 3293 case R_PPC_ADDR30: 3294 case R_PPC_EMB_RELSEC16: 3295 case R_PPC_EMB_RELST_LO: 3296 case R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HI: 3297 case R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HA: 3298 case R_PPC_EMB_BIT_FLD: 3299 break; 3300 3301 /* This refers only to functions defined in the shared library. */ 3302 case R_PPC_LOCAL24PC: 3303 if (h != NULL && h == htab->elf.hgot && htab->plt_type == PLT_UNSET) 3304 { 3305 htab->plt_type = PLT_OLD; 3306 htab->old_bfd = abfd; 3307 } 3308 if (h != NULL && h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC) 3309 { 3310 h->needs_plt = 1; 3311 if (!update_plt_info (abfd, &h->plt.plist, NULL, 0)) 3312 return FALSE; 3313 } 3314 break; 3315 3316 /* This relocation describes the C++ object vtable hierarchy. 3317 Reconstruct it for later use during GC. */ 3318 case R_PPC_GNU_VTINHERIT: 3319 if (!bfd_elf_gc_record_vtinherit (abfd, sec, h, rel->r_offset)) 3320 return FALSE; 3321 break; 3322 3323 /* This relocation describes which C++ vtable entries are actually 3324 used. Record for later use during GC. */ 3325 case R_PPC_GNU_VTENTRY: 3326 BFD_ASSERT (h != NULL); 3327 if (h != NULL 3328 && !bfd_elf_gc_record_vtentry (abfd, sec, h, rel->r_addend)) 3329 return FALSE; 3330 break; 3331 3332 /* We shouldn't really be seeing TPREL32. */ 3333 case R_PPC_TPREL32: 3334 case R_PPC_TPREL16: 3335 case R_PPC_TPREL16_LO: 3336 case R_PPC_TPREL16_HI: 3337 case R_PPC_TPREL16_HA: 3338 if (bfd_link_dll (info)) 3339 info->flags |= DF_STATIC_TLS; 3340 goto dodyn; 3341 3342 /* Nor these. */ 3343 case R_PPC_DTPMOD32: 3344 case R_PPC_DTPREL32: 3345 goto dodyn; 3346 3347 case R_PPC_REL32: 3348 if (h == NULL 3349 && got2 != NULL 3350 && (sec->flags & SEC_CODE) != 0 3351 && bfd_link_pic (info) 3352 && htab->plt_type == PLT_UNSET) 3353 { 3354 /* Old -fPIC gcc code has .long LCTOC1-LCFx just before 3355 the start of a function, which assembles to a REL32 3356 reference to .got2. If we detect one of these, then 3357 force the old PLT layout because the linker cannot 3358 reliably deduce the GOT pointer value needed for 3359 PLT call stubs. */ 3360 asection *s; 3361 Elf_Internal_Sym *isym; 3362 3363 isym = bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (&htab->sym_cache, 3364 abfd, r_symndx); 3365 if (isym == NULL) 3366 return FALSE; 3367 3368 s = bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd, isym->st_shndx); 3369 if (s == got2) 3370 { 3371 htab->plt_type = PLT_OLD; 3372 htab->old_bfd = abfd; 3373 } 3374 } 3375 if (h == NULL || h == htab->elf.hgot) 3376 break; 3377 /* fall through */ 3378 3379 case R_PPC_ADDR32: 3380 case R_PPC_ADDR16: 3381 case R_PPC_ADDR16_LO: 3382 case R_PPC_ADDR16_HI: 3383 case R_PPC_ADDR16_HA: 3384 case R_PPC_UADDR32: 3385 case R_PPC_UADDR16: 3386 if (h != NULL && !bfd_link_pic (info)) 3387 { 3388 /* We may need a plt entry if the symbol turns out to be 3389 a function defined in a dynamic object. */ 3390 if (!update_plt_info (abfd, &h->plt.plist, NULL, 0)) 3391 return FALSE; 3392 3393 /* We may need a copy reloc too. */ 3394 h->non_got_ref = 1; 3395 h->pointer_equality_needed = 1; 3396 if (r_type == R_PPC_ADDR16_HA) 3397 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_addr16_ha = 1; 3398 if (r_type == R_PPC_ADDR16_LO) 3399 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_addr16_lo = 1; 3400 } 3401 goto dodyn; 3402 3403 case R_PPC_REL24: 3404 case R_PPC_REL14: 3405 case R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN: 3406 case R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN: 3407 if (h == NULL) 3408 break; 3409 if (h == htab->elf.hgot) 3410 { 3411 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_UNSET) 3412 { 3413 htab->plt_type = PLT_OLD; 3414 htab->old_bfd = abfd; 3415 } 3416 break; 3417 } 3418 /* fall through */ 3419 3420 case R_PPC_ADDR24: 3421 case R_PPC_ADDR14: 3422 case R_PPC_ADDR14_BRTAKEN: 3423 case R_PPC_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN: 3424 if (h != NULL && !bfd_link_pic (info)) 3425 { 3426 /* We may need a plt entry if the symbol turns out to be 3427 a function defined in a dynamic object. */ 3428 h->needs_plt = 1; 3429 if (!update_plt_info (abfd, &h->plt.plist, NULL, 0)) 3430 return FALSE; 3431 break; 3432 } 3433 3434 dodyn: 3435 /* If we are creating a shared library, and this is a reloc 3436 against a global symbol, or a non PC relative reloc 3437 against a local symbol, then we need to copy the reloc 3438 into the shared library. However, if we are linking with 3439 -Bsymbolic, we do not need to copy a reloc against a 3440 global symbol which is defined in an object we are 3441 including in the link (i.e., DEF_REGULAR is set). At 3442 this point we have not seen all the input files, so it is 3443 possible that DEF_REGULAR is not set now but will be set 3444 later (it is never cleared). In case of a weak definition, 3445 DEF_REGULAR may be cleared later by a strong definition in 3446 a shared library. We account for that possibility below by 3447 storing information in the dyn_relocs field of the hash 3448 table entry. A similar situation occurs when creating 3449 shared libraries and symbol visibility changes render the 3450 symbol local. 3451 3452 If on the other hand, we are creating an executable, we 3453 may need to keep relocations for symbols satisfied by a 3454 dynamic library if we manage to avoid copy relocs for the 3455 symbol. */ 3456 if ((bfd_link_pic (info) 3457 && (must_be_dyn_reloc (info, r_type) 3458 || (h != NULL 3459 && (!SYMBOLIC_BIND (info, h) 3460 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak 3461 || !h->def_regular)))) 3462 || (ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS 3463 && !bfd_link_pic (info) 3464 && h != NULL 3465 && (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak 3466 || !h->def_regular))) 3467 { 3468 #ifdef DEBUG 3469 fprintf (stderr, 3470 "ppc_elf_check_relocs needs to " 3471 "create relocation for %s\n", 3472 (h && h->root.root.string 3473 ? h->root.root.string : "<unknown>")); 3474 #endif 3475 if (sreloc == NULL) 3476 { 3477 if (htab->elf.dynobj == NULL) 3478 htab->elf.dynobj = abfd; 3479 3480 sreloc = _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_reloc_section 3481 (sec, htab->elf.dynobj, 2, abfd, /*rela?*/ TRUE); 3482 3483 if (sreloc == NULL) 3484 return FALSE; 3485 } 3486 3487 /* If this is a global symbol, we count the number of 3488 relocations we need for this symbol. */ 3489 if (h != NULL) 3490 { 3491 struct elf_dyn_relocs *p; 3492 struct elf_dyn_relocs **rel_head; 3493 3494 rel_head = &ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->dyn_relocs; 3495 p = *rel_head; 3496 if (p == NULL || p->sec != sec) 3497 { 3498 p = bfd_alloc (htab->elf.dynobj, sizeof *p); 3499 if (p == NULL) 3500 return FALSE; 3501 p->next = *rel_head; 3502 *rel_head = p; 3503 p->sec = sec; 3504 p->count = 0; 3505 p->pc_count = 0; 3506 } 3507 p->count += 1; 3508 if (!must_be_dyn_reloc (info, r_type)) 3509 p->pc_count += 1; 3510 } 3511 else 3512 { 3513 /* Track dynamic relocs needed for local syms too. 3514 We really need local syms available to do this 3515 easily. Oh well. */ 3516 struct ppc_dyn_relocs *p; 3517 struct ppc_dyn_relocs **rel_head; 3518 bfd_boolean is_ifunc; 3519 asection *s; 3520 void *vpp; 3521 Elf_Internal_Sym *isym; 3522 3523 isym = bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (&htab->sym_cache, 3524 abfd, r_symndx); 3525 if (isym == NULL) 3526 return FALSE; 3527 3528 s = bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd, isym->st_shndx); 3529 if (s == NULL) 3530 s = sec; 3531 3532 vpp = &elf_section_data (s)->local_dynrel; 3533 rel_head = (struct ppc_dyn_relocs **) vpp; 3534 is_ifunc = ELF_ST_TYPE (isym->st_info) == STT_GNU_IFUNC; 3535 p = *rel_head; 3536 if (p != NULL && p->sec == sec && p->ifunc != is_ifunc) 3537 p = p->next; 3538 if (p == NULL || p->sec != sec || p->ifunc != is_ifunc) 3539 { 3540 p = bfd_alloc (htab->elf.dynobj, sizeof *p); 3541 if (p == NULL) 3542 return FALSE; 3543 p->next = *rel_head; 3544 *rel_head = p; 3545 p->sec = sec; 3546 p->ifunc = is_ifunc; 3547 p->count = 0; 3548 } 3549 p->count += 1; 3550 } 3551 } 3552 3553 break; 3554 } 3555 } 3556 3557 return TRUE; 3558 } 3559 3560 /* Warn for conflicting Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_FP attributes between IBFD 3562 and OBFD, and merge non-conflicting ones. */ 3563 bfd_boolean 3564 _bfd_elf_ppc_merge_fp_attributes (bfd *ibfd, struct bfd_link_info *info) 3565 { 3566 bfd *obfd = info->output_bfd; 3567 obj_attribute *in_attr, *in_attrs; 3568 obj_attribute *out_attr, *out_attrs; 3569 bfd_boolean ret = TRUE; 3570 3571 in_attrs = elf_known_obj_attributes (ibfd)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU]; 3572 out_attrs = elf_known_obj_attributes (obfd)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU]; 3573 3574 in_attr = &in_attrs[Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_FP]; 3575 out_attr = &out_attrs[Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_FP]; 3576 3577 if (in_attr->i != out_attr->i) 3578 { 3579 int in_fp = in_attr->i & 3; 3580 int out_fp = out_attr->i & 3; 3581 static bfd *last_fp, *last_ld; 3582 3583 if (in_fp == 0) 3584 ; 3585 else if (out_fp == 0) 3586 { 3587 out_attr->type = ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL; 3588 out_attr->i ^= in_fp; 3589 last_fp = ibfd; 3590 } 3591 else if (out_fp != 2 && in_fp == 2) 3592 { 3593 _bfd_error_handler 3594 /* xgettext:c-format */ 3595 (_("%pB uses hard float, %pB uses soft float"), 3596 last_fp, ibfd); 3597 ret = FALSE; 3598 } 3599 else if (out_fp == 2 && in_fp != 2) 3600 { 3601 _bfd_error_handler 3602 /* xgettext:c-format */ 3603 (_("%pB uses hard float, %pB uses soft float"), 3604 ibfd, last_fp); 3605 ret = FALSE; 3606 } 3607 else if (out_fp == 1 && in_fp == 3) 3608 { 3609 _bfd_error_handler 3610 /* xgettext:c-format */ 3611 (_("%pB uses double-precision hard float, " 3612 "%pB uses single-precision hard float"), last_fp, ibfd); 3613 ret = FALSE; 3614 } 3615 else if (out_fp == 3 && in_fp == 1) 3616 { 3617 _bfd_error_handler 3618 /* xgettext:c-format */ 3619 (_("%pB uses double-precision hard float, " 3620 "%pB uses single-precision hard float"), ibfd, last_fp); 3621 ret = FALSE; 3622 } 3623 3624 in_fp = in_attr->i & 0xc; 3625 out_fp = out_attr->i & 0xc; 3626 if (in_fp == 0) 3627 ; 3628 else if (out_fp == 0) 3629 { 3630 out_attr->type = ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL; 3631 out_attr->i ^= in_fp; 3632 last_ld = ibfd; 3633 } 3634 else if (out_fp != 2 * 4 && in_fp == 2 * 4) 3635 { 3636 _bfd_error_handler 3637 /* xgettext:c-format */ 3638 (_("%pB uses 64-bit long double, " 3639 "%pB uses 128-bit long double"), ibfd, last_ld); 3640 ret = FALSE; 3641 } 3642 else if (in_fp != 2 * 4 && out_fp == 2 * 4) 3643 { 3644 _bfd_error_handler 3645 /* xgettext:c-format */ 3646 (_("%pB uses 64-bit long double, " 3647 "%pB uses 128-bit long double"), last_ld, ibfd); 3648 ret = FALSE; 3649 } 3650 else if (out_fp == 1 * 4 && in_fp == 3 * 4) 3651 { 3652 _bfd_error_handler 3653 /* xgettext:c-format */ 3654 (_("%pB uses IBM long double, " 3655 "%pB uses IEEE long double"), last_ld, ibfd); 3656 ret = FALSE; 3657 } 3658 else if (out_fp == 3 * 4 && in_fp == 1 * 4) 3659 { 3660 _bfd_error_handler 3661 /* xgettext:c-format */ 3662 (_("%pB uses IBM long double, " 3663 "%pB uses IEEE long double"), ibfd, last_ld); 3664 ret = FALSE; 3665 } 3666 } 3667 3668 if (!ret) 3669 { 3670 out_attr->type = ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL | ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_ERROR; 3671 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); 3672 } 3673 return ret; 3674 } 3675 3676 /* Merge object attributes from IBFD into OBFD. Warn if 3677 there are conflicting attributes. */ 3678 static bfd_boolean 3679 ppc_elf_merge_obj_attributes (bfd *ibfd, struct bfd_link_info *info) 3680 { 3681 bfd *obfd; 3682 obj_attribute *in_attr, *in_attrs; 3683 obj_attribute *out_attr, *out_attrs; 3684 bfd_boolean ret; 3685 3686 if (!_bfd_elf_ppc_merge_fp_attributes (ibfd, info)) 3687 return FALSE; 3688 3689 obfd = info->output_bfd; 3690 in_attrs = elf_known_obj_attributes (ibfd)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU]; 3691 out_attrs = elf_known_obj_attributes (obfd)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU]; 3692 3693 /* Check for conflicting Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Vector attributes and 3694 merge non-conflicting ones. */ 3695 in_attr = &in_attrs[Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Vector]; 3696 out_attr = &out_attrs[Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Vector]; 3697 ret = TRUE; 3698 if (in_attr->i != out_attr->i) 3699 { 3700 int in_vec = in_attr->i & 3; 3701 int out_vec = out_attr->i & 3; 3702 static bfd *last_vec; 3703 3704 if (in_vec == 0) 3705 ; 3706 else if (out_vec == 0) 3707 { 3708 out_attr->type = ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL; 3709 out_attr->i = in_vec; 3710 last_vec = ibfd; 3711 } 3712 /* For now, allow generic to transition to AltiVec or SPE 3713 without a warning. If GCC marked files with their stack 3714 alignment and used don't-care markings for files which are 3715 not affected by the vector ABI, we could warn about this 3716 case too. */ 3717 else if (in_vec == 1) 3718 ; 3719 else if (out_vec == 1) 3720 { 3721 out_attr->type = ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL; 3722 out_attr->i = in_vec; 3723 last_vec = ibfd; 3724 } 3725 else if (out_vec < in_vec) 3726 { 3727 _bfd_error_handler 3728 /* xgettext:c-format */ 3729 (_("%pB uses AltiVec vector ABI, %pB uses SPE vector ABI"), 3730 last_vec, ibfd); 3731 out_attr->type = ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL | ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_ERROR; 3732 ret = FALSE; 3733 } 3734 else if (out_vec > in_vec) 3735 { 3736 _bfd_error_handler 3737 /* xgettext:c-format */ 3738 (_("%pB uses AltiVec vector ABI, %pB uses SPE vector ABI"), 3739 ibfd, last_vec); 3740 out_attr->type = ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL | ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_ERROR; 3741 ret = FALSE; 3742 } 3743 } 3744 3745 /* Check for conflicting Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Struct_Return attributes 3746 and merge non-conflicting ones. */ 3747 in_attr = &in_attrs[Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Struct_Return]; 3748 out_attr = &out_attrs[Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Struct_Return]; 3749 if (in_attr->i != out_attr->i) 3750 { 3751 int in_struct = in_attr->i & 3; 3752 int out_struct = out_attr->i & 3; 3753 static bfd *last_struct; 3754 3755 if (in_struct == 0 || in_struct == 3) 3756 ; 3757 else if (out_struct == 0) 3758 { 3759 out_attr->type = ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL; 3760 out_attr->i = in_struct; 3761 last_struct = ibfd; 3762 } 3763 else if (out_struct < in_struct) 3764 { 3765 _bfd_error_handler 3766 /* xgettext:c-format */ 3767 (_("%pB uses r3/r4 for small structure returns, " 3768 "%pB uses memory"), last_struct, ibfd); 3769 out_attr->type = ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL | ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_ERROR; 3770 ret = FALSE; 3771 } 3772 else if (out_struct > in_struct) 3773 { 3774 _bfd_error_handler 3775 /* xgettext:c-format */ 3776 (_("%pB uses r3/r4 for small structure returns, " 3777 "%pB uses memory"), ibfd, last_struct); 3778 out_attr->type = ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL | ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_ERROR; 3779 ret = FALSE; 3780 } 3781 } 3782 if (!ret) 3783 { 3784 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); 3785 return FALSE; 3786 } 3787 3788 /* Merge Tag_compatibility attributes and any common GNU ones. */ 3789 return _bfd_elf_merge_object_attributes (ibfd, info); 3790 } 3791 3792 /* Merge backend specific data from an object file to the output 3793 object file when linking. */ 3794 3795 static bfd_boolean 3796 ppc_elf_merge_private_bfd_data (bfd *ibfd, struct bfd_link_info *info) 3797 { 3798 bfd *obfd = info->output_bfd; 3799 flagword old_flags; 3800 flagword new_flags; 3801 bfd_boolean error; 3802 3803 if (!is_ppc_elf (ibfd) || !is_ppc_elf (obfd)) 3804 return TRUE; 3805 3806 /* Check if we have the same endianness. */ 3807 if (! _bfd_generic_verify_endian_match (ibfd, info)) 3808 return FALSE; 3809 3810 if (!ppc_elf_merge_obj_attributes (ibfd, info)) 3811 return FALSE; 3812 3813 new_flags = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_flags; 3814 old_flags = elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags; 3815 if (!elf_flags_init (obfd)) 3816 { 3817 /* First call, no flags set. */ 3818 elf_flags_init (obfd) = TRUE; 3819 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags = new_flags; 3820 } 3821 3822 /* Compatible flags are ok. */ 3823 else if (new_flags == old_flags) 3824 ; 3825 3826 /* Incompatible flags. */ 3827 else 3828 { 3829 /* Warn about -mrelocatable mismatch. Allow -mrelocatable-lib 3830 to be linked with either. */ 3831 error = FALSE; 3832 if ((new_flags & EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE) != 0 3833 && (old_flags & (EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE | EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB)) == 0) 3834 { 3835 error = TRUE; 3836 _bfd_error_handler 3837 (_("%pB: compiled with -mrelocatable and linked with " 3838 "modules compiled normally"), ibfd); 3839 } 3840 else if ((new_flags & (EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE | EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB)) == 0 3841 && (old_flags & EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE) != 0) 3842 { 3843 error = TRUE; 3844 _bfd_error_handler 3845 (_("%pB: compiled normally and linked with " 3846 "modules compiled with -mrelocatable"), ibfd); 3847 } 3848 3849 /* The output is -mrelocatable-lib iff both the input files are. */ 3850 if (! (new_flags & EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB)) 3851 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags &= ~EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB; 3852 3853 /* The output is -mrelocatable iff it can't be -mrelocatable-lib, 3854 but each input file is either -mrelocatable or -mrelocatable-lib. */ 3855 if (! (elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags & EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB) 3856 && (new_flags & (EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB | EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE)) 3857 && (old_flags & (EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB | EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE))) 3858 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags |= EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE; 3859 3860 /* Do not warn about eabi vs. V.4 mismatch, just or in the bit if 3861 any module uses it. */ 3862 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags |= (new_flags & EF_PPC_EMB); 3863 3864 new_flags &= ~(EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE | EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB | EF_PPC_EMB); 3865 old_flags &= ~(EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE | EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB | EF_PPC_EMB); 3866 3867 /* Warn about any other mismatches. */ 3868 if (new_flags != old_flags) 3869 { 3870 error = TRUE; 3871 _bfd_error_handler 3872 /* xgettext:c-format */ 3873 (_("%pB: uses different e_flags (%#x) fields " 3874 "than previous modules (%#x)"), 3875 ibfd, new_flags, old_flags); 3876 } 3877 3878 if (error) 3879 { 3880 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); 3881 return FALSE; 3882 } 3883 } 3884 3885 return TRUE; 3886 } 3887 3888 static void 3889 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (bfd *input_bfd, 3890 asection *input_section, 3891 unsigned long offset, 3892 bfd_byte *loc, 3893 bfd_vma value, 3894 split16_format_type split16_format, 3895 bfd_boolean fixup) 3896 { 3897 unsigned int insn, opcode; 3898 3899 insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, loc); 3900 opcode = insn & E_OPCODE_MASK; 3901 if (opcode == E_OR2I_INSN 3902 || opcode == E_AND2I_DOT_INSN 3903 || opcode == E_OR2IS_INSN 3904 || opcode == E_LIS_INSN 3905 || opcode == E_AND2IS_DOT_INSN) 3906 { 3907 if (split16_format != split16a_type) 3908 { 3909 if (fixup) 3910 split16_format = split16a_type; 3911 else 3912 _bfd_error_handler 3913 /* xgettext:c-format */ 3914 (_("%pB(%pA+0x%lx): expected 16A style relocation on 0x%08x insn"), 3915 input_bfd, input_section, offset, opcode); 3916 } 3917 } 3918 else if (opcode == E_ADD2I_DOT_INSN 3919 || opcode == E_ADD2IS_INSN 3920 || opcode == E_CMP16I_INSN 3921 || opcode == E_MULL2I_INSN 3922 || opcode == E_CMPL16I_INSN 3923 || opcode == E_CMPH16I_INSN 3924 || opcode == E_CMPHL16I_INSN) 3925 { 3926 if (split16_format != split16d_type) 3927 { 3928 if (fixup) 3929 split16_format = split16d_type; 3930 else 3931 _bfd_error_handler 3932 /* xgettext:c-format */ 3933 (_("%pB(%pA+0x%lx): expected 16D style relocation on 0x%08x insn"), 3934 input_bfd, input_section, offset, opcode); 3935 } 3936 } 3937 if (split16_format == split16a_type) 3938 { 3939 insn &= ~((0xf800 << 5) | 0x7ff); 3940 insn |= (value & 0xf800) << 5; 3941 if ((insn & E_LI_MASK) == E_LI_INSN) 3942 { 3943 /* Hack for e_li. Extend sign. */ 3944 insn &= ~(0xf0000 >> 5); 3945 insn |= (-(value & 0x8000) & 0xf0000) >> 5; 3946 } 3947 } 3948 else 3949 { 3950 insn &= ~((0xf800 << 10) | 0x7ff); 3951 insn |= (value & 0xf800) << 10; 3952 } 3953 insn |= value & 0x7ff; 3954 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, loc); 3955 } 3956 3957 static void 3958 ppc_elf_vle_split20 (bfd *output_bfd, bfd_byte *loc, bfd_vma value) 3959 { 3960 unsigned int insn; 3961 3962 insn = bfd_get_32 (output_bfd, loc); 3963 /* We have an li20 field, bits 17..20, 11..15, 21..31. */ 3964 /* Top 4 bits of value to 17..20. */ 3965 insn |= (value & 0xf0000) >> 5; 3966 /* Next 5 bits of the value to 11..15. */ 3967 insn |= (value & 0xf800) << 5; 3968 /* And the final 11 bits of the value to bits 21 to 31. */ 3969 insn |= value & 0x7ff; 3970 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, insn, loc); 3971 } 3972 3973 3974 /* Choose which PLT scheme to use, and set .plt flags appropriately. 3976 Returns -1 on error, 0 for old PLT, 1 for new PLT. */ 3977 int 3978 ppc_elf_select_plt_layout (bfd *output_bfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, 3979 struct bfd_link_info *info) 3980 { 3981 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab; 3982 flagword flags; 3983 3984 htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info); 3985 3986 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_UNSET) 3987 { 3988 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h; 3989 3990 if (htab->params->plt_style == PLT_OLD) 3991 htab->plt_type = PLT_OLD; 3992 else if (bfd_link_pic (info) 3993 && htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created 3994 && (h = elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab->elf, "_mcount", 3995 FALSE, FALSE, TRUE)) != NULL 3996 && (h->type == STT_FUNC 3997 || h->needs_plt) 3998 && h->ref_regular 3999 && !(SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h) 4000 || UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info, h))) 4001 { 4002 /* Profiling of shared libs (and pies) is not supported with 4003 secure plt, because ppc32 does profiling before a 4004 function prologue and a secure plt pic call stubs needs 4005 r30 to be set up. */ 4006 htab->plt_type = PLT_OLD; 4007 } 4008 else 4009 { 4010 bfd *ibfd; 4011 enum ppc_elf_plt_type plt_type = htab->params->plt_style; 4012 4013 /* Look through the reloc flags left by ppc_elf_check_relocs. 4014 Use the old style bss plt if a file makes plt calls 4015 without using the new relocs, and if ld isn't given 4016 --secure-plt and we never see REL16 relocs. */ 4017 if (plt_type == PLT_UNSET) 4018 plt_type = PLT_OLD; 4019 for (ibfd = info->input_bfds; ibfd; ibfd = ibfd->link.next) 4020 if (is_ppc_elf (ibfd)) 4021 { 4022 if (ppc_elf_tdata (ibfd)->has_rel16) 4023 plt_type = PLT_NEW; 4024 else if (ppc_elf_tdata (ibfd)->makes_plt_call) 4025 { 4026 plt_type = PLT_OLD; 4027 htab->old_bfd = ibfd; 4028 break; 4029 } 4030 } 4031 htab->plt_type = plt_type; 4032 } 4033 } 4034 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_OLD && htab->params->plt_style == PLT_NEW) 4035 { 4036 if (htab->old_bfd != NULL) 4037 _bfd_error_handler (_("bss-plt forced due to %pB"), htab->old_bfd); 4038 else 4039 _bfd_error_handler (_("bss-plt forced by profiling")); 4040 } 4041 4042 BFD_ASSERT (htab->plt_type != PLT_VXWORKS); 4043 4044 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_NEW) 4045 { 4046 flags = (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS 4047 | SEC_IN_MEMORY | SEC_LINKER_CREATED); 4048 4049 /* The new PLT is a loaded section. */ 4050 if (htab->elf.splt != NULL 4051 && !bfd_set_section_flags (htab->elf.dynobj, htab->elf.splt, flags)) 4052 return -1; 4053 4054 /* The new GOT is not executable. */ 4055 if (htab->elf.sgot != NULL 4056 && !bfd_set_section_flags (htab->elf.dynobj, htab->elf.sgot, flags)) 4057 return -1; 4058 } 4059 else 4060 { 4061 /* Stop an unused .glink section from affecting .text alignment. */ 4062 if (htab->glink != NULL 4063 && !bfd_set_section_alignment (htab->elf.dynobj, htab->glink, 0)) 4064 return -1; 4065 } 4066 return htab->plt_type == PLT_NEW; 4067 } 4068 4069 /* Return the section that should be marked against GC for a given 4071 relocation. */ 4072 4073 static asection * 4074 ppc_elf_gc_mark_hook (asection *sec, 4075 struct bfd_link_info *info, 4076 Elf_Internal_Rela *rel, 4077 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h, 4078 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym) 4079 { 4080 if (h != NULL) 4081 switch (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info)) 4082 { 4083 case R_PPC_GNU_VTINHERIT: 4084 case R_PPC_GNU_VTENTRY: 4085 return NULL; 4086 } 4087 4088 return _bfd_elf_gc_mark_hook (sec, info, rel, h, sym); 4089 } 4090 4091 static bfd_boolean 4092 get_sym_h (struct elf_link_hash_entry **hp, 4093 Elf_Internal_Sym **symp, 4094 asection **symsecp, 4095 unsigned char **tls_maskp, 4096 Elf_Internal_Sym **locsymsp, 4097 unsigned long r_symndx, 4098 bfd *ibfd) 4099 { 4100 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd); 4101 4102 if (r_symndx >= symtab_hdr->sh_info) 4103 { 4104 struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (ibfd); 4105 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h; 4106 4107 h = sym_hashes[r_symndx - symtab_hdr->sh_info]; 4108 while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect 4109 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning) 4110 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link; 4111 4112 if (hp != NULL) 4113 *hp = h; 4114 4115 if (symp != NULL) 4116 *symp = NULL; 4117 4118 if (symsecp != NULL) 4119 { 4120 asection *symsec = NULL; 4121 if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined 4122 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak) 4123 symsec = h->root.u.def.section; 4124 *symsecp = symsec; 4125 } 4126 4127 if (tls_maskp != NULL) 4128 *tls_maskp = &ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->tls_mask; 4129 } 4130 else 4131 { 4132 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym; 4133 Elf_Internal_Sym *locsyms = *locsymsp; 4134 4135 if (locsyms == NULL) 4136 { 4137 locsyms = (Elf_Internal_Sym *) symtab_hdr->contents; 4138 if (locsyms == NULL) 4139 locsyms = bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (ibfd, symtab_hdr, 4140 symtab_hdr->sh_info, 4141 0, NULL, NULL, NULL); 4142 if (locsyms == NULL) 4143 return FALSE; 4144 *locsymsp = locsyms; 4145 } 4146 sym = locsyms + r_symndx; 4147 4148 if (hp != NULL) 4149 *hp = NULL; 4150 4151 if (symp != NULL) 4152 *symp = sym; 4153 4154 if (symsecp != NULL) 4155 *symsecp = bfd_section_from_elf_index (ibfd, sym->st_shndx); 4156 4157 if (tls_maskp != NULL) 4158 { 4159 bfd_signed_vma *local_got; 4160 unsigned char *tls_mask; 4161 4162 tls_mask = NULL; 4163 local_got = elf_local_got_refcounts (ibfd); 4164 if (local_got != NULL) 4165 { 4166 struct plt_entry **local_plt = (struct plt_entry **) 4167 (local_got + symtab_hdr->sh_info); 4168 unsigned char *lgot_masks = (unsigned char *) 4169 (local_plt + symtab_hdr->sh_info); 4170 tls_mask = &lgot_masks[r_symndx]; 4171 } 4172 *tls_maskp = tls_mask; 4173 } 4174 } 4175 return TRUE; 4176 } 4177 4178 /* Analyze inline PLT call relocations to see whether calls to locally 4180 defined functions can be converted to direct calls. */ 4181 4182 bfd_boolean 4183 ppc_elf_inline_plt (struct bfd_link_info *info) 4184 { 4185 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab; 4186 bfd *ibfd; 4187 asection *sec; 4188 bfd_vma low_vma, high_vma, limit; 4189 4190 htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info); 4191 if (htab == NULL) 4192 return FALSE; 4193 4194 /* A bl insn can reach -0x2000000 to 0x1fffffc. The limit is 4195 reduced somewhat to cater for possible stubs that might be added 4196 between the call and its destination. */ 4197 limit = 0x1e00000; 4198 low_vma = -1; 4199 high_vma = 0; 4200 for (sec = info->output_bfd->sections; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next) 4201 if ((sec->flags & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_CODE)) == (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_CODE)) 4202 { 4203 if (low_vma > sec->vma) 4204 low_vma = sec->vma; 4205 if (high_vma < sec->vma + sec->size) 4206 high_vma = sec->vma + sec->size; 4207 } 4208 4209 /* If a "bl" can reach anywhere in local code sections, then we can 4210 convert all inline PLT sequences to direct calls when the symbol 4211 is local. */ 4212 if (high_vma - low_vma < limit) 4213 { 4214 htab->can_convert_all_inline_plt = 1; 4215 return TRUE; 4216 } 4217 4218 /* Otherwise, go looking through relocs for cases where a direct 4219 call won't reach. Mark the symbol on any such reloc to disable 4220 the optimization and keep the PLT entry as it seems likely that 4221 this will be better than creating trampolines. Note that this 4222 will disable the optimization for all inline PLT calls to a 4223 particular symbol, not just those that won't reach. The 4224 difficulty in doing a more precise optimization is that the 4225 linker needs to make a decision depending on whether a 4226 particular R_PPC_PLTCALL insn can be turned into a direct 4227 call, for each of the R_PPC_PLTSEQ and R_PPC_PLT16* insns in 4228 the sequence, and there is nothing that ties those relocs 4229 together except their symbol. */ 4230 4231 for (ibfd = info->input_bfds; ibfd != NULL; ibfd = ibfd->link.next) 4232 { 4233 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr; 4234 Elf_Internal_Sym *local_syms; 4235 4236 if (!is_ppc_elf (ibfd)) 4237 continue; 4238 4239 local_syms = NULL; 4240 symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd); 4241 4242 for (sec = ibfd->sections; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next) 4243 if (sec->has_pltcall 4244 && !bfd_is_abs_section (sec->output_section)) 4245 { 4246 Elf_Internal_Rela *relstart, *rel, *relend; 4247 4248 /* Read the relocations. */ 4249 relstart = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (ibfd, sec, NULL, NULL, 4250 info->keep_memory); 4251 if (relstart == NULL) 4252 return FALSE; 4253 4254 relend = relstart + sec->reloc_count; 4255 for (rel = relstart; rel < relend; ) 4256 { 4257 enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type; 4258 unsigned long r_symndx; 4259 asection *sym_sec; 4260 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h; 4261 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym; 4262 unsigned char *tls_maskp; 4263 4264 r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info); 4265 if (r_type != R_PPC_PLTCALL) 4266 continue; 4267 4268 r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info); 4269 if (!get_sym_h (&h, &sym, &sym_sec, &tls_maskp, &local_syms, 4270 r_symndx, ibfd)) 4271 { 4272 if (elf_section_data (sec)->relocs != relstart) 4273 free (relstart); 4274 if (local_syms != NULL 4275 && symtab_hdr->contents != (unsigned char *) local_syms) 4276 free (local_syms); 4277 return FALSE; 4278 } 4279 4280 if (sym_sec != NULL && sym_sec->output_section != NULL) 4281 { 4282 bfd_vma from, to; 4283 if (h != NULL) 4284 to = h->root.u.def.value; 4285 else 4286 to = sym->st_value; 4287 to += (rel->r_addend 4288 + sym_sec->output_offset 4289 + sym_sec->output_section->vma); 4290 from = (rel->r_offset 4291 + sec->output_offset 4292 + sec->output_section->vma); 4293 if (to - from + limit < 2 * limit) 4294 *tls_maskp &= ~PLT_KEEP; 4295 } 4296 } 4297 if (elf_section_data (sec)->relocs != relstart) 4298 free (relstart); 4299 } 4300 4301 if (local_syms != NULL 4302 && symtab_hdr->contents != (unsigned char *) local_syms) 4303 { 4304 if (!info->keep_memory) 4305 free (local_syms); 4306 else 4307 symtab_hdr->contents = (unsigned char *) local_syms; 4308 } 4309 } 4310 4311 return TRUE; 4312 } 4313 4314 /* Set plt output section type, htab->tls_get_addr, and call the 4315 generic ELF tls_setup function. */ 4316 4317 asection * 4318 ppc_elf_tls_setup (bfd *obfd, struct bfd_link_info *info) 4319 { 4320 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab; 4321 4322 htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info); 4323 htab->tls_get_addr = elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab->elf, "__tls_get_addr", 4324 FALSE, FALSE, TRUE); 4325 if (htab->plt_type != PLT_NEW) 4326 htab->params->no_tls_get_addr_opt = TRUE; 4327 4328 if (!htab->params->no_tls_get_addr_opt) 4329 { 4330 struct elf_link_hash_entry *opt, *tga; 4331 opt = elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab->elf, "__tls_get_addr_opt", 4332 FALSE, FALSE, TRUE); 4333 if (opt != NULL 4334 && (opt->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined 4335 || opt->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)) 4336 { 4337 /* If glibc supports an optimized __tls_get_addr call stub, 4338 signalled by the presence of __tls_get_addr_opt, and we'll 4339 be calling __tls_get_addr via a plt call stub, then 4340 make __tls_get_addr point to __tls_get_addr_opt. */ 4341 tga = htab->tls_get_addr; 4342 if (htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created 4343 && tga != NULL 4344 && (tga->type == STT_FUNC 4345 || tga->needs_plt) 4346 && !(SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, tga) 4347 || UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info, tga))) 4348 { 4349 struct plt_entry *ent; 4350 for (ent = tga->plt.plist; ent != NULL; ent = ent->next) 4351 if (ent->plt.refcount > 0) 4352 break; 4353 if (ent != NULL) 4354 { 4355 tga->root.type = bfd_link_hash_indirect; 4356 tga->root.u.i.link = &opt->root; 4357 ppc_elf_copy_indirect_symbol (info, opt, tga); 4358 opt->mark = 1; 4359 if (opt->dynindx != -1) 4360 { 4361 /* Use __tls_get_addr_opt in dynamic relocations. */ 4362 opt->dynindx = -1; 4363 _bfd_elf_strtab_delref (elf_hash_table (info)->dynstr, 4364 opt->dynstr_index); 4365 if (!bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, opt)) 4366 return FALSE; 4367 } 4368 htab->tls_get_addr = opt; 4369 } 4370 } 4371 } 4372 else 4373 htab->params->no_tls_get_addr_opt = TRUE; 4374 } 4375 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_NEW 4376 && htab->elf.splt != NULL 4377 && htab->elf.splt->output_section != NULL) 4378 { 4379 elf_section_type (htab->elf.splt->output_section) = SHT_PROGBITS; 4380 elf_section_flags (htab->elf.splt->output_section) = SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE; 4381 } 4382 4383 return _bfd_elf_tls_setup (obfd, info); 4384 } 4385 4386 /* Return TRUE iff REL is a branch reloc with a global symbol matching 4387 HASH. */ 4388 4389 static bfd_boolean 4390 branch_reloc_hash_match (const bfd *ibfd, 4391 const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel, 4392 const struct elf_link_hash_entry *hash) 4393 { 4394 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd); 4395 enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info); 4396 unsigned int r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info); 4397 4398 if (r_symndx >= symtab_hdr->sh_info && is_branch_reloc (r_type)) 4399 { 4400 struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (ibfd); 4401 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h; 4402 4403 h = sym_hashes[r_symndx - symtab_hdr->sh_info]; 4404 while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect 4405 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning) 4406 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link; 4407 if (h == hash) 4408 return TRUE; 4409 } 4410 return FALSE; 4411 } 4412 4413 /* Run through all the TLS relocs looking for optimization 4414 opportunities. */ 4415 4416 bfd_boolean 4417 ppc_elf_tls_optimize (bfd *obfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, 4418 struct bfd_link_info *info) 4419 { 4420 bfd *ibfd; 4421 asection *sec; 4422 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab; 4423 int pass; 4424 4425 if (!bfd_link_executable (info)) 4426 return TRUE; 4427 4428 htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info); 4429 if (htab == NULL) 4430 return FALSE; 4431 4432 /* Make two passes through the relocs. First time check that tls 4433 relocs involved in setting up a tls_get_addr call are indeed 4434 followed by such a call. If they are not, don't do any tls 4435 optimization. On the second pass twiddle tls_mask flags to 4436 notify relocate_section that optimization can be done, and 4437 adjust got and plt refcounts. */ 4438 for (pass = 0; pass < 2; ++pass) 4439 for (ibfd = info->input_bfds; ibfd != NULL; ibfd = ibfd->link.next) 4440 { 4441 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd); 4442 asection *got2 = bfd_get_section_by_name (ibfd, ".got2"); 4443 4444 for (sec = ibfd->sections; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next) 4445 if (sec->has_tls_reloc && !bfd_is_abs_section (sec->output_section)) 4446 { 4447 Elf_Internal_Rela *relstart, *rel, *relend; 4448 int expecting_tls_get_addr = 0; 4449 4450 /* Read the relocations. */ 4451 relstart = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (ibfd, sec, NULL, NULL, 4452 info->keep_memory); 4453 if (relstart == NULL) 4454 return FALSE; 4455 4456 relend = relstart + sec->reloc_count; 4457 for (rel = relstart; rel < relend; rel++) 4458 { 4459 enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type; 4460 unsigned long r_symndx; 4461 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h = NULL; 4462 unsigned char *tls_mask; 4463 unsigned char tls_set, tls_clear; 4464 bfd_boolean is_local; 4465 bfd_signed_vma *got_count; 4466 4467 r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info); 4468 if (r_symndx >= symtab_hdr->sh_info) 4469 { 4470 struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes; 4471 4472 sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (ibfd); 4473 h = sym_hashes[r_symndx - symtab_hdr->sh_info]; 4474 while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect 4475 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning) 4476 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link; 4477 } 4478 4479 is_local = FALSE; 4480 if (h == NULL 4481 || !h->def_dynamic) 4482 is_local = TRUE; 4483 4484 r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info); 4485 /* If this section has old-style __tls_get_addr calls 4486 without marker relocs, then check that each 4487 __tls_get_addr call reloc is preceded by a reloc 4488 that conceivably belongs to the __tls_get_addr arg 4489 setup insn. If we don't find matching arg setup 4490 relocs, don't do any tls optimization. */ 4491 if (pass == 0 4492 && sec->has_tls_get_addr_call 4493 && h != NULL 4494 && h == htab->tls_get_addr 4495 && !expecting_tls_get_addr 4496 && is_branch_reloc (r_type)) 4497 { 4498 info->callbacks->minfo ("%H __tls_get_addr lost arg, " 4499 "TLS optimization disabled\n", 4500 ibfd, sec, rel->r_offset); 4501 if (elf_section_data (sec)->relocs != relstart) 4502 free (relstart); 4503 return TRUE; 4504 } 4505 4506 expecting_tls_get_addr = 0; 4507 switch (r_type) 4508 { 4509 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16: 4510 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO: 4511 expecting_tls_get_addr = 1; 4512 /* Fall through. */ 4513 4514 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI: 4515 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA: 4516 /* These relocs should never be against a symbol 4517 defined in a shared lib. Leave them alone if 4518 that turns out to be the case. */ 4519 if (!is_local) 4520 continue; 4521 4522 /* LD -> LE */ 4523 tls_set = 0; 4524 tls_clear = TLS_LD; 4525 break; 4526 4527 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16: 4528 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO: 4529 expecting_tls_get_addr = 1; 4530 /* Fall through. */ 4531 4532 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI: 4533 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA: 4534 if (is_local) 4535 /* GD -> LE */ 4536 tls_set = 0; 4537 else 4538 /* GD -> IE */ 4539 tls_set = TLS_TLS | TLS_TPRELGD; 4540 tls_clear = TLS_GD; 4541 break; 4542 4543 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16: 4544 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO: 4545 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HI: 4546 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA: 4547 if (is_local) 4548 { 4549 /* IE -> LE */ 4550 tls_set = 0; 4551 tls_clear = TLS_TPREL; 4552 break; 4553 } 4554 else 4555 continue; 4556 4557 case R_PPC_TLSGD: 4558 case R_PPC_TLSLD: 4559 if (rel + 1 < relend 4560 && is_plt_seq_reloc (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel[1].r_info))) 4561 { 4562 if (pass != 0 4563 && ELF32_R_TYPE (rel[1].r_info) != R_PPC_PLTSEQ) 4564 { 4565 r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (rel[1].r_info); 4566 r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel[1].r_info); 4567 if (r_symndx >= symtab_hdr->sh_info) 4568 { 4569 struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes; 4570 4571 sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (ibfd); 4572 h = sym_hashes[r_symndx - symtab_hdr->sh_info]; 4573 while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect 4574 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning) 4575 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link; 4576 if (h != NULL) 4577 { 4578 struct plt_entry *ent = NULL; 4579 bfd_vma addend = 0; 4580 4581 if (bfd_link_pic (info)) 4582 addend = rel->r_addend; 4583 ent = find_plt_ent (&h->plt.plist, 4584 got2, addend); 4585 if (ent != NULL 4586 && ent->plt.refcount > 0) 4587 ent->plt.refcount -= 1; 4588 } 4589 } 4590 } 4591 continue; 4592 } 4593 expecting_tls_get_addr = 2; 4594 tls_set = 0; 4595 tls_clear = 0; 4596 break; 4597 4598 default: 4599 continue; 4600 } 4601 4602 if (pass == 0) 4603 { 4604 if (!expecting_tls_get_addr 4605 || !sec->has_tls_get_addr_call) 4606 continue; 4607 4608 if (rel + 1 < relend 4609 && branch_reloc_hash_match (ibfd, rel + 1, 4610 htab->tls_get_addr)) 4611 continue; 4612 4613 /* Uh oh, we didn't find the expected call. We 4614 could just mark this symbol to exclude it 4615 from tls optimization but it's safer to skip 4616 the entire optimization. */ 4617 info->callbacks->minfo (_("%H arg lost __tls_get_addr, " 4618 "TLS optimization disabled\n"), 4619 ibfd, sec, rel->r_offset); 4620 if (elf_section_data (sec)->relocs != relstart) 4621 free (relstart); 4622 return TRUE; 4623 } 4624 4625 if (h != NULL) 4626 { 4627 tls_mask = &ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->tls_mask; 4628 got_count = &h->got.refcount; 4629 } 4630 else 4631 { 4632 bfd_signed_vma *lgot_refs; 4633 struct plt_entry **local_plt; 4634 unsigned char *lgot_masks; 4635 4636 lgot_refs = elf_local_got_refcounts (ibfd); 4637 if (lgot_refs == NULL) 4638 abort (); 4639 local_plt = (struct plt_entry **) 4640 (lgot_refs + symtab_hdr->sh_info); 4641 lgot_masks = (unsigned char *) 4642 (local_plt + symtab_hdr->sh_info); 4643 tls_mask = &lgot_masks[r_symndx]; 4644 got_count = &lgot_refs[r_symndx]; 4645 } 4646 4647 /* If we don't have old-style __tls_get_addr calls 4648 without TLSGD/TLSLD marker relocs, and we haven't 4649 found a new-style __tls_get_addr call with a 4650 marker for this symbol, then we either have a 4651 broken object file or an -mlongcall style 4652 indirect call to __tls_get_addr without a marker. 4653 Disable optimization in this case. */ 4654 if ((tls_clear & (TLS_GD | TLS_LD)) != 0 4655 && !sec->has_tls_get_addr_call 4656 && ((*tls_mask & (TLS_TLS | TLS_MARK)) 4657 != (TLS_TLS | TLS_MARK))) 4658 continue; 4659 4660 if (expecting_tls_get_addr) 4661 { 4662 struct plt_entry *ent; 4663 bfd_vma addend = 0; 4664 4665 if (bfd_link_pic (info) 4666 && (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel[1].r_info) == R_PPC_PLTREL24 4667 || ELF32_R_TYPE (rel[1].r_info) == R_PPC_PLTCALL)) 4668 addend = rel[1].r_addend; 4669 ent = find_plt_ent (&htab->tls_get_addr->plt.plist, 4670 got2, addend); 4671 if (ent != NULL && ent->plt.refcount > 0) 4672 ent->plt.refcount -= 1; 4673 4674 if (expecting_tls_get_addr == 2) 4675 continue; 4676 } 4677 4678 if (tls_set == 0) 4679 { 4680 /* We managed to get rid of a got entry. */ 4681 if (*got_count > 0) 4682 *got_count -= 1; 4683 } 4684 4685 *tls_mask |= tls_set; 4686 *tls_mask &= ~tls_clear; 4687 } 4688 4689 if (elf_section_data (sec)->relocs != relstart) 4690 free (relstart); 4691 } 4692 } 4693 htab->do_tls_opt = 1; 4694 return TRUE; 4695 } 4696 4697 /* Find dynamic relocs for H that apply to read-only sections. */ 4699 4700 static asection * 4701 readonly_dynrelocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h) 4702 { 4703 struct elf_dyn_relocs *p; 4704 4705 for (p = ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->dyn_relocs; p != NULL; p = p->next) 4706 { 4707 asection *s = p->sec->output_section; 4708 4709 if (s != NULL && (s->flags & SEC_READONLY) != 0) 4710 return p->sec; 4711 } 4712 return NULL; 4713 } 4714 4715 /* Return true if we have dynamic relocs against H or any of its weak 4716 aliases, that apply to read-only sections. Cannot be used after 4717 size_dynamic_sections. */ 4718 4719 static bfd_boolean 4720 alias_readonly_dynrelocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h) 4721 { 4722 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry *eh = ppc_elf_hash_entry (h); 4723 do 4724 { 4725 if (readonly_dynrelocs (&eh->elf)) 4726 return TRUE; 4727 eh = ppc_elf_hash_entry (eh->elf.u.alias); 4728 } while (eh != NULL && &eh->elf != h); 4729 4730 return FALSE; 4731 } 4732 4733 /* Return whether H has pc-relative dynamic relocs. */ 4734 4735 static bfd_boolean 4736 pc_dynrelocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h) 4737 { 4738 struct elf_dyn_relocs *p; 4739 4740 for (p = ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->dyn_relocs; p != NULL; p = p->next) 4741 if (p->pc_count != 0) 4742 return TRUE; 4743 return FALSE; 4744 } 4745 4746 /* Adjust a symbol defined by a dynamic object and referenced by a 4747 regular object. The current definition is in some section of the 4748 dynamic object, but we're not including those sections. We have to 4749 change the definition to something the rest of the link can 4750 understand. */ 4751 4752 static bfd_boolean 4753 ppc_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info, 4754 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h) 4755 { 4756 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab; 4757 asection *s; 4758 4759 #ifdef DEBUG 4760 fprintf (stderr, "ppc_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol called for %s\n", 4761 h->root.root.string); 4762 #endif 4763 4764 /* Make sure we know what is going on here. */ 4765 htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info); 4766 BFD_ASSERT (htab->elf.dynobj != NULL 4767 && (h->needs_plt 4768 || h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC 4769 || h->is_weakalias 4770 || (h->def_dynamic 4771 && h->ref_regular 4772 && !h->def_regular))); 4773 4774 /* Deal with function syms. */ 4775 if (h->type == STT_FUNC 4776 || h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC 4777 || h->needs_plt) 4778 { 4779 bfd_boolean local = (SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h) 4780 || UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info, h)); 4781 /* Discard dyn_relocs when non-pic if we've decided that a 4782 function symbol is local. */ 4783 if (!bfd_link_pic (info) && local) 4784 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->dyn_relocs = NULL; 4785 4786 /* Clear procedure linkage table information for any symbol that 4787 won't need a .plt entry. */ 4788 struct plt_entry *ent; 4789 for (ent = h->plt.plist; ent != NULL; ent = ent->next) 4790 if (ent->plt.refcount > 0) 4791 break; 4792 if (ent == NULL 4793 || (h->type != STT_GNU_IFUNC 4794 && local 4795 && (htab->can_convert_all_inline_plt 4796 || (ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->tls_mask 4797 & (TLS_TLS | PLT_KEEP)) != PLT_KEEP))) 4798 { 4799 /* A PLT entry is not required/allowed when: 4800 4801 1. We are not using ld.so; because then the PLT entry 4802 can't be set up, so we can't use one. In this case, 4803 ppc_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol won't even be called. 4804 4805 2. GC has rendered the entry unused. 4806 4807 3. We know for certain that a call to this symbol 4808 will go to this object, or will remain undefined. */ 4809 h->plt.plist = NULL; 4810 h->needs_plt = 0; 4811 h->pointer_equality_needed = 0; 4812 } 4813 else 4814 { 4815 /* Taking a function's address in a read/write section 4816 doesn't require us to define the function symbol in the 4817 executable on a plt call stub. A dynamic reloc can 4818 be used instead, giving better runtime performance. 4819 (Calls via that function pointer don't need to bounce 4820 through the plt call stub.) Similarly, use a dynamic 4821 reloc for a weak reference when possible, allowing the 4822 resolution of the symbol to be set at load time rather 4823 than link time. */ 4824 if ((h->pointer_equality_needed 4825 || (h->non_got_ref 4826 && !h->ref_regular_nonweak 4827 && !UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info, h))) 4828 && !htab->is_vxworks 4829 && !ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_sda_refs 4830 && !readonly_dynrelocs (h)) 4831 { 4832 h->pointer_equality_needed = 0; 4833 /* If we haven't seen a branch reloc and the symbol 4834 isn't an ifunc then we don't need a plt entry. */ 4835 if (!h->needs_plt && h->type != STT_GNU_IFUNC) 4836 h->plt.plist = NULL; 4837 } 4838 else if (!bfd_link_pic (info)) 4839 /* We are going to be defining the function symbol on the 4840 plt stub, so no dyn_relocs needed when non-pic. */ 4841 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->dyn_relocs = NULL; 4842 } 4843 h->protected_def = 0; 4844 /* Function symbols can't have copy relocs. */ 4845 return TRUE; 4846 } 4847 else 4848 h->plt.plist = NULL; 4849 4850 /* If this is a weak symbol, and there is a real definition, the 4851 processor independent code will have arranged for us to see the 4852 real definition first, and we can just use the same value. */ 4853 if (h->is_weakalias) 4854 { 4855 struct elf_link_hash_entry *def = weakdef (h); 4856 BFD_ASSERT (def->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined); 4857 h->root.u.def.section = def->root.u.def.section; 4858 h->root.u.def.value = def->root.u.def.value; 4859 if (def->root.u.def.section == htab->elf.sdynbss 4860 || def->root.u.def.section == htab->elf.sdynrelro 4861 || def->root.u.def.section == htab->dynsbss) 4862 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->dyn_relocs = NULL; 4863 return TRUE; 4864 } 4865 4866 /* This is a reference to a symbol defined by a dynamic object which 4867 is not a function. */ 4868 4869 /* If we are creating a shared library, we must presume that the 4870 only references to the symbol are via the global offset table. 4871 For such cases we need not do anything here; the relocations will 4872 be handled correctly by relocate_section. */ 4873 if (bfd_link_pic (info)) 4874 { 4875 h->protected_def = 0; 4876 return TRUE; 4877 } 4878 4879 /* If there are no references to this symbol that do not use the 4880 GOT, we don't need to generate a copy reloc. */ 4881 if (!h->non_got_ref) 4882 { 4883 h->protected_def = 0; 4884 return TRUE; 4885 } 4886 4887 /* Protected variables do not work with .dynbss. The copy in 4888 .dynbss won't be used by the shared library with the protected 4889 definition for the variable. Editing to PIC, or text relocations 4890 are preferable to an incorrect program. */ 4891 if (h->protected_def) 4892 { 4893 if (ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS 4894 && ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_addr16_ha 4895 && ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_addr16_lo 4896 && htab->params->pic_fixup == 0 4897 && info->disable_target_specific_optimizations <= 1) 4898 htab->params->pic_fixup = 1; 4899 return TRUE; 4900 } 4901 4902 /* If -z nocopyreloc was given, we won't generate them either. */ 4903 if (info->nocopyreloc) 4904 return TRUE; 4905 4906 /* If we don't find any dynamic relocs in read-only sections, then 4907 we'll be keeping the dynamic relocs and avoiding the copy reloc. 4908 We can't do this if there are any small data relocations. This 4909 doesn't work on VxWorks, where we can not have dynamic 4910 relocations (other than copy and jump slot relocations) in an 4911 executable. */ 4912 if (ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS 4913 && !ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_sda_refs 4914 && !htab->is_vxworks 4915 && !h->def_regular 4916 && !alias_readonly_dynrelocs (h)) 4917 return TRUE; 4918 4919 /* We must allocate the symbol in our .dynbss section, which will 4920 become part of the .bss section of the executable. There will be 4921 an entry for this symbol in the .dynsym section. The dynamic 4922 object will contain position independent code, so all references 4923 from the dynamic object to this symbol will go through the global 4924 offset table. The dynamic linker will use the .dynsym entry to 4925 determine the address it must put in the global offset table, so 4926 both the dynamic object and the regular object will refer to the 4927 same memory location for the variable. 4928 4929 Of course, if the symbol is referenced using SDAREL relocs, we 4930 must instead allocate it in .sbss. */ 4931 if (ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_sda_refs) 4932 s = htab->dynsbss; 4933 else if ((h->root.u.def.section->flags & SEC_READONLY) != 0) 4934 s = htab->elf.sdynrelro; 4935 else 4936 s = htab->elf.sdynbss; 4937 BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL); 4938 4939 if ((h->root.u.def.section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0 && h->size != 0) 4940 { 4941 asection *srel; 4942 4943 /* We must generate a R_PPC_COPY reloc to tell the dynamic 4944 linker to copy the initial value out of the dynamic object 4945 and into the runtime process image. */ 4946 if (ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_sda_refs) 4947 srel = htab->relsbss; 4948 else if ((h->root.u.def.section->flags & SEC_READONLY) != 0) 4949 srel = htab->elf.sreldynrelro; 4950 else 4951 srel = htab->elf.srelbss; 4952 BFD_ASSERT (srel != NULL); 4953 srel->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela); 4954 h->needs_copy = 1; 4955 } 4956 4957 /* We no longer want dyn_relocs. */ 4958 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->dyn_relocs = NULL; 4959 return _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_copy (info, h, s); 4960 } 4961 4962 /* Generate a symbol to mark plt call stubs. For non-PIC code the sym is 4964 xxxxxxxx.plt_call32.<callee> where xxxxxxxx is a hex number, usually 0, 4965 specifying the addend on the plt relocation. For -fpic code, the sym 4966 is xxxxxxxx.plt_pic32.<callee>, and for -fPIC 4967 xxxxxxxx.got2.plt_pic32.<callee>. */ 4968 4969 static bfd_boolean 4970 add_stub_sym (struct plt_entry *ent, 4971 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h, 4972 struct bfd_link_info *info) 4973 { 4974 struct elf_link_hash_entry *sh; 4975 size_t len1, len2, len3; 4976 char *name; 4977 const char *stub; 4978 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info); 4979 4980 if (bfd_link_pic (info)) 4981 stub = ".plt_pic32."; 4982 else 4983 stub = ".plt_call32."; 4984 4985 len1 = strlen (h->root.root.string); 4986 len2 = strlen (stub); 4987 len3 = 0; 4988 if (ent->sec) 4989 len3 = strlen (ent->sec->name); 4990 name = bfd_malloc (len1 + len2 + len3 + 9); 4991 if (name == NULL) 4992 return FALSE; 4993 sprintf (name, "%08x", (unsigned) ent->addend & 0xffffffff); 4994 if (ent->sec) 4995 memcpy (name + 8, ent->sec->name, len3); 4996 memcpy (name + 8 + len3, stub, len2); 4997 memcpy (name + 8 + len3 + len2, h->root.root.string, len1 + 1); 4998 sh = elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab->elf, name, TRUE, FALSE, FALSE); 4999 if (sh == NULL) 5000 return FALSE; 5001 if (sh->root.type == bfd_link_hash_new) 5002 { 5003 sh->root.type = bfd_link_hash_defined; 5004 sh->root.u.def.section = htab->glink; 5005 sh->root.u.def.value = ent->glink_offset; 5006 sh->ref_regular = 1; 5007 sh->def_regular = 1; 5008 sh->ref_regular_nonweak = 1; 5009 sh->forced_local = 1; 5010 sh->non_elf = 0; 5011 sh->root.linker_def = 1; 5012 } 5013 return TRUE; 5014 } 5015 5016 /* Allocate NEED contiguous space in .got, and return the offset. 5017 Handles allocation of the got header when crossing 32k. */ 5018 5019 static bfd_vma 5020 allocate_got (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab, unsigned int need) 5021 { 5022 bfd_vma where; 5023 unsigned int max_before_header; 5024 5025 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_VXWORKS) 5026 { 5027 where = htab->elf.sgot->size; 5028 htab->elf.sgot->size += need; 5029 } 5030 else 5031 { 5032 max_before_header = htab->plt_type == PLT_NEW ? 32768 : 32764; 5033 if (need <= htab->got_gap) 5034 { 5035 where = max_before_header - htab->got_gap; 5036 htab->got_gap -= need; 5037 } 5038 else 5039 { 5040 if (htab->elf.sgot->size + need > max_before_header 5041 && htab->elf.sgot->size <= max_before_header) 5042 { 5043 htab->got_gap = max_before_header - htab->elf.sgot->size; 5044 htab->elf.sgot->size = max_before_header + htab->got_header_size; 5045 } 5046 where = htab->elf.sgot->size; 5047 htab->elf.sgot->size += need; 5048 } 5049 } 5050 return where; 5051 } 5052 5053 /* Calculate size of GOT entries for symbol given its TLS_MASK. 5054 TLS_LD is excluded because those go in a special GOT slot. */ 5055 5056 static inline unsigned int 5057 got_entries_needed (int tls_mask) 5058 { 5059 unsigned int need; 5060 if ((tls_mask & TLS_TLS) == 0) 5061 need = 4; 5062 else 5063 { 5064 need = 0; 5065 if ((tls_mask & TLS_GD) != 0) 5066 need += 8; 5067 if ((tls_mask & (TLS_TPREL | TLS_TPRELGD)) != 0) 5068 need += 4; 5069 if ((tls_mask & TLS_DTPREL) != 0) 5070 need += 4; 5071 } 5072 return need; 5073 } 5074 5075 /* Calculate size of relocs needed for symbol given its TLS_MASK and 5076 NEEDed GOT entries. KNOWN says a TPREL offset can be calculated at 5077 link time. */ 5078 5079 static inline unsigned int 5080 got_relocs_needed (int tls_mask, unsigned int need, bfd_boolean known) 5081 { 5082 /* All the entries we allocated need relocs. 5083 Except IE in executable with a local symbol. We could also omit 5084 the DTPREL reloc on the second word of a GD entry under the same 5085 condition as that for IE, but ld.so needs to differentiate 5086 LD and GD entries. */ 5087 if (known && (tls_mask & TLS_TLS) != 0 5088 && (tls_mask & (TLS_TPREL | TLS_TPRELGD)) != 0) 5089 need -= 4; 5090 return need * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela) / 4; 5091 } 5092 5093 /* If H is undefined, make it dynamic if that makes sense. */ 5094 5095 static bfd_boolean 5096 ensure_undef_dynamic (struct bfd_link_info *info, 5097 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h) 5098 { 5099 struct elf_link_hash_table *htab = elf_hash_table (info); 5100 5101 if (htab->dynamic_sections_created 5102 && ((info->dynamic_undefined_weak != 0 5103 && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak) 5104 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefined) 5105 && h->dynindx == -1 5106 && !h->forced_local 5107 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) == STV_DEFAULT) 5108 return bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h); 5109 return TRUE; 5110 } 5111 5112 /* Allocate space in associated reloc sections for dynamic relocs. */ 5113 5114 static bfd_boolean 5115 allocate_dynrelocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h, void *inf) 5116 { 5117 struct bfd_link_info *info = inf; 5118 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry *eh; 5119 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab; 5120 struct elf_dyn_relocs *p; 5121 bfd_boolean dyn; 5122 5123 if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect) 5124 return TRUE; 5125 5126 htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info); 5127 eh = (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry *) h; 5128 if (eh->elf.got.refcount > 0 5129 || (ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS 5130 && !eh->elf.def_regular 5131 && eh->elf.protected_def 5132 && eh->has_addr16_ha 5133 && eh->has_addr16_lo 5134 && htab->params->pic_fixup > 0)) 5135 { 5136 unsigned int need; 5137 5138 /* Make sure this symbol is output as a dynamic symbol. */ 5139 if (!ensure_undef_dynamic (info, &eh->elf)) 5140 return FALSE; 5141 5142 need = 0; 5143 if ((eh->tls_mask & (TLS_TLS | TLS_LD)) == (TLS_TLS | TLS_LD)) 5144 { 5145 if (!eh->elf.def_dynamic) 5146 /* We'll just use htab->tlsld_got.offset. This should 5147 always be the case. It's a little odd if we have 5148 a local dynamic reloc against a non-local symbol. */ 5149 htab->tlsld_got.refcount += 1; 5150 else 5151 need += 8; 5152 } 5153 need += got_entries_needed (eh->tls_mask); 5154 if (need == 0) 5155 eh->elf.got.offset = (bfd_vma) -1; 5156 else 5157 { 5158 eh->elf.got.offset = allocate_got (htab, need); 5159 if ((bfd_link_pic (info) 5160 || (htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created 5161 && eh->elf.dynindx != -1 5162 && !SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, &eh->elf))) 5163 && !UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info, &eh->elf)) 5164 { 5165 asection *rsec; 5166 bfd_boolean tprel_known = (bfd_link_executable (info) 5167 && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, 5168 &eh->elf)); 5169 5170 need = got_relocs_needed (eh->tls_mask, need, tprel_known); 5171 if ((eh->tls_mask & (TLS_TLS | TLS_LD)) == (TLS_TLS | TLS_LD) 5172 && eh->elf.def_dynamic) 5173 need -= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela); 5174 rsec = htab->elf.srelgot; 5175 if (eh->elf.type == STT_GNU_IFUNC) 5176 rsec = htab->elf.irelplt; 5177 rsec->size += need; 5178 } 5179 } 5180 } 5181 else 5182 eh->elf.got.offset = (bfd_vma) -1; 5183 5184 /* If no dynamic sections we can't have dynamic relocs, except for 5185 IFUNCs which are handled even in static executables. */ 5186 if (!htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created 5187 && h->type != STT_GNU_IFUNC) 5188 eh->dyn_relocs = NULL; 5189 5190 /* Discard relocs on undefined symbols that must be local. */ 5191 else if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefined 5192 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) != STV_DEFAULT) 5193 eh->dyn_relocs = NULL; 5194 5195 /* Also discard relocs on undefined weak syms with non-default 5196 visibility, or when dynamic_undefined_weak says so. */ 5197 else if (UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info, h)) 5198 eh->dyn_relocs = NULL; 5199 5200 if (eh->dyn_relocs == NULL) 5201 ; 5202 5203 /* In the shared -Bsymbolic case, discard space allocated for 5204 dynamic pc-relative relocs against symbols which turn out to be 5205 defined in regular objects. For the normal shared case, discard 5206 space for relocs that have become local due to symbol visibility 5207 changes. */ 5208 else if (bfd_link_pic (info)) 5209 { 5210 /* Relocs that use pc_count are those that appear on a call insn, 5211 or certain REL relocs (see must_be_dyn_reloc) that can be 5212 generated via assembly. We want calls to protected symbols to 5213 resolve directly to the function rather than going via the plt. 5214 If people want function pointer comparisons to work as expected 5215 then they should avoid writing weird assembly. */ 5216 if (SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h)) 5217 { 5218 struct elf_dyn_relocs **pp; 5219 5220 for (pp = &eh->dyn_relocs; (p = *pp) != NULL; ) 5221 { 5222 p->count -= p->pc_count; 5223 p->pc_count = 0; 5224 if (p->count == 0) 5225 *pp = p->next; 5226 else 5227 pp = &p->next; 5228 } 5229 } 5230 5231 if (htab->is_vxworks) 5232 { 5233 struct elf_dyn_relocs **pp; 5234 5235 for (pp = &eh->dyn_relocs; (p = *pp) != NULL; ) 5236 { 5237 if (strcmp (p->sec->output_section->name, ".tls_vars") == 0) 5238 *pp = p->next; 5239 else 5240 pp = &p->next; 5241 } 5242 } 5243 5244 if (eh->dyn_relocs != NULL) 5245 { 5246 /* Make sure this symbol is output as a dynamic symbol. */ 5247 if (!ensure_undef_dynamic (info, h)) 5248 return FALSE; 5249 } 5250 } 5251 else if (ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS) 5252 { 5253 /* For the non-pic case, discard space for relocs against 5254 symbols which turn out to need copy relocs or are not 5255 dynamic. */ 5256 if (h->dynamic_adjusted 5257 && !h->def_regular 5258 && !ELF_COMMON_DEF_P (h) 5259 && !(h->protected_def 5260 && eh->has_addr16_ha 5261 && eh->has_addr16_lo 5262 && htab->params->pic_fixup > 0)) 5263 { 5264 /* Make sure this symbol is output as a dynamic symbol. */ 5265 if (!ensure_undef_dynamic (info, h)) 5266 return FALSE; 5267 5268 if (h->dynindx == -1) 5269 eh->dyn_relocs = NULL; 5270 } 5271 else 5272 eh->dyn_relocs = NULL; 5273 } 5274 5275 /* Allocate space. */ 5276 for (p = eh->dyn_relocs; p != NULL; p = p->next) 5277 { 5278 asection *sreloc = elf_section_data (p->sec)->sreloc; 5279 if (eh->elf.type == STT_GNU_IFUNC) 5280 sreloc = htab->elf.irelplt; 5281 sreloc->size += p->count * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela); 5282 } 5283 5284 /* Handle PLT relocs. Done last, after dynindx has settled. 5285 We might need a PLT entry when the symbol 5286 a) is dynamic, or 5287 b) is an ifunc, or 5288 c) has plt16 relocs and has been processed by adjust_dynamic_symbol, or 5289 d) has plt16 relocs and we are linking statically. */ 5290 dyn = htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created && h->dynindx != -1; 5291 if (dyn 5292 || h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC 5293 || (h->needs_plt && h->dynamic_adjusted) 5294 || (h->needs_plt 5295 && h->def_regular 5296 && !htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created 5297 && !htab->can_convert_all_inline_plt 5298 && (ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->tls_mask 5299 & (TLS_TLS | PLT_KEEP)) == PLT_KEEP)) 5300 { 5301 struct plt_entry *ent; 5302 bfd_boolean doneone = FALSE; 5303 bfd_vma plt_offset = 0, glink_offset = (bfd_vma) -1; 5304 5305 for (ent = h->plt.plist; ent != NULL; ent = ent->next) 5306 if (ent->plt.refcount > 0) 5307 { 5308 asection *s = htab->elf.splt; 5309 5310 if (!dyn) 5311 { 5312 if (h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC) 5313 s = htab->elf.iplt; 5314 else 5315 s = htab->pltlocal; 5316 } 5317 5318 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_NEW || !dyn) 5319 { 5320 if (!doneone) 5321 { 5322 plt_offset = s->size; 5323 s->size += 4; 5324 } 5325 ent->plt.offset = plt_offset; 5326 5327 if (s == htab->pltlocal) 5328 ent->glink_offset = glink_offset; 5329 else 5330 { 5331 s = htab->glink; 5332 if (!doneone || bfd_link_pic (info)) 5333 { 5334 glink_offset = s->size; 5335 s->size += GLINK_ENTRY_SIZE (htab, h); 5336 } 5337 if (!doneone 5338 && !bfd_link_pic (info) 5339 && h->def_dynamic 5340 && !h->def_regular) 5341 { 5342 h->root.u.def.section = s; 5343 h->root.u.def.value = glink_offset; 5344 } 5345 ent->glink_offset = glink_offset; 5346 5347 if (htab->params->emit_stub_syms 5348 && !add_stub_sym (ent, h, info)) 5349 return FALSE; 5350 } 5351 } 5352 else 5353 { 5354 if (!doneone) 5355 { 5356 /* If this is the first .plt entry, make room 5357 for the special first entry. */ 5358 if (s->size == 0) 5359 s->size += htab->plt_initial_entry_size; 5360 5361 /* The PowerPC PLT is actually composed of two 5362 parts, the first part is 2 words (for a load 5363 and a jump), and then there is a remaining 5364 word available at the end. */ 5365 plt_offset = (htab->plt_initial_entry_size 5366 + (htab->plt_slot_size 5367 * ((s->size 5368 - htab->plt_initial_entry_size) 5369 / htab->plt_entry_size))); 5370 5371 /* If this symbol is not defined in a regular 5372 file, and we are not generating a shared 5373 library, then set the symbol to this location 5374 in the .plt. This is to avoid text 5375 relocations, and is required to make 5376 function pointers compare as equal between 5377 the normal executable and the shared library. */ 5378 if (! bfd_link_pic (info) 5379 && h->def_dynamic 5380 && !h->def_regular) 5381 { 5382 h->root.u.def.section = s; 5383 h->root.u.def.value = plt_offset; 5384 } 5385 5386 /* Make room for this entry. */ 5387 s->size += htab->plt_entry_size; 5388 /* After the 8192nd entry, room for two entries 5389 is allocated. */ 5390 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_OLD 5391 && (s->size - htab->plt_initial_entry_size) 5392 / htab->plt_entry_size 5393 > PLT_NUM_SINGLE_ENTRIES) 5394 s->size += htab->plt_entry_size; 5395 } 5396 ent->plt.offset = plt_offset; 5397 } 5398 5399 /* We also need to make an entry in the .rela.plt section. */ 5400 if (!doneone) 5401 { 5402 if (!dyn) 5403 { 5404 if (h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC) 5405 { 5406 s = htab->elf.irelplt; 5407 s->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela); 5408 } 5409 else if (bfd_link_pic (info)) 5410 { 5411 s = htab->relpltlocal; 5412 s->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela); 5413 } 5414 } 5415 else 5416 { 5417 htab->elf.srelplt->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela); 5418 5419 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_VXWORKS) 5420 { 5421 /* Allocate space for the unloaded relocations. */ 5422 if (!bfd_link_pic (info) 5423 && htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created) 5424 { 5425 if (ent->plt.offset 5426 == (bfd_vma) htab->plt_initial_entry_size) 5427 { 5428 htab->srelplt2->size 5429 += (sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela) 5430 * VXWORKS_PLTRESOLVE_RELOCS); 5431 } 5432 5433 htab->srelplt2->size 5434 += (sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela) 5435 * VXWORKS_PLT_NON_JMP_SLOT_RELOCS); 5436 } 5437 5438 /* Every PLT entry has an associated GOT entry in 5439 .got.plt. */ 5440 htab->elf.sgotplt->size += 4; 5441 } 5442 } 5443 doneone = TRUE; 5444 } 5445 } 5446 else 5447 ent->plt.offset = (bfd_vma) -1; 5448 5449 if (!doneone) 5450 { 5451 h->plt.plist = NULL; 5452 h->needs_plt = 0; 5453 } 5454 } 5455 else 5456 { 5457 h->plt.plist = NULL; 5458 h->needs_plt = 0; 5459 } 5460 5461 return TRUE; 5462 } 5463 5464 /* Set DF_TEXTREL if we find any dynamic relocs that apply to 5465 read-only sections. */ 5466 5467 static bfd_boolean 5468 maybe_set_textrel (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h, void *info_p) 5469 { 5470 asection *sec; 5471 5472 if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect) 5473 return TRUE; 5474 5475 sec = readonly_dynrelocs (h); 5476 if (sec != NULL) 5477 { 5478 struct bfd_link_info *info = (struct bfd_link_info *) info_p; 5479 5480 info->flags |= DF_TEXTREL; 5481 info->callbacks->minfo 5482 (_("%pB: dynamic relocation against `%pT' in read-only section `%pA'\n"), 5483 sec->owner, h->root.root.string, sec); 5484 5485 /* Not an error, just cut short the traversal. */ 5486 return FALSE; 5487 } 5488 return TRUE; 5489 } 5490 5491 static const unsigned char glink_eh_frame_cie[] = 5492 { 5493 0, 0, 0, 16, /* length. */ 5494 0, 0, 0, 0, /* id. */ 5495 1, /* CIE version. */ 5496 'z', 'R', 0, /* Augmentation string. */ 5497 4, /* Code alignment. */ 5498 0x7c, /* Data alignment. */ 5499 65, /* RA reg. */ 5500 1, /* Augmentation size. */ 5501 DW_EH_PE_pcrel | DW_EH_PE_sdata4, /* FDE encoding. */ 5502 DW_CFA_def_cfa, 1, 0 /* def_cfa: r1 offset 0. */ 5503 }; 5504 5505 /* Set the sizes of the dynamic sections. */ 5506 5507 static bfd_boolean 5508 ppc_elf_size_dynamic_sections (bfd *output_bfd, 5509 struct bfd_link_info *info) 5510 { 5511 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab; 5512 asection *s; 5513 bfd_boolean relocs; 5514 bfd *ibfd; 5515 5516 #ifdef DEBUG 5517 fprintf (stderr, "ppc_elf_size_dynamic_sections called\n"); 5518 #endif 5519 5520 htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info); 5521 BFD_ASSERT (htab->elf.dynobj != NULL); 5522 5523 if (elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created) 5524 { 5525 /* Set the contents of the .interp section to the interpreter. */ 5526 if (bfd_link_executable (info) && !info->nointerp) 5527 { 5528 s = bfd_get_linker_section (htab->elf.dynobj, ".interp"); 5529 BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL); 5530 s->size = sizeof ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER; 5531 s->contents = (unsigned char *) ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER; 5532 } 5533 } 5534 5535 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_OLD) 5536 htab->got_header_size = 16; 5537 else if (htab->plt_type == PLT_NEW) 5538 htab->got_header_size = 12; 5539 5540 /* Set up .got offsets for local syms, and space for local dynamic 5541 relocs. */ 5542 for (ibfd = info->input_bfds; ibfd != NULL; ibfd = ibfd->link.next) 5543 { 5544 bfd_signed_vma *local_got; 5545 bfd_signed_vma *end_local_got; 5546 struct plt_entry **local_plt; 5547 struct plt_entry **end_local_plt; 5548 char *lgot_masks; 5549 bfd_size_type locsymcount; 5550 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr; 5551 5552 if (!is_ppc_elf (ibfd)) 5553 continue; 5554 5555 for (s = ibfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next) 5556 { 5557 struct ppc_dyn_relocs *p; 5558 5559 for (p = ((struct ppc_dyn_relocs *) 5560 elf_section_data (s)->local_dynrel); 5561 p != NULL; 5562 p = p->next) 5563 { 5564 if (!bfd_is_abs_section (p->sec) 5565 && bfd_is_abs_section (p->sec->output_section)) 5566 { 5567 /* Input section has been discarded, either because 5568 it is a copy of a linkonce section or due to 5569 linker script /DISCARD/, so we'll be discarding 5570 the relocs too. */ 5571 } 5572 else if (htab->is_vxworks 5573 && strcmp (p->sec->output_section->name, 5574 ".tls_vars") == 0) 5575 { 5576 /* Relocations in vxworks .tls_vars sections are 5577 handled specially by the loader. */ 5578 } 5579 else if (p->count != 0) 5580 { 5581 asection *sreloc = elf_section_data (p->sec)->sreloc; 5582 if (p->ifunc) 5583 sreloc = htab->elf.irelplt; 5584 sreloc->size += p->count * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela); 5585 if ((p->sec->output_section->flags 5586 & (SEC_READONLY | SEC_ALLOC)) 5587 == (SEC_READONLY | SEC_ALLOC)) 5588 { 5589 info->flags |= DF_TEXTREL; 5590 info->callbacks->minfo (_("%pB: dynamic relocation in read-only section `%pA'\n"), 5591 p->sec->owner, p->sec); 5592 } 5593 } 5594 } 5595 } 5596 5597 local_got = elf_local_got_refcounts (ibfd); 5598 if (!local_got) 5599 continue; 5600 5601 symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd); 5602 locsymcount = symtab_hdr->sh_info; 5603 end_local_got = local_got + locsymcount; 5604 local_plt = (struct plt_entry **) end_local_got; 5605 end_local_plt = local_plt + locsymcount; 5606 lgot_masks = (char *) end_local_plt; 5607 5608 for (; local_got < end_local_got; ++local_got, ++lgot_masks) 5609 if (*local_got > 0) 5610 { 5611 unsigned int need; 5612 if ((*lgot_masks & (TLS_TLS | TLS_LD)) == (TLS_TLS | TLS_LD)) 5613 htab->tlsld_got.refcount += 1; 5614 need = got_entries_needed (*lgot_masks); 5615 if (need == 0) 5616 *local_got = (bfd_vma) -1; 5617 else 5618 { 5619 *local_got = allocate_got (htab, need); 5620 if (bfd_link_pic (info)) 5621 { 5622 asection *srel; 5623 bfd_boolean tprel_known = bfd_link_executable (info); 5624 5625 need = got_relocs_needed (*lgot_masks, need, tprel_known); 5626 srel = htab->elf.srelgot; 5627 if ((*lgot_masks & (TLS_TLS | PLT_IFUNC)) == PLT_IFUNC) 5628 srel = htab->elf.irelplt; 5629 srel->size += need; 5630 } 5631 } 5632 } 5633 else 5634 *local_got = (bfd_vma) -1; 5635 5636 if (htab->is_vxworks) 5637 continue; 5638 5639 /* Allocate space for calls to local STT_GNU_IFUNC syms in .iplt. */ 5640 lgot_masks = (char *) end_local_plt; 5641 for (; local_plt < end_local_plt; ++local_plt, ++lgot_masks) 5642 { 5643 struct plt_entry *ent; 5644 bfd_boolean doneone = FALSE; 5645 bfd_vma plt_offset = 0, glink_offset = (bfd_vma) -1; 5646 5647 for (ent = *local_plt; ent != NULL; ent = ent->next) 5648 if (ent->plt.refcount > 0) 5649 { 5650 if ((*lgot_masks & (TLS_TLS | PLT_IFUNC)) == PLT_IFUNC) 5651 s = htab->elf.iplt; 5652 else if (htab->can_convert_all_inline_plt 5653 || (*lgot_masks & (TLS_TLS | PLT_KEEP)) != PLT_KEEP) 5654 { 5655 ent->plt.offset = (bfd_vma) -1; 5656 continue; 5657 } 5658 else 5659 s = htab->pltlocal; 5660 5661 if (!doneone) 5662 { 5663 plt_offset = s->size; 5664 s->size += 4; 5665 } 5666 ent->plt.offset = plt_offset; 5667 5668 if (s != htab->pltlocal && (!doneone || bfd_link_pic (info))) 5669 { 5670 s = htab->glink; 5671 glink_offset = s->size; 5672 s->size += GLINK_ENTRY_SIZE (htab, NULL); 5673 } 5674 ent->glink_offset = glink_offset; 5675 5676 if (!doneone) 5677 { 5678 if ((*lgot_masks & (TLS_TLS | PLT_IFUNC)) == PLT_IFUNC) 5679 { 5680 s = htab->elf.irelplt; 5681 s->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela); 5682 } 5683 else if (bfd_link_pic (info)) 5684 { 5685 s = htab->relpltlocal; 5686 s->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela); 5687 } 5688 doneone = TRUE; 5689 } 5690 } 5691 else 5692 ent->plt.offset = (bfd_vma) -1; 5693 } 5694 } 5695 5696 /* Allocate space for global sym dynamic relocs. */ 5697 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info), allocate_dynrelocs, info); 5698 5699 if (htab->tlsld_got.refcount > 0) 5700 { 5701 htab->tlsld_got.offset = allocate_got (htab, 8); 5702 if (bfd_link_pic (info)) 5703 htab->elf.srelgot->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela); 5704 } 5705 else 5706 htab->tlsld_got.offset = (bfd_vma) -1; 5707 5708 if (htab->elf.sgot != NULL && htab->plt_type != PLT_VXWORKS) 5709 { 5710 unsigned int g_o_t = 32768; 5711 5712 /* If we haven't allocated the header, do so now. When we get here, 5713 for old plt/got the got size will be 0 to 32764 (not allocated), 5714 or 32780 to 65536 (header allocated). For new plt/got, the 5715 corresponding ranges are 0 to 32768 and 32780 to 65536. */ 5716 if (htab->elf.sgot->size <= 32768) 5717 { 5718 g_o_t = htab->elf.sgot->size; 5719 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_OLD) 5720 g_o_t += 4; 5721 htab->elf.sgot->size += htab->got_header_size; 5722 } 5723 5724 htab->elf.hgot->root.u.def.value = g_o_t; 5725 } 5726 if (bfd_link_pic (info)) 5727 { 5728 struct elf_link_hash_entry *sda = htab->sdata[0].sym; 5729 5730 sda->root.u.def.section = htab->elf.hgot->root.u.def.section; 5731 sda->root.u.def.value = htab->elf.hgot->root.u.def.value; 5732 } 5733 if (info->emitrelocations) 5734 { 5735 struct elf_link_hash_entry *sda = htab->sdata[0].sym; 5736 5737 if (sda != NULL && sda->ref_regular) 5738 sda->root.u.def.section->flags |= SEC_KEEP; 5739 sda = htab->sdata[1].sym; 5740 if (sda != NULL && sda->ref_regular) 5741 sda->root.u.def.section->flags |= SEC_KEEP; 5742 } 5743 5744 if (htab->glink != NULL 5745 && htab->glink->size != 0 5746 && htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created) 5747 { 5748 htab->glink_pltresolve = htab->glink->size; 5749 /* Space for the branch table. */ 5750 htab->glink->size 5751 += htab->elf.srelplt->size / (sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela) / 4) - 4; 5752 /* Pad out to align the start of PLTresolve. */ 5753 htab->glink->size += -htab->glink->size & (htab->params->ppc476_workaround 5754 ? 63 : 15); 5755 htab->glink->size += GLINK_PLTRESOLVE; 5756 5757 if (htab->params->emit_stub_syms) 5758 { 5759 struct elf_link_hash_entry *sh; 5760 sh = elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab->elf, "__glink", 5761 TRUE, FALSE, FALSE); 5762 if (sh == NULL) 5763 return FALSE; 5764 if (sh->root.type == bfd_link_hash_new) 5765 { 5766 sh->root.type = bfd_link_hash_defined; 5767 sh->root.u.def.section = htab->glink; 5768 sh->root.u.def.value = htab->glink_pltresolve; 5769 sh->ref_regular = 1; 5770 sh->def_regular = 1; 5771 sh->ref_regular_nonweak = 1; 5772 sh->forced_local = 1; 5773 sh->non_elf = 0; 5774 sh->root.linker_def = 1; 5775 } 5776 sh = elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab->elf, "__glink_PLTresolve", 5777 TRUE, FALSE, FALSE); 5778 if (sh == NULL) 5779 return FALSE; 5780 if (sh->root.type == bfd_link_hash_new) 5781 { 5782 sh->root.type = bfd_link_hash_defined; 5783 sh->root.u.def.section = htab->glink; 5784 sh->root.u.def.value = htab->glink->size - GLINK_PLTRESOLVE; 5785 sh->ref_regular = 1; 5786 sh->def_regular = 1; 5787 sh->ref_regular_nonweak = 1; 5788 sh->forced_local = 1; 5789 sh->non_elf = 0; 5790 sh->root.linker_def = 1; 5791 } 5792 } 5793 } 5794 5795 if (htab->glink != NULL 5796 && htab->glink->size != 0 5797 && htab->glink_eh_frame != NULL 5798 && !bfd_is_abs_section (htab->glink_eh_frame->output_section) 5799 && _bfd_elf_eh_frame_present (info)) 5800 { 5801 s = htab->glink_eh_frame; 5802 s->size = sizeof (glink_eh_frame_cie) + 20; 5803 if (bfd_link_pic (info)) 5804 { 5805 s->size += 4; 5806 if (htab->glink->size - GLINK_PLTRESOLVE + 8 >= 256) 5807 s->size += 4; 5808 } 5809 } 5810 5811 /* We've now determined the sizes of the various dynamic sections. 5812 Allocate memory for them. */ 5813 relocs = FALSE; 5814 for (s = htab->elf.dynobj->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next) 5815 { 5816 bfd_boolean strip_section = TRUE; 5817 5818 if ((s->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED) == 0) 5819 continue; 5820 5821 if (s == htab->elf.splt 5822 || s == htab->elf.sgot) 5823 { 5824 /* We'd like to strip these sections if they aren't needed, but if 5825 we've exported dynamic symbols from them we must leave them. 5826 It's too late to tell BFD to get rid of the symbols. */ 5827 if (htab->elf.hplt != NULL) 5828 strip_section = FALSE; 5829 /* Strip this section if we don't need it; see the 5830 comment below. */ 5831 } 5832 else if (s == htab->elf.iplt 5833 || s == htab->pltlocal 5834 || s == htab->glink 5835 || s == htab->glink_eh_frame 5836 || s == htab->elf.sgotplt 5837 || s == htab->sbss 5838 || s == htab->elf.sdynbss 5839 || s == htab->elf.sdynrelro 5840 || s == htab->dynsbss) 5841 { 5842 /* Strip these too. */ 5843 } 5844 else if (s == htab->sdata[0].section 5845 || s == htab->sdata[1].section) 5846 { 5847 strip_section = (s->flags & SEC_KEEP) == 0; 5848 } 5849 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (bfd_get_section_name (htab->elf.dynobj, s), 5850 ".rela")) 5851 { 5852 if (s->size != 0) 5853 { 5854 /* Remember whether there are any relocation sections. */ 5855 relocs = TRUE; 5856 5857 /* We use the reloc_count field as a counter if we need 5858 to copy relocs into the output file. */ 5859 s->reloc_count = 0; 5860 } 5861 } 5862 else 5863 { 5864 /* It's not one of our sections, so don't allocate space. */ 5865 continue; 5866 } 5867 5868 if (s->size == 0 && strip_section) 5869 { 5870 /* If we don't need this section, strip it from the 5871 output file. This is mostly to handle .rela.bss and 5872 .rela.plt. We must create both sections in 5873 create_dynamic_sections, because they must be created 5874 before the linker maps input sections to output 5875 sections. The linker does that before 5876 adjust_dynamic_symbol is called, and it is that 5877 function which decides whether anything needs to go 5878 into these sections. */ 5879 s->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE; 5880 continue; 5881 } 5882 5883 if ((s->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) == 0) 5884 continue; 5885 5886 /* Allocate memory for the section contents. */ 5887 s->contents = bfd_zalloc (htab->elf.dynobj, s->size); 5888 if (s->contents == NULL) 5889 return FALSE; 5890 } 5891 5892 if (htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created) 5893 { 5894 /* Add some entries to the .dynamic section. We fill in the 5895 values later, in ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_sections, but we 5896 must add the entries now so that we get the correct size for 5897 the .dynamic section. The DT_DEBUG entry is filled in by the 5898 dynamic linker and used by the debugger. */ 5899 #define add_dynamic_entry(TAG, VAL) \ 5900 _bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info, TAG, VAL) 5901 5902 if (bfd_link_executable (info)) 5903 { 5904 if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_DEBUG, 0)) 5905 return FALSE; 5906 } 5907 5908 if (htab->elf.splt != NULL && htab->elf.splt->size != 0) 5909 { 5910 if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_PLTGOT, 0) 5911 || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_PLTRELSZ, 0) 5912 || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_PLTREL, DT_RELA) 5913 || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_JMPREL, 0)) 5914 return FALSE; 5915 } 5916 5917 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_NEW 5918 && htab->glink != NULL 5919 && htab->glink->size != 0) 5920 { 5921 if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_PPC_GOT, 0)) 5922 return FALSE; 5923 if (!htab->params->no_tls_get_addr_opt 5924 && htab->tls_get_addr != NULL 5925 && htab->tls_get_addr->plt.plist != NULL 5926 && !add_dynamic_entry (DT_PPC_OPT, PPC_OPT_TLS)) 5927 return FALSE; 5928 } 5929 5930 if (relocs) 5931 { 5932 if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_RELA, 0) 5933 || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_RELASZ, 0) 5934 || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_RELAENT, sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela))) 5935 return FALSE; 5936 } 5937 5938 /* If any dynamic relocs apply to a read-only section, then we 5939 need a DT_TEXTREL entry. */ 5940 if ((info->flags & DF_TEXTREL) == 0) 5941 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info), maybe_set_textrel, 5942 info); 5943 5944 if ((info->flags & DF_TEXTREL) != 0) 5945 { 5946 if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_TEXTREL, 0)) 5947 return FALSE; 5948 } 5949 if (htab->is_vxworks 5950 && !elf_vxworks_add_dynamic_entries (output_bfd, info)) 5951 return FALSE; 5952 } 5953 #undef add_dynamic_entry 5954 5955 if (htab->glink_eh_frame != NULL 5956 && htab->glink_eh_frame->contents != NULL) 5957 { 5958 unsigned char *p = htab->glink_eh_frame->contents; 5959 bfd_vma val; 5960 5961 memcpy (p, glink_eh_frame_cie, sizeof (glink_eh_frame_cie)); 5962 /* CIE length (rewrite in case little-endian). */ 5963 bfd_put_32 (htab->elf.dynobj, sizeof (glink_eh_frame_cie) - 4, p); 5964 p += sizeof (glink_eh_frame_cie); 5965 /* FDE length. */ 5966 val = htab->glink_eh_frame->size - 4 - sizeof (glink_eh_frame_cie); 5967 bfd_put_32 (htab->elf.dynobj, val, p); 5968 p += 4; 5969 /* CIE pointer. */ 5970 val = p - htab->glink_eh_frame->contents; 5971 bfd_put_32 (htab->elf.dynobj, val, p); 5972 p += 4; 5973 /* Offset to .glink. Set later. */ 5974 p += 4; 5975 /* .glink size. */ 5976 bfd_put_32 (htab->elf.dynobj, htab->glink->size, p); 5977 p += 4; 5978 /* Augmentation. */ 5979 p += 1; 5980 5981 if (bfd_link_pic (info) 5982 && htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created) 5983 { 5984 bfd_vma adv = (htab->glink->size - GLINK_PLTRESOLVE + 8) >> 2; 5985 if (adv < 64) 5986 *p++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc + adv; 5987 else if (adv < 256) 5988 { 5989 *p++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc1; 5990 *p++ = adv; 5991 } 5992 else if (adv < 65536) 5993 { 5994 *p++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc2; 5995 bfd_put_16 (htab->elf.dynobj, adv, p); 5996 p += 2; 5997 } 5998 else 5999 { 6000 *p++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc4; 6001 bfd_put_32 (htab->elf.dynobj, adv, p); 6002 p += 4; 6003 } 6004 *p++ = DW_CFA_register; 6005 *p++ = 65; 6006 p++; 6007 *p++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc + 4; 6008 *p++ = DW_CFA_restore_extended; 6009 *p++ = 65; 6010 } 6011 BFD_ASSERT ((bfd_vma) ((p + 3 - htab->glink_eh_frame->contents) & -4) 6012 == htab->glink_eh_frame->size); 6013 } 6014 6015 return TRUE; 6016 } 6017 6018 /* Arrange to have _SDA_BASE_ or _SDA2_BASE_ stripped from the output 6019 if it looks like nothing is using them. */ 6020 6021 static void 6022 maybe_strip_sdasym (bfd *output_bfd, elf_linker_section_t *lsect) 6023 { 6024 struct elf_link_hash_entry *sda = lsect->sym; 6025 6026 if (sda != NULL && !sda->ref_regular && sda->dynindx == -1) 6027 { 6028 asection *s; 6029 6030 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd, lsect->name); 6031 if (s == NULL || bfd_section_removed_from_list (output_bfd, s)) 6032 { 6033 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd, lsect->bss_name); 6034 if (s == NULL || bfd_section_removed_from_list (output_bfd, s)) 6035 { 6036 sda->def_regular = 0; 6037 /* This is somewhat magic. See elf_link_output_extsym. */ 6038 sda->ref_dynamic = 1; 6039 sda->forced_local = 0; 6040 } 6041 } 6042 } 6043 } 6044 6045 void 6046 ppc_elf_maybe_strip_sdata_syms (struct bfd_link_info *info) 6047 { 6048 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info); 6049 6050 if (htab != NULL) 6051 { 6052 maybe_strip_sdasym (info->output_bfd, &htab->sdata[0]); 6053 maybe_strip_sdasym (info->output_bfd, &htab->sdata[1]); 6054 } 6055 } 6056 6057 6058 /* Return TRUE if symbol should be hashed in the `.gnu.hash' section. */ 6059 6060 static bfd_boolean 6061 ppc_elf_hash_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h) 6062 { 6063 if (h->plt.plist != NULL 6064 && !h->def_regular 6065 && (!h->pointer_equality_needed 6066 || !h->ref_regular_nonweak)) 6067 return FALSE; 6068 6069 return _bfd_elf_hash_symbol (h); 6070 } 6071 6072 #define ARRAY_SIZE(a) (sizeof (a) / sizeof ((a)[0])) 6074 6075 /* Relaxation trampolines. r12 is available for clobbering (r11, is 6076 used for some functions that are allowed to break the ABI). */ 6077 static const int shared_stub_entry[] = 6078 { 6079 0x7c0802a6, /* mflr 0 */ 6080 0x429f0005, /* bcl 20, 31, .Lxxx */ 6081 0x7d8802a6, /* mflr 12 */ 6082 0x3d8c0000, /* addis 12, 12, (xxx-.Lxxx)@ha */ 6083 0x398c0000, /* addi 12, 12, (xxx-.Lxxx)@l */ 6084 0x7c0803a6, /* mtlr 0 */ 6085 0x7d8903a6, /* mtctr 12 */ 6086 0x4e800420, /* bctr */ 6087 }; 6088 6089 static const int stub_entry[] = 6090 { 6091 0x3d800000, /* lis 12,xxx@ha */ 6092 0x398c0000, /* addi 12,12,xxx@l */ 6093 0x7d8903a6, /* mtctr 12 */ 6094 0x4e800420, /* bctr */ 6095 }; 6096 6097 struct ppc_elf_relax_info 6098 { 6099 unsigned int workaround_size; 6100 unsigned int picfixup_size; 6101 }; 6102 6103 /* This function implements long branch trampolines, and the ppc476 6104 icache bug workaround. Any section needing trampolines or patch 6105 space for the workaround has its size extended so that we can 6106 add trampolines at the end of the section. */ 6107 6108 static bfd_boolean 6109 ppc_elf_relax_section (bfd *abfd, 6110 asection *isec, 6111 struct bfd_link_info *link_info, 6112 bfd_boolean *again) 6113 { 6114 struct one_branch_fixup 6115 { 6116 struct one_branch_fixup *next; 6117 asection *tsec; 6118 /* Final link, can use the symbol offset. For a 6119 relocatable link we use the symbol's index. */ 6120 bfd_vma toff; 6121 bfd_vma trampoff; 6122 }; 6123 6124 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr; 6125 bfd_byte *contents = NULL; 6126 Elf_Internal_Sym *isymbuf = NULL; 6127 Elf_Internal_Rela *internal_relocs = NULL; 6128 Elf_Internal_Rela *irel, *irelend = NULL; 6129 struct one_branch_fixup *branch_fixups = NULL; 6130 struct ppc_elf_relax_info *relax_info = NULL; 6131 unsigned changes = 0; 6132 bfd_boolean workaround_change; 6133 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab; 6134 bfd_size_type trampbase, trampoff, newsize, picfixup_size; 6135 asection *got2; 6136 bfd_boolean maybe_pasted; 6137 6138 *again = FALSE; 6139 6140 /* No need to do anything with non-alloc or non-code sections. */ 6141 if ((isec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0 6142 || (isec->flags & SEC_CODE) == 0 6143 || (isec->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED) != 0 6144 || isec->size < 4) 6145 return TRUE; 6146 6147 /* We cannot represent the required PIC relocs in the output, so don't 6148 do anything. The linker doesn't support mixing -shared and -r 6149 anyway. */ 6150 if (bfd_link_relocatable (link_info) && bfd_link_pic (link_info)) 6151 return TRUE; 6152 6153 htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (link_info); 6154 if (htab == NULL) 6155 return TRUE; 6156 6157 isec->size = (isec->size + 3) & -4; 6158 if (isec->rawsize == 0) 6159 isec->rawsize = isec->size; 6160 trampbase = isec->size; 6161 6162 BFD_ASSERT (isec->sec_info_type == SEC_INFO_TYPE_NONE 6163 || isec->sec_info_type == SEC_INFO_TYPE_TARGET); 6164 isec->sec_info_type = SEC_INFO_TYPE_TARGET; 6165 6166 if (htab->params->ppc476_workaround 6167 || htab->params->pic_fixup > 0) 6168 { 6169 if (elf_section_data (isec)->sec_info == NULL) 6170 { 6171 elf_section_data (isec)->sec_info 6172 = bfd_zalloc (abfd, sizeof (struct ppc_elf_relax_info)); 6173 if (elf_section_data (isec)->sec_info == NULL) 6174 return FALSE; 6175 } 6176 relax_info = elf_section_data (isec)->sec_info; 6177 trampbase -= relax_info->workaround_size; 6178 } 6179 6180 maybe_pasted = (strcmp (isec->output_section->name, ".init") == 0 6181 || strcmp (isec->output_section->name, ".fini") == 0); 6182 /* Space for a branch around any trampolines. */ 6183 trampoff = trampbase; 6184 if (maybe_pasted && trampbase == isec->rawsize) 6185 trampoff += 4; 6186 6187 symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (abfd); 6188 picfixup_size = 0; 6189 if (htab->params->branch_trampolines 6190 || htab->params->pic_fixup > 0) 6191 { 6192 /* Get a copy of the native relocations. */ 6193 if (isec->reloc_count != 0) 6194 { 6195 internal_relocs = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd, isec, NULL, NULL, 6196 link_info->keep_memory); 6197 if (internal_relocs == NULL) 6198 goto error_return; 6199 } 6200 6201 got2 = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".got2"); 6202 6203 irelend = internal_relocs + isec->reloc_count; 6204 for (irel = internal_relocs; irel < irelend; irel++) 6205 { 6206 unsigned long r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info); 6207 bfd_vma toff, roff; 6208 asection *tsec; 6209 struct one_branch_fixup *f; 6210 size_t insn_offset = 0; 6211 bfd_vma max_branch_offset = 0, val; 6212 bfd_byte *hit_addr; 6213 unsigned long t0; 6214 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h; 6215 Elf_Internal_Sym *isym; 6216 struct plt_entry **plist; 6217 unsigned char sym_type; 6218 6219 switch (r_type) 6220 { 6221 case R_PPC_REL24: 6222 case R_PPC_LOCAL24PC: 6223 case R_PPC_PLTREL24: 6224 case R_PPC_PLTCALL: 6225 max_branch_offset = 1 << 25; 6226 break; 6227 6228 case R_PPC_REL14: 6229 case R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN: 6230 case R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN: 6231 max_branch_offset = 1 << 15; 6232 break; 6233 6234 case R_PPC_ADDR16_HA: 6235 if (htab->params->pic_fixup > 0) 6236 break; 6237 continue; 6238 6239 default: 6240 continue; 6241 } 6242 6243 /* Get the value of the symbol referred to by the reloc. */ 6244 if (!get_sym_h (&h, &isym, &tsec, NULL, &isymbuf, 6245 ELF32_R_SYM (irel->r_info), abfd)) 6246 goto error_return; 6247 6248 if (isym != NULL) 6249 { 6250 if (tsec != NULL) 6251 ; 6252 else if (isym->st_shndx == SHN_ABS) 6253 tsec = bfd_abs_section_ptr; 6254 else 6255 continue; 6256 6257 toff = isym->st_value; 6258 sym_type = ELF_ST_TYPE (isym->st_info); 6259 } 6260 else 6261 { 6262 if (tsec != NULL) 6263 toff = h->root.u.def.value; 6264 else if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefined 6265 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak) 6266 { 6267 unsigned long indx; 6268 6269 indx = ELF32_R_SYM (irel->r_info) - symtab_hdr->sh_info; 6270 tsec = bfd_und_section_ptr; 6271 toff = bfd_link_relocatable (link_info) ? indx : 0; 6272 } 6273 else 6274 continue; 6275 6276 /* If this branch is to __tls_get_addr then we may later 6277 optimise away the call. We won't be needing a long- 6278 branch stub in that case. */ 6279 if (bfd_link_executable (link_info) 6280 && h == htab->tls_get_addr 6281 && irel != internal_relocs) 6282 { 6283 unsigned long t_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (irel[-1].r_info); 6284 unsigned long t_rtype = ELF32_R_TYPE (irel[-1].r_info); 6285 unsigned int tls_mask = 0; 6286 6287 /* The previous reloc should be one of R_PPC_TLSGD or 6288 R_PPC_TLSLD, or for older object files, a reloc 6289 on the __tls_get_addr arg setup insn. Get tls 6290 mask bits from the symbol on that reloc. */ 6291 if (t_symndx < symtab_hdr->sh_info) 6292 { 6293 bfd_vma *local_got_offsets = elf_local_got_offsets (abfd); 6294 6295 if (local_got_offsets != NULL) 6296 { 6297 struct plt_entry **local_plt = (struct plt_entry **) 6298 (local_got_offsets + symtab_hdr->sh_info); 6299 char *lgot_masks = (char *) 6300 (local_plt + symtab_hdr->sh_info); 6301 tls_mask = lgot_masks[t_symndx]; 6302 } 6303 } 6304 else 6305 { 6306 struct elf_link_hash_entry *th 6307 = elf_sym_hashes (abfd)[t_symndx - symtab_hdr->sh_info]; 6308 6309 while (th->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect 6310 || th->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning) 6311 th = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) th->root.u.i.link; 6312 6313 tls_mask 6314 = ((struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry *) th)->tls_mask; 6315 } 6316 6317 /* The mask bits tell us if the call will be 6318 optimised away. */ 6319 if ((tls_mask & TLS_TLS) != 0 && (tls_mask & TLS_GD) == 0 6320 && (t_rtype == R_PPC_TLSGD 6321 || t_rtype == R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16 6322 || t_rtype == R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO)) 6323 continue; 6324 if ((tls_mask & TLS_TLS) != 0 && (tls_mask & TLS_LD) == 0 6325 && (t_rtype == R_PPC_TLSLD 6326 || t_rtype == R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16 6327 || t_rtype == R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO)) 6328 continue; 6329 } 6330 6331 sym_type = h->type; 6332 } 6333 6334 if (r_type == R_PPC_ADDR16_HA) 6335 { 6336 if (h != NULL 6337 && !h->def_regular 6338 && h->protected_def 6339 && ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_addr16_ha 6340 && ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_addr16_lo) 6341 picfixup_size += 12; 6342 continue; 6343 } 6344 6345 /* The condition here under which we call find_plt_ent must 6346 match that in relocate_section. If we call find_plt_ent here 6347 but not in relocate_section, or vice versa, then the branch 6348 destination used here may be incorrect. */ 6349 plist = NULL; 6350 if (h != NULL) 6351 { 6352 /* We know is_branch_reloc (r_type) is true. */ 6353 if (h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC 6354 || r_type == R_PPC_PLTREL24) 6355 plist = &h->plt.plist; 6356 } 6357 else if (sym_type == STT_GNU_IFUNC 6358 && elf_local_got_offsets (abfd) != NULL) 6359 { 6360 bfd_vma *local_got_offsets = elf_local_got_offsets (abfd); 6361 struct plt_entry **local_plt = (struct plt_entry **) 6362 (local_got_offsets + symtab_hdr->sh_info); 6363 plist = local_plt + ELF32_R_SYM (irel->r_info); 6364 } 6365 if (plist != NULL) 6366 { 6367 bfd_vma addend = 0; 6368 struct plt_entry *ent; 6369 6370 if (r_type == R_PPC_PLTREL24 && bfd_link_pic (link_info)) 6371 addend = irel->r_addend; 6372 ent = find_plt_ent (plist, got2, addend); 6373 if (ent != NULL) 6374 { 6375 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_NEW 6376 || h == NULL 6377 || !htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created 6378 || h->dynindx == -1) 6379 { 6380 tsec = htab->glink; 6381 toff = ent->glink_offset; 6382 } 6383 else 6384 { 6385 tsec = htab->elf.splt; 6386 toff = ent->plt.offset; 6387 } 6388 } 6389 } 6390 6391 /* If the branch and target are in the same section, you have 6392 no hope of adding stubs. We'll error out later should the 6393 branch overflow. */ 6394 if (tsec == isec) 6395 continue; 6396 6397 /* toff is used for the symbol index when the symbol is 6398 undefined and we're doing a relocatable link, so we can't 6399 support addends. It would be possible to do so by 6400 putting the addend in one_branch_fixup but addends on 6401 branches are rare so it hardly seems worth supporting. */ 6402 if (bfd_link_relocatable (link_info) 6403 && tsec == bfd_und_section_ptr 6404 && r_type != R_PPC_PLTREL24 6405 && irel->r_addend != 0) 6406 continue; 6407 6408 /* There probably isn't any reason to handle symbols in 6409 SEC_MERGE sections; SEC_MERGE doesn't seem a likely 6410 attribute for a code section, and we are only looking at 6411 branches. However, implement it correctly here as a 6412 reference for other target relax_section functions. */ 6413 if (0 && tsec->sec_info_type == SEC_INFO_TYPE_MERGE) 6414 { 6415 /* At this stage in linking, no SEC_MERGE symbol has been 6416 adjusted, so all references to such symbols need to be 6417 passed through _bfd_merged_section_offset. (Later, in 6418 relocate_section, all SEC_MERGE symbols *except* for 6419 section symbols have been adjusted.) 6420 6421 gas may reduce relocations against symbols in SEC_MERGE 6422 sections to a relocation against the section symbol when 6423 the original addend was zero. When the reloc is against 6424 a section symbol we should include the addend in the 6425 offset passed to _bfd_merged_section_offset, since the 6426 location of interest is the original symbol. On the 6427 other hand, an access to "sym+addend" where "sym" is not 6428 a section symbol should not include the addend; Such an 6429 access is presumed to be an offset from "sym"; The 6430 location of interest is just "sym". */ 6431 if (sym_type == STT_SECTION 6432 && r_type != R_PPC_PLTREL24) 6433 toff += irel->r_addend; 6434 6435 toff 6436 = _bfd_merged_section_offset (abfd, &tsec, 6437 elf_section_data (tsec)->sec_info, 6438 toff); 6439 6440 if (sym_type != STT_SECTION 6441 && r_type != R_PPC_PLTREL24) 6442 toff += irel->r_addend; 6443 } 6444 /* PLTREL24 addends are special. */ 6445 else if (r_type != R_PPC_PLTREL24) 6446 toff += irel->r_addend; 6447 6448 /* Attempted -shared link of non-pic code loses. */ 6449 if ((!bfd_link_relocatable (link_info) 6450 && tsec == bfd_und_section_ptr) 6451 || tsec->output_section == NULL 6452 || (tsec->owner != NULL 6453 && (tsec->owner->flags & BFD_PLUGIN) != 0)) 6454 continue; 6455 6456 roff = irel->r_offset; 6457 6458 /* Avoid creating a lot of unnecessary fixups when 6459 relocatable if the output section size is such that a 6460 fixup can be created at final link. 6461 The max_branch_offset adjustment allows for some number 6462 of other fixups being needed at final link. */ 6463 if (bfd_link_relocatable (link_info) 6464 && (isec->output_section->rawsize - (isec->output_offset + roff) 6465 < max_branch_offset - (max_branch_offset >> 4))) 6466 continue; 6467 6468 /* If the branch is in range, no need to do anything. */ 6469 if (tsec != bfd_und_section_ptr 6470 && (!bfd_link_relocatable (link_info) 6471 /* A relocatable link may have sections moved during 6472 final link, so do not presume they remain in range. */ 6473 || tsec->output_section == isec->output_section)) 6474 { 6475 bfd_vma symaddr, reladdr; 6476 6477 symaddr = tsec->output_section->vma + tsec->output_offset + toff; 6478 reladdr = isec->output_section->vma + isec->output_offset + roff; 6479 if (symaddr - reladdr + max_branch_offset 6480 < 2 * max_branch_offset) 6481 continue; 6482 } 6483 6484 /* Look for an existing fixup to this address. */ 6485 for (f = branch_fixups; f ; f = f->next) 6486 if (f->tsec == tsec && f->toff == toff) 6487 break; 6488 6489 if (f == NULL) 6490 { 6491 size_t size; 6492 unsigned long stub_rtype; 6493 6494 val = trampoff - roff; 6495 if (val >= max_branch_offset) 6496 /* Oh dear, we can't reach a trampoline. Don't try to add 6497 one. We'll report an error later. */ 6498 continue; 6499 6500 if (bfd_link_pic (link_info)) 6501 { 6502 size = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (shared_stub_entry); 6503 insn_offset = 12; 6504 } 6505 else 6506 { 6507 size = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (stub_entry); 6508 insn_offset = 0; 6509 } 6510 stub_rtype = R_PPC_RELAX; 6511 if (tsec == htab->elf.splt 6512 || tsec == htab->glink) 6513 { 6514 stub_rtype = R_PPC_RELAX_PLT; 6515 if (r_type == R_PPC_PLTREL24) 6516 stub_rtype = R_PPC_RELAX_PLTREL24; 6517 } 6518 6519 /* Hijack the old relocation. Since we need two 6520 relocations for this use a "composite" reloc. */ 6521 irel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (ELF32_R_SYM (irel->r_info), 6522 stub_rtype); 6523 irel->r_offset = trampoff + insn_offset; 6524 if (r_type == R_PPC_PLTREL24 6525 && stub_rtype != R_PPC_RELAX_PLTREL24) 6526 irel->r_addend = 0; 6527 6528 /* Record the fixup so we don't do it again this section. */ 6529 f = bfd_malloc (sizeof (*f)); 6530 f->next = branch_fixups; 6531 f->tsec = tsec; 6532 f->toff = toff; 6533 f->trampoff = trampoff; 6534 branch_fixups = f; 6535 6536 trampoff += size; 6537 changes++; 6538 } 6539 else 6540 { 6541 val = f->trampoff - roff; 6542 if (val >= max_branch_offset) 6543 continue; 6544 6545 /* Nop out the reloc, since we're finalizing things here. */ 6546 irel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_NONE); 6547 } 6548 6549 /* Get the section contents. */ 6550 if (contents == NULL) 6551 { 6552 /* Get cached copy if it exists. */ 6553 if (elf_section_data (isec)->this_hdr.contents != NULL) 6554 contents = elf_section_data (isec)->this_hdr.contents; 6555 /* Go get them off disk. */ 6556 else if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, isec, &contents)) 6557 goto error_return; 6558 } 6559 6560 /* Fix up the existing branch to hit the trampoline. */ 6561 hit_addr = contents + roff; 6562 switch (r_type) 6563 { 6564 case R_PPC_REL24: 6565 case R_PPC_LOCAL24PC: 6566 case R_PPC_PLTREL24: 6567 t0 = bfd_get_32 (abfd, hit_addr); 6568 t0 &= ~0x3fffffc; 6569 t0 |= val & 0x3fffffc; 6570 bfd_put_32 (abfd, t0, hit_addr); 6571 break; 6572 6573 case R_PPC_REL14: 6574 case R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN: 6575 case R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN: 6576 t0 = bfd_get_32 (abfd, hit_addr); 6577 t0 &= ~0xfffc; 6578 t0 |= val & 0xfffc; 6579 bfd_put_32 (abfd, t0, hit_addr); 6580 break; 6581 } 6582 } 6583 6584 while (branch_fixups != NULL) 6585 { 6586 struct one_branch_fixup *f = branch_fixups; 6587 branch_fixups = branch_fixups->next; 6588 free (f); 6589 } 6590 } 6591 6592 workaround_change = FALSE; 6593 newsize = trampoff; 6594 if (htab->params->ppc476_workaround 6595 && (!bfd_link_relocatable (link_info) 6596 || isec->output_section->alignment_power >= htab->params->pagesize_p2)) 6597 { 6598 bfd_vma addr, end_addr; 6599 unsigned int crossings; 6600 bfd_vma pagesize = (bfd_vma) 1 << htab->params->pagesize_p2; 6601 6602 addr = isec->output_section->vma + isec->output_offset; 6603 end_addr = addr + trampoff; 6604 addr &= -pagesize; 6605 crossings = ((end_addr & -pagesize) - addr) >> htab->params->pagesize_p2; 6606 if (crossings != 0) 6607 { 6608 /* Keep space aligned, to ensure the patch code itself does 6609 not cross a page. Don't decrease size calculated on a 6610 previous pass as otherwise we might never settle on a layout. */ 6611 newsize = 15 - ((end_addr - 1) & 15); 6612 newsize += crossings * 16; 6613 if (relax_info->workaround_size < newsize) 6614 { 6615 relax_info->workaround_size = newsize; 6616 workaround_change = TRUE; 6617 } 6618 /* Ensure relocate_section is called. */ 6619 isec->flags |= SEC_RELOC; 6620 } 6621 newsize = trampoff + relax_info->workaround_size; 6622 } 6623 6624 if (htab->params->pic_fixup > 0) 6625 { 6626 picfixup_size -= relax_info->picfixup_size; 6627 if (picfixup_size != 0) 6628 relax_info->picfixup_size += picfixup_size; 6629 newsize += relax_info->picfixup_size; 6630 } 6631 6632 if (changes != 0 || picfixup_size != 0 || workaround_change) 6633 isec->size = newsize; 6634 6635 if (isymbuf != NULL 6636 && symtab_hdr->contents != (unsigned char *) isymbuf) 6637 { 6638 if (! link_info->keep_memory) 6639 free (isymbuf); 6640 else 6641 { 6642 /* Cache the symbols for elf_link_input_bfd. */ 6643 symtab_hdr->contents = (unsigned char *) isymbuf; 6644 } 6645 } 6646 6647 if (contents != NULL 6648 && elf_section_data (isec)->this_hdr.contents != contents) 6649 { 6650 if (!changes && !link_info->keep_memory) 6651 free (contents); 6652 else 6653 { 6654 /* Cache the section contents for elf_link_input_bfd. */ 6655 elf_section_data (isec)->this_hdr.contents = contents; 6656 } 6657 } 6658 6659 changes += picfixup_size; 6660 if (changes != 0) 6661 { 6662 /* Append sufficient NOP relocs so we can write out relocation 6663 information for the trampolines. */ 6664 Elf_Internal_Shdr *rel_hdr; 6665 Elf_Internal_Rela *new_relocs = bfd_malloc ((changes + isec->reloc_count) 6666 * sizeof (*new_relocs)); 6667 unsigned ix; 6668 6669 if (!new_relocs) 6670 goto error_return; 6671 memcpy (new_relocs, internal_relocs, 6672 isec->reloc_count * sizeof (*new_relocs)); 6673 for (ix = changes; ix--;) 6674 { 6675 irel = new_relocs + ix + isec->reloc_count; 6676 6677 irel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_NONE); 6678 } 6679 if (internal_relocs != elf_section_data (isec)->relocs) 6680 free (internal_relocs); 6681 elf_section_data (isec)->relocs = new_relocs; 6682 isec->reloc_count += changes; 6683 rel_hdr = _bfd_elf_single_rel_hdr (isec); 6684 rel_hdr->sh_size += changes * rel_hdr->sh_entsize; 6685 } 6686 else if (internal_relocs != NULL 6687 && elf_section_data (isec)->relocs != internal_relocs) 6688 free (internal_relocs); 6689 6690 *again = changes != 0 || workaround_change; 6691 return TRUE; 6692 6693 error_return: 6694 while (branch_fixups != NULL) 6695 { 6696 struct one_branch_fixup *f = branch_fixups; 6697 branch_fixups = branch_fixups->next; 6698 free (f); 6699 } 6700 if (isymbuf != NULL && (unsigned char *) isymbuf != symtab_hdr->contents) 6701 free (isymbuf); 6702 if (contents != NULL 6703 && elf_section_data (isec)->this_hdr.contents != contents) 6704 free (contents); 6705 if (internal_relocs != NULL 6706 && elf_section_data (isec)->relocs != internal_relocs) 6707 free (internal_relocs); 6708 return FALSE; 6709 } 6710 6711 /* What to do when ld finds relocations against symbols defined in 6713 discarded sections. */ 6714 6715 static unsigned int 6716 ppc_elf_action_discarded (asection *sec) 6717 { 6718 if (strcmp (".fixup", sec->name) == 0) 6719 return 0; 6720 6721 if (strcmp (".got2", sec->name) == 0) 6722 return 0; 6723 6724 return _bfd_elf_default_action_discarded (sec); 6725 } 6726 6727 /* Fill in the address for a pointer generated in a linker section. */ 6729 6730 static bfd_vma 6731 elf_finish_pointer_linker_section (bfd *input_bfd, 6732 elf_linker_section_t *lsect, 6733 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h, 6734 bfd_vma relocation, 6735 const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel) 6736 { 6737 elf_linker_section_pointers_t *linker_section_ptr; 6738 6739 BFD_ASSERT (lsect != NULL); 6740 6741 if (h != NULL) 6742 { 6743 /* Handle global symbol. */ 6744 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry *eh; 6745 6746 eh = (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry *) h; 6747 BFD_ASSERT (eh->elf.def_regular); 6748 linker_section_ptr = eh->linker_section_pointer; 6749 } 6750 else 6751 { 6752 /* Handle local symbol. */ 6753 unsigned long r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info); 6754 6755 BFD_ASSERT (is_ppc_elf (input_bfd)); 6756 BFD_ASSERT (elf_local_ptr_offsets (input_bfd) != NULL); 6757 linker_section_ptr = elf_local_ptr_offsets (input_bfd)[r_symndx]; 6758 } 6759 6760 linker_section_ptr = elf_find_pointer_linker_section (linker_section_ptr, 6761 rel->r_addend, 6762 lsect); 6763 BFD_ASSERT (linker_section_ptr != NULL); 6764 6765 /* Offset will always be a multiple of four, so use the bottom bit 6766 as a "written" flag. */ 6767 if ((linker_section_ptr->offset & 1) == 0) 6768 { 6769 bfd_put_32 (lsect->section->owner, 6770 relocation + linker_section_ptr->addend, 6771 lsect->section->contents + linker_section_ptr->offset); 6772 linker_section_ptr->offset += 1; 6773 } 6774 6775 relocation = (lsect->section->output_section->vma 6776 + lsect->section->output_offset 6777 + linker_section_ptr->offset - 1 6778 - SYM_VAL (lsect->sym)); 6779 6780 #ifdef DEBUG 6781 fprintf (stderr, 6782 "Finish pointer in linker section %s, offset = %ld (0x%lx)\n", 6783 lsect->name, (long) relocation, (long) relocation); 6784 #endif 6785 6786 return relocation; 6787 } 6788 6789 #define PPC_LO(v) ((v) & 0xffff) 6790 #define PPC_HI(v) (((v) >> 16) & 0xffff) 6791 #define PPC_HA(v) PPC_HI ((v) + 0x8000) 6792 6793 static void 6794 write_glink_stub (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h, struct plt_entry *ent, 6795 asection *plt_sec, unsigned char *p, 6796 struct bfd_link_info *info) 6797 { 6798 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info); 6799 bfd *output_bfd = info->output_bfd; 6800 bfd_vma plt; 6801 unsigned char *end = p + GLINK_ENTRY_SIZE (htab, h); 6802 6803 if (h != NULL 6804 && h == htab->tls_get_addr 6805 && !htab->params->no_tls_get_addr_opt) 6806 { 6807 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, LWZ_11_3, p); 6808 p += 4; 6809 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, LWZ_12_3 + 4, p); 6810 p += 4; 6811 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, MR_0_3, p); 6812 p += 4; 6813 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, CMPWI_11_0, p); 6814 p += 4; 6815 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, ADD_3_12_2, p); 6816 p += 4; 6817 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, BEQLR, p); 6818 p += 4; 6819 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, MR_3_0, p); 6820 p += 4; 6821 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, NOP, p); 6822 p += 4; 6823 } 6824 6825 plt = ((ent->plt.offset & ~1) 6826 + plt_sec->output_section->vma 6827 + plt_sec->output_offset); 6828 6829 if (bfd_link_pic (info)) 6830 { 6831 bfd_vma got = 0; 6832 6833 if (ent->addend >= 32768) 6834 got = (ent->addend 6835 + ent->sec->output_section->vma 6836 + ent->sec->output_offset); 6837 else if (htab->elf.hgot != NULL) 6838 got = SYM_VAL (htab->elf.hgot); 6839 6840 plt -= got; 6841 6842 if (plt + 0x8000 < 0x10000) 6843 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, LWZ_11_30 + PPC_LO (plt), p); 6844 else 6845 { 6846 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, ADDIS_11_30 + PPC_HA (plt), p); 6847 p += 4; 6848 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, LWZ_11_11 + PPC_LO (plt), p); 6849 } 6850 } 6851 else 6852 { 6853 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, LIS_11 + PPC_HA (plt), p); 6854 p += 4; 6855 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, LWZ_11_11 + PPC_LO (plt), p); 6856 } 6857 p += 4; 6858 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, MTCTR_11, p); 6859 p += 4; 6860 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, BCTR, p); 6861 p += 4; 6862 while (p < end) 6863 { 6864 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, htab->params->ppc476_workaround ? BA : NOP, p); 6865 p += 4; 6866 } 6867 } 6868 6869 /* Return true if symbol is defined statically. */ 6870 6871 static bfd_boolean 6872 is_static_defined (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h) 6873 { 6874 return ((h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined 6875 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak) 6876 && h->root.u.def.section != NULL 6877 && h->root.u.def.section->output_section != NULL); 6878 } 6879 6880 /* If INSN is an opcode that may be used with an @tls operand, return 6881 the transformed insn for TLS optimisation, otherwise return 0. If 6882 REG is non-zero only match an insn with RB or RA equal to REG. */ 6883 6884 unsigned int 6885 _bfd_elf_ppc_at_tls_transform (unsigned int insn, unsigned int reg) 6886 { 6887 unsigned int rtra; 6888 6889 if ((insn & (0x3f << 26)) != 31 << 26) 6890 return 0; 6891 6892 if (reg == 0 || ((insn >> 11) & 0x1f) == reg) 6893 rtra = insn & ((1 << 26) - (1 << 16)); 6894 else if (((insn >> 16) & 0x1f) == reg) 6895 rtra = (insn & (0x1f << 21)) | ((insn & (0x1f << 11)) << 5); 6896 else 6897 return 0; 6898 6899 if ((insn & (0x3ff << 1)) == 266 << 1) 6900 /* add -> addi. */ 6901 insn = 14 << 26; 6902 else if ((insn & (0x1f << 1)) == 23 << 1 6903 && ((insn & (0x1f << 6)) < 14 << 6 6904 || ((insn & (0x1f << 6)) >= 16 << 6 6905 && (insn & (0x1f << 6)) < 24 << 6))) 6906 /* load and store indexed -> dform. */ 6907 insn = (32 | ((insn >> 6) & 0x1f)) << 26; 6908 else if ((insn & (((0x1a << 5) | 0x1f) << 1)) == 21 << 1) 6909 /* ldx, ldux, stdx, stdux -> ld, ldu, std, stdu. */ 6910 insn = ((58 | ((insn >> 6) & 4)) << 26) | ((insn >> 6) & 1); 6911 else if ((insn & (((0x1f << 5) | 0x1f) << 1)) == 341 << 1) 6912 /* lwax -> lwa. */ 6913 insn = (58 << 26) | 2; 6914 else 6915 return 0; 6916 insn |= rtra; 6917 return insn; 6918 } 6919 6920 /* If INSN is an opcode that may be used with an @tprel operand, return 6921 the transformed insn for an undefined weak symbol, ie. with the 6922 thread pointer REG operand removed. Otherwise return 0. */ 6923 6924 unsigned int 6925 _bfd_elf_ppc_at_tprel_transform (unsigned int insn, unsigned int reg) 6926 { 6927 if ((insn & (0x1f << 16)) == reg << 16 6928 && ((insn & (0x3f << 26)) == 14u << 26 /* addi */ 6929 || (insn & (0x3f << 26)) == 15u << 26 /* addis */ 6930 || (insn & (0x3f << 26)) == 32u << 26 /* lwz */ 6931 || (insn & (0x3f << 26)) == 34u << 26 /* lbz */ 6932 || (insn & (0x3f << 26)) == 36u << 26 /* stw */ 6933 || (insn & (0x3f << 26)) == 38u << 26 /* stb */ 6934 || (insn & (0x3f << 26)) == 40u << 26 /* lhz */ 6935 || (insn & (0x3f << 26)) == 42u << 26 /* lha */ 6936 || (insn & (0x3f << 26)) == 44u << 26 /* sth */ 6937 || (insn & (0x3f << 26)) == 46u << 26 /* lmw */ 6938 || (insn & (0x3f << 26)) == 47u << 26 /* stmw */ 6939 || (insn & (0x3f << 26)) == 48u << 26 /* lfs */ 6940 || (insn & (0x3f << 26)) == 50u << 26 /* lfd */ 6941 || (insn & (0x3f << 26)) == 52u << 26 /* stfs */ 6942 || (insn & (0x3f << 26)) == 54u << 26 /* stfd */ 6943 || ((insn & (0x3f << 26)) == 58u << 26 /* lwa,ld,lmd */ 6944 && (insn & 3) != 1) 6945 || ((insn & (0x3f << 26)) == 62u << 26 /* std, stmd */ 6946 && ((insn & 3) == 0 || (insn & 3) == 3)))) 6947 { 6948 insn &= ~(0x1f << 16); 6949 } 6950 else if ((insn & (0x1f << 21)) == reg << 21 6951 && ((insn & (0x3e << 26)) == 24u << 26 /* ori, oris */ 6952 || (insn & (0x3e << 26)) == 26u << 26 /* xori,xoris */ 6953 || (insn & (0x3e << 26)) == 28u << 26 /* andi,andis */)) 6954 { 6955 insn &= ~(0x1f << 21); 6956 insn |= (insn & (0x1f << 16)) << 5; 6957 if ((insn & (0x3e << 26)) == 26 << 26 /* xori,xoris */) 6958 insn -= 2 >> 26; /* convert to ori,oris */ 6959 } 6960 else 6961 insn = 0; 6962 return insn; 6963 } 6964 6965 static bfd_boolean 6966 is_insn_ds_form (unsigned int insn) 6967 { 6968 return ((insn & (0x3f << 26)) == 58u << 26 /* ld,ldu,lwa */ 6969 || (insn & (0x3f << 26)) == 62u << 26 /* std,stdu,stq */ 6970 || (insn & (0x3f << 26)) == 57u << 26 /* lfdp */ 6971 || (insn & (0x3f << 26)) == 61u << 26 /* stfdp */); 6972 } 6973 6974 static bfd_boolean 6975 is_insn_dq_form (unsigned int insn) 6976 { 6977 return ((insn & (0x3f << 26)) == 56u << 26 /* lq */ 6978 || ((insn & (0x3f << 26)) == (61u << 26) /* lxv, stxv */ 6979 && (insn & 3) == 1)); 6980 } 6981 6982 /* The RELOCATE_SECTION function is called by the ELF backend linker 6983 to handle the relocations for a section. 6984 6985 The relocs are always passed as Rela structures; if the section 6986 actually uses Rel structures, the r_addend field will always be 6987 zero. 6988 6989 This function is responsible for adjust the section contents as 6990 necessary, and (if using Rela relocs and generating a 6991 relocatable output file) adjusting the reloc addend as 6992 necessary. 6993 6994 This function does not have to worry about setting the reloc 6995 address or the reloc symbol index. 6996 6997 LOCAL_SYMS is a pointer to the swapped in local symbols. 6998 6999 LOCAL_SECTIONS is an array giving the section in the input file 7000 corresponding to the st_shndx field of each local symbol. 7001 7002 The global hash table entry for the global symbols can be found 7003 via elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd). 7004 7005 When generating relocatable output, this function must handle 7006 STB_LOCAL/STT_SECTION symbols specially. The output symbol is 7007 going to be the section symbol corresponding to the output 7008 section, which means that the addend must be adjusted 7009 accordingly. */ 7010 7011 static bfd_boolean 7012 ppc_elf_relocate_section (bfd *output_bfd, 7013 struct bfd_link_info *info, 7014 bfd *input_bfd, 7015 asection *input_section, 7016 bfd_byte *contents, 7017 Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs, 7018 Elf_Internal_Sym *local_syms, 7019 asection **local_sections) 7020 { 7021 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr; 7022 struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes; 7023 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab; 7024 Elf_Internal_Rela *rel; 7025 Elf_Internal_Rela *wrel; 7026 Elf_Internal_Rela *relend; 7027 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel; 7028 asection *got2; 7029 bfd_vma *local_got_offsets; 7030 bfd_boolean ret = TRUE; 7031 bfd_vma d_offset = (bfd_big_endian (input_bfd) ? 2 : 0); 7032 bfd_boolean is_vxworks_tls; 7033 unsigned int picfixup_size = 0; 7034 struct ppc_elf_relax_info *relax_info = NULL; 7035 7036 #ifdef DEBUG 7037 _bfd_error_handler ("ppc_elf_relocate_section called for %pB section %pA, " 7038 "%ld relocations%s", 7039 input_bfd, input_section, 7040 (long) input_section->reloc_count, 7041 (bfd_link_relocatable (info)) ? " (relocatable)" : ""); 7042 #endif 7043 7044 if (!is_ppc_elf (input_bfd)) 7045 { 7046 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format); 7047 return FALSE; 7048 } 7049 7050 got2 = bfd_get_section_by_name (input_bfd, ".got2"); 7051 7052 /* Initialize howto table if not already done. */ 7053 if (!ppc_elf_howto_table[R_PPC_ADDR32]) 7054 ppc_elf_howto_init (); 7055 7056 htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info); 7057 local_got_offsets = elf_local_got_offsets (input_bfd); 7058 symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (input_bfd); 7059 sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd); 7060 /* We have to handle relocations in vxworks .tls_vars sections 7061 specially, because the dynamic loader is 'weird'. */ 7062 is_vxworks_tls = (htab->is_vxworks && bfd_link_pic (info) 7063 && !strcmp (input_section->output_section->name, 7064 ".tls_vars")); 7065 if (input_section->sec_info_type == SEC_INFO_TYPE_TARGET) 7066 relax_info = elf_section_data (input_section)->sec_info; 7067 rel = wrel = relocs; 7068 relend = relocs + input_section->reloc_count; 7069 for (; rel < relend; wrel++, rel++) 7070 { 7071 enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type; 7072 bfd_vma addend; 7073 bfd_reloc_status_type r; 7074 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym; 7075 asection *sec; 7076 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h; 7077 const char *sym_name; 7078 reloc_howto_type *howto; 7079 unsigned long r_symndx; 7080 bfd_vma relocation; 7081 bfd_vma branch_bit, from; 7082 bfd_boolean unresolved_reloc, save_unresolved_reloc; 7083 bfd_boolean warned; 7084 unsigned int tls_type, tls_mask, tls_gd; 7085 struct plt_entry **ifunc, **plt_list; 7086 struct reloc_howto_struct alt_howto; 7087 7088 again: 7089 r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info); 7090 sym = NULL; 7091 sec = NULL; 7092 h = NULL; 7093 unresolved_reloc = FALSE; 7094 warned = FALSE; 7095 r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info); 7096 7097 if (r_symndx < symtab_hdr->sh_info) 7098 { 7099 sym = local_syms + r_symndx; 7100 sec = local_sections[r_symndx]; 7101 sym_name = bfd_elf_sym_name (input_bfd, symtab_hdr, sym, sec); 7102 7103 relocation = _bfd_elf_rela_local_sym (output_bfd, sym, &sec, rel); 7104 } 7105 else 7106 { 7107 bfd_boolean ignored; 7108 7109 RELOC_FOR_GLOBAL_SYMBOL (info, input_bfd, input_section, rel, 7110 r_symndx, symtab_hdr, sym_hashes, 7111 h, sec, relocation, 7112 unresolved_reloc, warned, ignored); 7113 7114 sym_name = h->root.root.string; 7115 } 7116 7117 if (sec != NULL && discarded_section (sec)) 7118 { 7119 /* For relocs against symbols from removed linkonce sections, 7120 or sections discarded by a linker script, we just want the 7121 section contents zeroed. Avoid any special processing. */ 7122 howto = NULL; 7123 if (r_type < R_PPC_max) 7124 howto = ppc_elf_howto_table[r_type]; 7125 7126 _bfd_clear_contents (howto, input_bfd, input_section, 7127 contents, rel->r_offset); 7128 wrel->r_offset = rel->r_offset; 7129 wrel->r_info = 0; 7130 wrel->r_addend = 0; 7131 7132 /* For ld -r, remove relocations in debug sections against 7133 symbols defined in discarded sections. Not done for 7134 non-debug to preserve relocs in .eh_frame which the 7135 eh_frame editing code expects to be present. */ 7136 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info) 7137 && (input_section->flags & SEC_DEBUGGING)) 7138 wrel--; 7139 7140 continue; 7141 } 7142 7143 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info)) 7144 { 7145 if (got2 != NULL 7146 && r_type == R_PPC_PLTREL24 7147 && rel->r_addend != 0) 7148 { 7149 /* R_PPC_PLTREL24 is rather special. If non-zero, the 7150 addend specifies the GOT pointer offset within .got2. */ 7151 rel->r_addend += got2->output_offset; 7152 } 7153 if (r_type != R_PPC_RELAX_PLT 7154 && r_type != R_PPC_RELAX_PLTREL24 7155 && r_type != R_PPC_RELAX) 7156 goto copy_reloc; 7157 } 7158 7159 /* TLS optimizations. Replace instruction sequences and relocs 7160 based on information we collected in tls_optimize. We edit 7161 RELOCS so that --emit-relocs will output something sensible 7162 for the final instruction stream. */ 7163 tls_mask = 0; 7164 tls_gd = 0; 7165 if (h != NULL) 7166 tls_mask = ((struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry *) h)->tls_mask; 7167 else if (local_got_offsets != NULL) 7168 { 7169 struct plt_entry **local_plt; 7170 char *lgot_masks; 7171 local_plt 7172 = (struct plt_entry **) (local_got_offsets + symtab_hdr->sh_info); 7173 lgot_masks = (char *) (local_plt + symtab_hdr->sh_info); 7174 tls_mask = lgot_masks[r_symndx]; 7175 } 7176 7177 /* Ensure reloc mapping code below stays sane. */ 7178 if ((R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16 & 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16 & 3) 7179 || (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO & 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO & 3) 7180 || (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI & 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI & 3) 7181 || (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA & 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA & 3) 7182 || (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16 & 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16 & 3) 7183 || (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO & 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO & 3) 7184 || (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI & 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HI & 3) 7185 || (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA & 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA & 3)) 7186 abort (); 7187 switch (r_type) 7188 { 7189 default: 7190 break; 7191 7192 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16: 7193 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO: 7194 if ((tls_mask & TLS_TLS) != 0 7195 && (tls_mask & TLS_TPREL) == 0) 7196 { 7197 bfd_vma insn; 7198 7199 insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, 7200 contents + rel->r_offset - d_offset); 7201 insn &= 31 << 21; 7202 insn |= 0x3c020000; /* addis 0,2,0 */ 7203 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, 7204 contents + rel->r_offset - d_offset); 7205 r_type = R_PPC_TPREL16_HA; 7206 rel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx, r_type); 7207 } 7208 break; 7209 7210 case R_PPC_TLS: 7211 if ((tls_mask & TLS_TLS) != 0 7212 && (tls_mask & TLS_TPREL) == 0) 7213 { 7214 bfd_vma insn; 7215 7216 insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset); 7217 insn = _bfd_elf_ppc_at_tls_transform (insn, 2); 7218 if (insn == 0) 7219 abort (); 7220 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, contents + rel->r_offset); 7221 r_type = R_PPC_TPREL16_LO; 7222 rel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx, r_type); 7223 7224 /* Was PPC_TLS which sits on insn boundary, now 7225 PPC_TPREL16_LO which is at low-order half-word. */ 7226 rel->r_offset += d_offset; 7227 } 7228 break; 7229 7230 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI: 7231 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA: 7232 tls_gd = TLS_TPRELGD; 7233 if ((tls_mask & TLS_TLS) != 0 && (tls_mask & TLS_GD) == 0) 7234 goto tls_gdld_hi; 7235 break; 7236 7237 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI: 7238 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA: 7239 if ((tls_mask & TLS_TLS) != 0 && (tls_mask & TLS_LD) == 0) 7240 { 7241 tls_gdld_hi: 7242 if ((tls_mask & tls_gd) != 0) 7243 r_type = (((r_type - (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16 & 3)) & 3) 7244 + R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16); 7245 else 7246 { 7247 rel->r_offset -= d_offset; 7248 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, NOP, contents + rel->r_offset); 7249 r_type = R_PPC_NONE; 7250 } 7251 rel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx, r_type); 7252 } 7253 break; 7254 7255 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16: 7256 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO: 7257 tls_gd = TLS_TPRELGD; 7258 if ((tls_mask & TLS_TLS) != 0 && (tls_mask & TLS_GD) == 0) 7259 goto tls_ldgd_opt; 7260 break; 7261 7262 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16: 7263 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO: 7264 if ((tls_mask & TLS_TLS) != 0 && (tls_mask & TLS_LD) == 0) 7265 { 7266 unsigned int insn1, insn2; 7267 bfd_vma offset; 7268 7269 tls_ldgd_opt: 7270 offset = (bfd_vma) -1; 7271 /* If not using the newer R_PPC_TLSGD/LD to mark 7272 __tls_get_addr calls, we must trust that the call 7273 stays with its arg setup insns, ie. that the next 7274 reloc is the __tls_get_addr call associated with 7275 the current reloc. Edit both insns. */ 7276 if (input_section->has_tls_get_addr_call 7277 && rel + 1 < relend 7278 && branch_reloc_hash_match (input_bfd, rel + 1, 7279 htab->tls_get_addr)) 7280 offset = rel[1].r_offset; 7281 /* We read the low GOT_TLS insn because we need to keep 7282 the destination reg. It may be something other than 7283 the usual r3, and moved to r3 before the call by 7284 intervening code. */ 7285 insn1 = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, 7286 contents + rel->r_offset - d_offset); 7287 if ((tls_mask & tls_gd) != 0) 7288 { 7289 /* IE */ 7290 insn1 &= (0x1f << 21) | (0x1f << 16); 7291 insn1 |= 32 << 26; /* lwz */ 7292 if (offset != (bfd_vma) -1) 7293 { 7294 rel[1].r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF, R_PPC_NONE); 7295 insn2 = 0x7c631214; /* add 3,3,2 */ 7296 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn2, contents + offset); 7297 } 7298 r_type = (((r_type - (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16 & 3)) & 3) 7299 + R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16); 7300 rel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx, r_type); 7301 } 7302 else 7303 { 7304 /* LE */ 7305 insn1 &= 0x1f << 21; 7306 insn1 |= 0x3c020000; /* addis r,2,0 */ 7307 if (tls_gd == 0) 7308 { 7309 /* Was an LD reloc. */ 7310 for (r_symndx = 0; 7311 r_symndx < symtab_hdr->sh_info; 7312 r_symndx++) 7313 if (local_sections[r_symndx] == sec) 7314 break; 7315 if (r_symndx >= symtab_hdr->sh_info) 7316 r_symndx = STN_UNDEF; 7317 rel->r_addend = htab->elf.tls_sec->vma + DTP_OFFSET; 7318 if (r_symndx != STN_UNDEF) 7319 rel->r_addend -= (local_syms[r_symndx].st_value 7320 + sec->output_offset 7321 + sec->output_section->vma); 7322 } 7323 r_type = R_PPC_TPREL16_HA; 7324 rel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx, r_type); 7325 if (offset != (bfd_vma) -1) 7326 { 7327 rel[1].r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx, R_PPC_TPREL16_LO); 7328 rel[1].r_offset = offset + d_offset; 7329 rel[1].r_addend = rel->r_addend; 7330 insn2 = 0x38630000; /* addi 3,3,0 */ 7331 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn2, contents + offset); 7332 } 7333 } 7334 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn1, 7335 contents + rel->r_offset - d_offset); 7336 if (tls_gd == 0) 7337 { 7338 /* We changed the symbol on an LD reloc. Start over 7339 in order to get h, sym, sec etc. right. */ 7340 goto again; 7341 } 7342 } 7343 break; 7344 7345 case R_PPC_TLSGD: 7346 if ((tls_mask & TLS_TLS) != 0 && (tls_mask & TLS_GD) == 0 7347 && rel + 1 < relend) 7348 { 7349 unsigned int insn2; 7350 bfd_vma offset = rel->r_offset; 7351 7352 if (is_plt_seq_reloc (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel[1].r_info))) 7353 { 7354 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, NOP, contents + offset); 7355 rel[1].r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF, R_PPC_NONE); 7356 break; 7357 } 7358 7359 if ((tls_mask & TLS_TPRELGD) != 0) 7360 { 7361 /* IE */ 7362 r_type = R_PPC_NONE; 7363 insn2 = 0x7c631214; /* add 3,3,2 */ 7364 } 7365 else 7366 { 7367 /* LE */ 7368 r_type = R_PPC_TPREL16_LO; 7369 rel->r_offset += d_offset; 7370 insn2 = 0x38630000; /* addi 3,3,0 */ 7371 } 7372 rel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx, r_type); 7373 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn2, contents + offset); 7374 /* Zap the reloc on the _tls_get_addr call too. */ 7375 BFD_ASSERT (offset == rel[1].r_offset); 7376 rel[1].r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF, R_PPC_NONE); 7377 } 7378 break; 7379 7380 case R_PPC_TLSLD: 7381 if ((tls_mask & TLS_TLS) != 0 && (tls_mask & TLS_LD) == 0 7382 && rel + 1 < relend) 7383 { 7384 unsigned int insn2; 7385 7386 if (is_plt_seq_reloc (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel[1].r_info))) 7387 { 7388 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, NOP, contents + rel->r_offset); 7389 rel[1].r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF, R_PPC_NONE); 7390 break; 7391 } 7392 7393 for (r_symndx = 0; 7394 r_symndx < symtab_hdr->sh_info; 7395 r_symndx++) 7396 if (local_sections[r_symndx] == sec) 7397 break; 7398 if (r_symndx >= symtab_hdr->sh_info) 7399 r_symndx = STN_UNDEF; 7400 rel->r_addend = htab->elf.tls_sec->vma + DTP_OFFSET; 7401 if (r_symndx != STN_UNDEF) 7402 rel->r_addend -= (local_syms[r_symndx].st_value 7403 + sec->output_offset 7404 + sec->output_section->vma); 7405 7406 rel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx, R_PPC_TPREL16_LO); 7407 rel->r_offset += d_offset; 7408 insn2 = 0x38630000; /* addi 3,3,0 */ 7409 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn2, 7410 contents + rel->r_offset - d_offset); 7411 /* Zap the reloc on the _tls_get_addr call too. */ 7412 BFD_ASSERT (rel->r_offset - d_offset == rel[1].r_offset); 7413 rel[1].r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF, R_PPC_NONE); 7414 goto again; 7415 } 7416 break; 7417 } 7418 7419 /* Handle other relocations that tweak non-addend part of insn. */ 7420 branch_bit = 0; 7421 switch (r_type) 7422 { 7423 default: 7424 break; 7425 7426 /* Branch taken prediction relocations. */ 7427 case R_PPC_ADDR14_BRTAKEN: 7428 case R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN: 7429 branch_bit = BRANCH_PREDICT_BIT; 7430 /* Fall through. */ 7431 7432 /* Branch not taken prediction relocations. */ 7433 case R_PPC_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN: 7434 case R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN: 7435 { 7436 unsigned int insn; 7437 7438 insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset); 7439 insn &= ~BRANCH_PREDICT_BIT; 7440 insn |= branch_bit; 7441 7442 from = (rel->r_offset 7443 + input_section->output_offset 7444 + input_section->output_section->vma); 7445 7446 /* Invert 'y' bit if not the default. */ 7447 if ((bfd_signed_vma) (relocation + rel->r_addend - from) < 0) 7448 insn ^= BRANCH_PREDICT_BIT; 7449 7450 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, contents + rel->r_offset); 7451 } 7452 break; 7453 7454 case R_PPC_PLT16_HA: 7455 { 7456 unsigned int insn; 7457 7458 insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, 7459 contents + rel->r_offset - d_offset); 7460 if ((insn & (0x3f << 26)) == 15u << 26 7461 && (insn & (0x1f << 16)) != 0) 7462 { 7463 if (!bfd_link_pic (info)) 7464 { 7465 /* Convert addis to lis. */ 7466 insn &= ~(0x1f << 16); 7467 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, 7468 contents + rel->r_offset - d_offset); 7469 } 7470 } 7471 else if (bfd_link_pic (info)) 7472 info->callbacks->einfo 7473 (_("%P: %H: error: %s with unexpected instruction %x\n"), 7474 input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset, 7475 "R_PPC_PLT16_HA", insn); 7476 } 7477 break; 7478 } 7479 7480 if (ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS 7481 && h != NULL 7482 && !h->def_regular 7483 && h->protected_def 7484 && ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_addr16_ha 7485 && ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_addr16_lo 7486 && htab->params->pic_fixup > 0) 7487 { 7488 /* Convert lis;addi or lis;load/store accessing a protected 7489 variable defined in a shared library to PIC. */ 7490 unsigned int insn; 7491 7492 if (r_type == R_PPC_ADDR16_HA) 7493 { 7494 insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, 7495 contents + rel->r_offset - d_offset); 7496 if ((insn & (0x3f << 26)) == (15u << 26) 7497 && (insn & (0x1f << 16)) == 0 /* lis */) 7498 { 7499 bfd_byte *p; 7500 bfd_vma off; 7501 bfd_vma got_addr; 7502 7503 p = (contents + input_section->size 7504 - relax_info->workaround_size 7505 - relax_info->picfixup_size 7506 + picfixup_size); 7507 off = (p - contents) - (rel->r_offset - d_offset); 7508 if (off > 0x1fffffc || (off & 3) != 0) 7509 info->callbacks->einfo 7510 (_("%H: fixup branch overflow\n"), 7511 input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset); 7512 7513 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, B | off, 7514 contents + rel->r_offset - d_offset); 7515 got_addr = (htab->elf.sgot->output_section->vma 7516 + htab->elf.sgot->output_offset 7517 + (h->got.offset & ~1)); 7518 wrel->r_offset = (p - contents) + d_offset; 7519 wrel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_ADDR16_HA); 7520 wrel->r_addend = got_addr; 7521 insn &= ~0xffff; 7522 insn |= ((unsigned int) (got_addr + 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff; 7523 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, p); 7524 7525 /* Convert lis to lwz, loading address from GOT. */ 7526 insn &= ~0xffff; 7527 insn ^= (32u ^ 15u) << 26; 7528 insn |= (insn & (0x1f << 21)) >> 5; 7529 insn |= got_addr & 0xffff; 7530 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, p + 4); 7531 7532 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, B | ((-4 - off) & 0x3ffffff), p + 8); 7533 picfixup_size += 12; 7534 7535 /* Use one of the spare relocs, so --emit-relocs 7536 output is reasonable. */ 7537 memmove (rel + 1, rel, (relend - rel - 1) * sizeof (*rel)); 7538 wrel++, rel++; 7539 rel->r_offset = wrel[-1].r_offset + 4; 7540 rel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_ADDR16_LO); 7541 rel->r_addend = wrel[-1].r_addend; 7542 7543 /* Continue on as if we had a got reloc, to output 7544 dynamic reloc. */ 7545 r_type = R_PPC_GOT16_LO; 7546 } 7547 else 7548 _bfd_error_handler 7549 /* xgettext:c-format */ 7550 (_("%pB(%pA+%#" PRIx64 "): error: " 7551 "%s with unexpected instruction %#x"), 7552 input_bfd, input_section, (uint64_t) rel->r_offset, 7553 "R_PPC_ADDR16_HA", insn); 7554 } 7555 else if (r_type == R_PPC_ADDR16_LO) 7556 { 7557 insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, 7558 contents + rel->r_offset - d_offset); 7559 if ((insn & (0x3f << 26)) == 14u << 26 /* addi */ 7560 || (insn & (0x3f << 26)) == 32u << 26 /* lwz */ 7561 || (insn & (0x3f << 26)) == 34u << 26 /* lbz */ 7562 || (insn & (0x3f << 26)) == 36u << 26 /* stw */ 7563 || (insn & (0x3f << 26)) == 38u << 26 /* stb */ 7564 || (insn & (0x3f << 26)) == 40u << 26 /* lhz */ 7565 || (insn & (0x3f << 26)) == 42u << 26 /* lha */ 7566 || (insn & (0x3f << 26)) == 44u << 26 /* sth */ 7567 || (insn & (0x3f << 26)) == 46u << 26 /* lmw */ 7568 || (insn & (0x3f << 26)) == 47u << 26 /* stmw */ 7569 || (insn & (0x3f << 26)) == 48u << 26 /* lfs */ 7570 || (insn & (0x3f << 26)) == 50u << 26 /* lfd */ 7571 || (insn & (0x3f << 26)) == 52u << 26 /* stfs */ 7572 || (insn & (0x3f << 26)) == 54u << 26 /* stfd */ 7573 || ((insn & (0x3f << 26)) == 58u << 26 /* lwa,ld,lmd */ 7574 && (insn & 3) != 1) 7575 || ((insn & (0x3f << 26)) == 62u << 26 /* std, stmd */ 7576 && ((insn & 3) == 0 || (insn & 3) == 3))) 7577 { 7578 /* Arrange to apply the reloc addend, if any. */ 7579 relocation = 0; 7580 unresolved_reloc = FALSE; 7581 rel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, r_type); 7582 } 7583 else 7584 _bfd_error_handler 7585 /* xgettext:c-format */ 7586 (_("%pB(%pA+%#" PRIx64 "): error: " 7587 "%s with unexpected instruction %#x"), 7588 input_bfd, input_section, (uint64_t) rel->r_offset, 7589 "R_PPC_ADDR16_LO", insn); 7590 } 7591 } 7592 7593 ifunc = NULL; 7594 if (!htab->is_vxworks) 7595 { 7596 struct plt_entry *ent; 7597 7598 if (h != NULL) 7599 { 7600 if (h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC) 7601 ifunc = &h->plt.plist; 7602 } 7603 else if (local_got_offsets != NULL 7604 && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) == STT_GNU_IFUNC) 7605 { 7606 struct plt_entry **local_plt; 7607 7608 local_plt = (struct plt_entry **) (local_got_offsets 7609 + symtab_hdr->sh_info); 7610 ifunc = local_plt + r_symndx; 7611 } 7612 7613 ent = NULL; 7614 if (ifunc != NULL 7615 && (!bfd_link_pic (info) 7616 || is_branch_reloc (r_type) 7617 || r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_LO 7618 || r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_HI 7619 || r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_HA)) 7620 { 7621 addend = 0; 7622 if (bfd_link_pic (info) 7623 && (r_type == R_PPC_PLTREL24 7624 || r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_LO 7625 || r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_HI 7626 || r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_HA)) 7627 addend = rel->r_addend; 7628 ent = find_plt_ent (ifunc, got2, addend); 7629 } 7630 if (ent != NULL) 7631 { 7632 if (bfd_link_pic (info) 7633 && ent->sec != got2 7634 && htab->plt_type != PLT_NEW 7635 && (!htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created 7636 || h == NULL 7637 || h->dynindx == -1)) 7638 { 7639 /* Uh oh, we are going to create a pic glink stub 7640 for an ifunc (here for h == NULL and later in 7641 finish_dynamic_symbol for h != NULL), and 7642 apparently are using code compiled with 7643 -mbss-plt. The difficulty is that -mbss-plt code 7644 gives no indication via a magic PLTREL24 addend 7645 whether r30 is equal to _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ or 7646 is pointing into a .got2 section (and how far 7647 into .got2). */ 7648 info->callbacks->einfo 7649 /* xgettext:c-format */ 7650 (_("%X%H: unsupported bss-plt -fPIC ifunc %s\n"), 7651 input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset, sym_name); 7652 } 7653 7654 unresolved_reloc = FALSE; 7655 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_NEW 7656 || !htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created 7657 || h == NULL 7658 || h->dynindx == -1) 7659 relocation = (htab->glink->output_section->vma 7660 + htab->glink->output_offset 7661 + (ent->glink_offset & ~1)); 7662 else 7663 relocation = (htab->elf.splt->output_section->vma 7664 + htab->elf.splt->output_offset 7665 + ent->plt.offset); 7666 } 7667 } 7668 7669 addend = rel->r_addend; 7670 save_unresolved_reloc = unresolved_reloc; 7671 howto = NULL; 7672 if (r_type < R_PPC_max) 7673 howto = ppc_elf_howto_table[r_type]; 7674 7675 switch (r_type) 7676 { 7677 default: 7678 break; 7679 7680 case R_PPC_TPREL16_HA: 7681 if (htab->do_tls_opt && relocation + addend + 0x8000 < 0x10000) 7682 { 7683 bfd_byte *p = contents + (rel->r_offset & ~3); 7684 unsigned int insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, p); 7685 if ((insn & ((0x3f << 26) | 0x1f << 16)) 7686 != ((15u << 26) | (2 << 16)) /* addis rt,2,imm */) 7687 /* xgettext:c-format */ 7688 info->callbacks->minfo 7689 (_("%H: warning: %s unexpected insn %#x.\n"), 7690 input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset, howto->name, insn); 7691 else 7692 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, NOP, p); 7693 } 7694 break; 7695 7696 case R_PPC_TPREL16_LO: 7697 if (htab->do_tls_opt && relocation + addend + 0x8000 < 0x10000) 7698 { 7699 bfd_byte *p = contents + (rel->r_offset & ~3); 7700 unsigned int insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, p); 7701 insn &= ~(0x1f << 16); 7702 insn |= 2 << 16; 7703 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, p); 7704 } 7705 break; 7706 } 7707 7708 tls_type = 0; 7709 switch (r_type) 7710 { 7711 default: 7712 /* xgettext:c-format */ 7713 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: %s unsupported"), 7714 input_bfd, howto->name); 7715 7716 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); 7717 ret = FALSE; 7718 goto copy_reloc; 7719 7720 case R_PPC_NONE: 7721 case R_PPC_TLS: 7722 case R_PPC_TLSGD: 7723 case R_PPC_TLSLD: 7724 case R_PPC_EMB_MRKREF: 7725 case R_PPC_GNU_VTINHERIT: 7726 case R_PPC_GNU_VTENTRY: 7727 goto copy_reloc; 7728 7729 /* GOT16 relocations. Like an ADDR16 using the symbol's 7730 address in the GOT as relocation value instead of the 7731 symbol's value itself. Also, create a GOT entry for the 7732 symbol and put the symbol value there. */ 7733 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16: 7734 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO: 7735 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI: 7736 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA: 7737 tls_type = TLS_TLS | TLS_GD; 7738 goto dogot; 7739 7740 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16: 7741 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO: 7742 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI: 7743 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA: 7744 tls_type = TLS_TLS | TLS_LD; 7745 goto dogot; 7746 7747 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16: 7748 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO: 7749 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HI: 7750 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA: 7751 tls_type = TLS_TLS | TLS_TPREL; 7752 goto dogot; 7753 7754 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16: 7755 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_LO: 7756 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HI: 7757 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HA: 7758 tls_type = TLS_TLS | TLS_DTPREL; 7759 goto dogot; 7760 7761 case R_PPC_GOT16: 7762 case R_PPC_GOT16_LO: 7763 case R_PPC_GOT16_HI: 7764 case R_PPC_GOT16_HA: 7765 tls_mask = 0; 7766 dogot: 7767 { 7768 /* Relocation is to the entry for this symbol in the global 7769 offset table. */ 7770 bfd_vma off; 7771 bfd_vma *offp; 7772 unsigned long indx; 7773 7774 if (htab->elf.sgot == NULL) 7775 abort (); 7776 7777 indx = 0; 7778 if (tls_type == (TLS_TLS | TLS_LD) 7779 && (h == NULL 7780 || !h->def_dynamic)) 7781 offp = &htab->tlsld_got.offset; 7782 else if (h != NULL) 7783 { 7784 if (!htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created 7785 || h->dynindx == -1 7786 || SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h) 7787 || UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info, h)) 7788 /* This is actually a static link, or it is a 7789 -Bsymbolic link and the symbol is defined 7790 locally, or the symbol was forced to be local 7791 because of a version file. */ 7792 ; 7793 else 7794 { 7795 indx = h->dynindx; 7796 unresolved_reloc = FALSE; 7797 } 7798 offp = &h->got.offset; 7799 } 7800 else 7801 { 7802 if (local_got_offsets == NULL) 7803 abort (); 7804 offp = &local_got_offsets[r_symndx]; 7805 } 7806 7807 /* The offset must always be a multiple of 4. We use the 7808 least significant bit to record whether we have already 7809 processed this entry. */ 7810 off = *offp; 7811 if ((off & 1) != 0) 7812 off &= ~1; 7813 else 7814 { 7815 unsigned int tls_m = ((tls_mask & TLS_TLS) != 0 7816 ? tls_mask & (TLS_LD | TLS_GD | TLS_DTPREL 7817 | TLS_TPREL | TLS_TPRELGD) 7818 : 0); 7819 7820 if (offp == &htab->tlsld_got.offset) 7821 tls_m = TLS_LD; 7822 else if (h == NULL 7823 || !h->def_dynamic) 7824 tls_m &= ~TLS_LD; 7825 7826 /* We might have multiple got entries for this sym. 7827 Initialize them all. */ 7828 do 7829 { 7830 int tls_ty = 0; 7831 7832 if ((tls_m & TLS_LD) != 0) 7833 { 7834 tls_ty = TLS_TLS | TLS_LD; 7835 tls_m &= ~TLS_LD; 7836 } 7837 else if ((tls_m & TLS_GD) != 0) 7838 { 7839 tls_ty = TLS_TLS | TLS_GD; 7840 tls_m &= ~TLS_GD; 7841 } 7842 else if ((tls_m & TLS_DTPREL) != 0) 7843 { 7844 tls_ty = TLS_TLS | TLS_DTPREL; 7845 tls_m &= ~TLS_DTPREL; 7846 } 7847 else if ((tls_m & (TLS_TPREL | TLS_TPRELGD)) != 0) 7848 { 7849 tls_ty = TLS_TLS | TLS_TPREL; 7850 tls_m = 0; 7851 } 7852 7853 /* Generate relocs for the dynamic linker. */ 7854 if (indx != 0 7855 || (bfd_link_pic (info) 7856 && (h == NULL 7857 || !UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info, h) 7858 || offp == &htab->tlsld_got.offset) 7859 && !(tls_ty == (TLS_TLS | TLS_TPREL) 7860 && bfd_link_executable (info) 7861 && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h)))) 7862 { 7863 asection *rsec = htab->elf.srelgot; 7864 bfd_byte * loc; 7865 7866 if (ifunc != NULL) 7867 { 7868 rsec = htab->elf.irelplt; 7869 if (indx == 0) 7870 htab->local_ifunc_resolver = 1; 7871 else if (is_static_defined (h)) 7872 htab->maybe_local_ifunc_resolver = 1; 7873 } 7874 outrel.r_offset = (htab->elf.sgot->output_section->vma 7875 + htab->elf.sgot->output_offset 7876 + off); 7877 outrel.r_addend = 0; 7878 if (tls_ty & (TLS_LD | TLS_GD)) 7879 { 7880 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (indx, R_PPC_DTPMOD32); 7881 if (tls_ty == (TLS_TLS | TLS_GD)) 7882 { 7883 loc = rsec->contents; 7884 loc += (rsec->reloc_count++ 7885 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela)); 7886 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, 7887 &outrel, loc); 7888 outrel.r_offset += 4; 7889 outrel.r_info 7890 = ELF32_R_INFO (indx, R_PPC_DTPREL32); 7891 } 7892 } 7893 else if (tls_ty == (TLS_TLS | TLS_DTPREL)) 7894 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (indx, R_PPC_DTPREL32); 7895 else if (tls_ty == (TLS_TLS | TLS_TPREL)) 7896 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (indx, R_PPC_TPREL32); 7897 else if (indx != 0) 7898 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (indx, R_PPC_GLOB_DAT); 7899 else if (ifunc != NULL) 7900 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_IRELATIVE); 7901 else 7902 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_RELATIVE); 7903 if (indx == 0 && tls_ty != (TLS_TLS | TLS_LD)) 7904 { 7905 outrel.r_addend += relocation; 7906 if (tls_ty & (TLS_GD | TLS_DTPREL | TLS_TPREL)) 7907 { 7908 if (htab->elf.tls_sec == NULL) 7909 outrel.r_addend = 0; 7910 else 7911 outrel.r_addend -= htab->elf.tls_sec->vma; 7912 } 7913 } 7914 loc = rsec->contents; 7915 loc += (rsec->reloc_count++ 7916 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela)); 7917 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &outrel, loc); 7918 } 7919 7920 /* Init the .got section contents if we're not 7921 emitting a reloc. */ 7922 else 7923 { 7924 bfd_vma value = relocation; 7925 7926 if (tls_ty != 0) 7927 { 7928 if (htab->elf.tls_sec == NULL) 7929 value = 0; 7930 else 7931 { 7932 if (tls_ty & TLS_LD) 7933 value = 0; 7934 else 7935 value -= htab->elf.tls_sec->vma + DTP_OFFSET; 7936 if (tls_ty & TLS_TPREL) 7937 value += DTP_OFFSET - TP_OFFSET; 7938 } 7939 7940 if (tls_ty & (TLS_LD | TLS_GD)) 7941 { 7942 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, value, 7943 htab->elf.sgot->contents + off + 4); 7944 value = 1; 7945 } 7946 } 7947 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, value, 7948 htab->elf.sgot->contents + off); 7949 } 7950 7951 off += 4; 7952 if (tls_ty & (TLS_LD | TLS_GD)) 7953 off += 4; 7954 } 7955 while (tls_m != 0); 7956 7957 off = *offp; 7958 *offp = off | 1; 7959 } 7960 7961 if (off >= (bfd_vma) -2) 7962 abort (); 7963 7964 if ((tls_type & TLS_TLS) != 0) 7965 { 7966 if (tls_type != (TLS_TLS | TLS_LD)) 7967 { 7968 if ((tls_mask & TLS_LD) != 0 7969 && !(h == NULL 7970 || !h->def_dynamic)) 7971 off += 8; 7972 if (tls_type != (TLS_TLS | TLS_GD)) 7973 { 7974 if ((tls_mask & TLS_GD) != 0) 7975 off += 8; 7976 if (tls_type != (TLS_TLS | TLS_DTPREL)) 7977 { 7978 if ((tls_mask & TLS_DTPREL) != 0) 7979 off += 4; 7980 } 7981 } 7982 } 7983 } 7984 7985 /* If here for a picfixup, we're done. */ 7986 if (r_type != ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info)) 7987 goto copy_reloc; 7988 7989 relocation = (htab->elf.sgot->output_section->vma 7990 + htab->elf.sgot->output_offset 7991 + off 7992 - SYM_VAL (htab->elf.hgot)); 7993 7994 /* Addends on got relocations don't make much sense. 7995 x+off@got is actually x@got+off, and since the got is 7996 generated by a hash table traversal, the value in the 7997 got at entry m+n bears little relation to the entry m. */ 7998 if (addend != 0) 7999 info->callbacks->einfo 8000 /* xgettext:c-format */ 8001 (_("%H: non-zero addend on %s reloc against `%s'\n"), 8002 input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset, 8003 howto->name, 8004 sym_name); 8005 } 8006 break; 8007 8008 /* Relocations that need no special processing. */ 8009 case R_PPC_LOCAL24PC: 8010 /* It makes no sense to point a local relocation 8011 at a symbol not in this object. */ 8012 if (unresolved_reloc) 8013 { 8014 (*info->callbacks->undefined_symbol) (info, 8015 h->root.root.string, 8016 input_bfd, 8017 input_section, 8018 rel->r_offset, 8019 TRUE); 8020 goto copy_reloc; 8021 } 8022 if (h != NULL && h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC && bfd_link_pic (info)) 8023 { 8024 /* @local on an ifunc does not really make sense since 8025 the ifunc resolver can take you anywhere. More 8026 seriously, calls to ifuncs must go through a plt call 8027 stub, and for pic the plt call stubs uses r30 to 8028 access the PLT. The problem is that a call that is 8029 local won't have the +32k reloc addend trick marking 8030 -fPIC code, so the linker won't know whether r30 is 8031 _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ or pointing into a .got2 section. */ 8032 /* xgettext:c-format */ 8033 info->callbacks->einfo (_("%X%H: @local call to ifunc %s\n"), 8034 input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset, 8035 h->root.root.string); 8036 } 8037 break; 8038 8039 case R_PPC_DTPREL16: 8040 case R_PPC_DTPREL16_LO: 8041 case R_PPC_DTPREL16_HI: 8042 case R_PPC_DTPREL16_HA: 8043 if (htab->elf.tls_sec != NULL) 8044 addend -= htab->elf.tls_sec->vma + DTP_OFFSET; 8045 break; 8046 8047 /* Relocations that may need to be propagated if this is a shared 8048 object. */ 8049 case R_PPC_TPREL16: 8050 case R_PPC_TPREL16_LO: 8051 case R_PPC_TPREL16_HI: 8052 case R_PPC_TPREL16_HA: 8053 if (h != NULL 8054 && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak 8055 && h->dynindx == -1) 8056 { 8057 /* Make this relocation against an undefined weak symbol 8058 resolve to zero. This is really just a tweak, since 8059 code using weak externs ought to check that they are 8060 defined before using them. */ 8061 bfd_byte *p = contents + rel->r_offset - d_offset; 8062 unsigned int insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, p); 8063 insn = _bfd_elf_ppc_at_tprel_transform (insn, 2); 8064 if (insn != 0) 8065 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, p); 8066 break; 8067 } 8068 if (htab->elf.tls_sec != NULL) 8069 addend -= htab->elf.tls_sec->vma + TP_OFFSET; 8070 /* The TPREL16 relocs shouldn't really be used in shared 8071 libs or with non-local symbols as that will result in 8072 DT_TEXTREL being set, but support them anyway. */ 8073 goto dodyn; 8074 8075 case R_PPC_TPREL32: 8076 if (htab->elf.tls_sec != NULL) 8077 addend -= htab->elf.tls_sec->vma + TP_OFFSET; 8078 goto dodyn; 8079 8080 case R_PPC_DTPREL32: 8081 if (htab->elf.tls_sec != NULL) 8082 addend -= htab->elf.tls_sec->vma + DTP_OFFSET; 8083 goto dodyn; 8084 8085 case R_PPC_DTPMOD32: 8086 relocation = 1; 8087 addend = 0; 8088 goto dodyn; 8089 8090 case R_PPC_REL16: 8091 case R_PPC_REL16_LO: 8092 case R_PPC_REL16_HI: 8093 case R_PPC_REL16_HA: 8094 case R_PPC_REL16DX_HA: 8095 break; 8096 8097 case R_PPC_REL32: 8098 if (h == NULL || h == htab->elf.hgot) 8099 break; 8100 /* fall through */ 8101 8102 case R_PPC_ADDR32: 8103 case R_PPC_ADDR16: 8104 case R_PPC_ADDR16_LO: 8105 case R_PPC_ADDR16_HI: 8106 case R_PPC_ADDR16_HA: 8107 case R_PPC_UADDR32: 8108 case R_PPC_UADDR16: 8109 goto dodyn; 8110 8111 case R_PPC_VLE_REL8: 8112 case R_PPC_VLE_REL15: 8113 case R_PPC_VLE_REL24: 8114 case R_PPC_REL24: 8115 case R_PPC_REL14: 8116 case R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN: 8117 case R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN: 8118 /* If these relocations are not to a named symbol, they can be 8119 handled right here, no need to bother the dynamic linker. */ 8120 if (SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h) 8121 || h == htab->elf.hgot) 8122 break; 8123 /* fall through */ 8124 8125 case R_PPC_ADDR24: 8126 case R_PPC_ADDR14: 8127 case R_PPC_ADDR14_BRTAKEN: 8128 case R_PPC_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN: 8129 if (h != NULL && !bfd_link_pic (info)) 8130 break; 8131 /* fall through */ 8132 8133 dodyn: 8134 if ((input_section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0 8135 || is_vxworks_tls) 8136 break; 8137 8138 if (bfd_link_pic (info) 8139 ? ((h == NULL 8140 || ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->dyn_relocs != NULL) 8141 && ((h != NULL && pc_dynrelocs (h)) 8142 || must_be_dyn_reloc (info, r_type))) 8143 : (h != NULL 8144 && ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->dyn_relocs != NULL)) 8145 { 8146 int skip; 8147 bfd_byte *loc; 8148 asection *sreloc; 8149 long indx = 0; 8150 8151 #ifdef DEBUG 8152 fprintf (stderr, "ppc_elf_relocate_section needs to " 8153 "create relocation for %s\n", 8154 (h && h->root.root.string 8155 ? h->root.root.string : "<unknown>")); 8156 #endif 8157 8158 /* When generating a shared object, these relocations 8159 are copied into the output file to be resolved at run 8160 time. */ 8161 skip = 0; 8162 outrel.r_offset = _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info, 8163 input_section, 8164 rel->r_offset); 8165 if (outrel.r_offset == (bfd_vma) -1 8166 || outrel.r_offset == (bfd_vma) -2) 8167 skip = (int) outrel.r_offset; 8168 outrel.r_offset += (input_section->output_section->vma 8169 + input_section->output_offset); 8170 8171 if (skip) 8172 memset (&outrel, 0, sizeof outrel); 8173 else if (!SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h)) 8174 { 8175 indx = h->dynindx; 8176 BFD_ASSERT (indx != -1); 8177 unresolved_reloc = FALSE; 8178 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (indx, r_type); 8179 outrel.r_addend = rel->r_addend; 8180 } 8181 else 8182 { 8183 outrel.r_addend = relocation + rel->r_addend; 8184 8185 if (r_type != R_PPC_ADDR32) 8186 { 8187 if (ifunc != NULL) 8188 { 8189 /* If we get here when building a static 8190 executable, then the libc startup function 8191 responsible for applying indirect function 8192 relocations is going to complain about 8193 the reloc type. 8194 If we get here when building a dynamic 8195 executable, it will be because we have 8196 a text relocation. The dynamic loader 8197 will set the text segment writable and 8198 non-executable to apply text relocations. 8199 So we'll segfault when trying to run the 8200 indirection function to resolve the reloc. */ 8201 info->callbacks->einfo 8202 /* xgettext:c-format */ 8203 (_("%H: relocation %s for indirect " 8204 "function %s unsupported\n"), 8205 input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset, 8206 howto->name, 8207 sym_name); 8208 ret = FALSE; 8209 } 8210 else if (r_symndx == STN_UNDEF || bfd_is_abs_section (sec)) 8211 ; 8212 else if (sec == NULL || sec->owner == NULL) 8213 { 8214 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); 8215 ret = FALSE; 8216 } 8217 else 8218 { 8219 asection *osec; 8220 8221 /* We are turning this relocation into one 8222 against a section symbol. It would be 8223 proper to subtract the symbol's value, 8224 osec->vma, from the emitted reloc addend, 8225 but ld.so expects buggy relocs. 8226 FIXME: Why not always use a zero index? */ 8227 osec = sec->output_section; 8228 indx = elf_section_data (osec)->dynindx; 8229 if (indx == 0) 8230 { 8231 osec = htab->elf.text_index_section; 8232 indx = elf_section_data (osec)->dynindx; 8233 } 8234 BFD_ASSERT (indx != 0); 8235 #ifdef DEBUG 8236 if (indx == 0) 8237 printf ("indx=%ld section=%s flags=%08x name=%s\n", 8238 indx, osec->name, osec->flags, 8239 h->root.root.string); 8240 #endif 8241 } 8242 8243 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (indx, r_type); 8244 } 8245 else if (ifunc != NULL) 8246 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_IRELATIVE); 8247 else 8248 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_RELATIVE); 8249 } 8250 8251 sreloc = elf_section_data (input_section)->sreloc; 8252 if (ifunc) 8253 { 8254 sreloc = htab->elf.irelplt; 8255 if (indx == 0) 8256 htab->local_ifunc_resolver = 1; 8257 else if (is_static_defined (h)) 8258 htab->maybe_local_ifunc_resolver = 1; 8259 } 8260 if (sreloc == NULL) 8261 return FALSE; 8262 8263 loc = sreloc->contents; 8264 loc += sreloc->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela); 8265 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &outrel, loc); 8266 8267 if (skip == -1) 8268 goto copy_reloc; 8269 8270 /* This reloc will be computed at runtime. Clear the memory 8271 so that it contains a predictable value for prelink. */ 8272 if (!skip) 8273 { 8274 relocation = howto->pc_relative ? outrel.r_offset : 0; 8275 addend = 0; 8276 break; 8277 } 8278 } 8279 break; 8280 8281 case R_PPC_RELAX_PLT: 8282 case R_PPC_RELAX_PLTREL24: 8283 if (h != NULL) 8284 { 8285 struct plt_entry *ent; 8286 bfd_vma got2_addend = 0; 8287 8288 if (r_type == R_PPC_RELAX_PLTREL24) 8289 { 8290 if (bfd_link_pic (info)) 8291 got2_addend = addend; 8292 addend = 0; 8293 } 8294 ent = find_plt_ent (&h->plt.plist, got2, got2_addend); 8295 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_NEW) 8296 relocation = (htab->glink->output_section->vma 8297 + htab->glink->output_offset 8298 + ent->glink_offset); 8299 else 8300 relocation = (htab->elf.splt->output_section->vma 8301 + htab->elf.splt->output_offset 8302 + ent->plt.offset); 8303 } 8304 /* Fall through. */ 8305 8306 case R_PPC_RELAX: 8307 { 8308 const int *stub; 8309 size_t size; 8310 size_t insn_offset = rel->r_offset; 8311 unsigned int insn; 8312 8313 if (bfd_link_pic (info)) 8314 { 8315 relocation -= (input_section->output_section->vma 8316 + input_section->output_offset 8317 + rel->r_offset - 4); 8318 stub = shared_stub_entry; 8319 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, stub[0], contents + insn_offset - 12); 8320 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, stub[1], contents + insn_offset - 8); 8321 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, stub[2], contents + insn_offset - 4); 8322 stub += 3; 8323 size = ARRAY_SIZE (shared_stub_entry) - 3; 8324 } 8325 else 8326 { 8327 stub = stub_entry; 8328 size = ARRAY_SIZE (stub_entry); 8329 } 8330 8331 relocation += addend; 8332 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info)) 8333 relocation = 0; 8334 8335 /* First insn is HA, second is LO. */ 8336 insn = *stub++; 8337 insn |= ((relocation + 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff; 8338 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, contents + insn_offset); 8339 insn_offset += 4; 8340 8341 insn = *stub++; 8342 insn |= relocation & 0xffff; 8343 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, contents + insn_offset); 8344 insn_offset += 4; 8345 size -= 2; 8346 8347 while (size != 0) 8348 { 8349 insn = *stub++; 8350 --size; 8351 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, contents + insn_offset); 8352 insn_offset += 4; 8353 } 8354 8355 /* Rewrite the reloc and convert one of the trailing nop 8356 relocs to describe this relocation. */ 8357 BFD_ASSERT (ELF32_R_TYPE (relend[-1].r_info) == R_PPC_NONE); 8358 /* The relocs are at the bottom 2 bytes */ 8359 wrel->r_offset = rel->r_offset + d_offset; 8360 wrel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx, R_PPC_ADDR16_HA); 8361 wrel->r_addend = rel->r_addend; 8362 memmove (wrel + 1, wrel, (relend - wrel - 1) * sizeof (*wrel)); 8363 wrel++, rel++; 8364 wrel->r_offset += 4; 8365 wrel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx, R_PPC_ADDR16_LO); 8366 } 8367 continue; 8368 8369 /* Indirect .sdata relocation. */ 8370 case R_PPC_EMB_SDAI16: 8371 BFD_ASSERT (htab->sdata[0].section != NULL); 8372 if (!is_static_defined (htab->sdata[0].sym)) 8373 { 8374 unresolved_reloc = TRUE; 8375 break; 8376 } 8377 relocation 8378 = elf_finish_pointer_linker_section (input_bfd, &htab->sdata[0], 8379 h, relocation, rel); 8380 addend = 0; 8381 break; 8382 8383 /* Indirect .sdata2 relocation. */ 8384 case R_PPC_EMB_SDA2I16: 8385 BFD_ASSERT (htab->sdata[1].section != NULL); 8386 if (!is_static_defined (htab->sdata[1].sym)) 8387 { 8388 unresolved_reloc = TRUE; 8389 break; 8390 } 8391 relocation 8392 = elf_finish_pointer_linker_section (input_bfd, &htab->sdata[1], 8393 h, relocation, rel); 8394 addend = 0; 8395 break; 8396 8397 /* Handle the TOC16 reloc. We want to use the offset within the .got 8398 section, not the actual VMA. This is appropriate when generating 8399 an embedded ELF object, for which the .got section acts like the 8400 AIX .toc section. */ 8401 case R_PPC_TOC16: /* phony GOT16 relocations */ 8402 if (sec == NULL || sec->output_section == NULL) 8403 { 8404 unresolved_reloc = TRUE; 8405 break; 8406 } 8407 BFD_ASSERT (strcmp (bfd_get_section_name (sec->owner, sec), 8408 ".got") == 0 8409 || strcmp (bfd_get_section_name (sec->owner, sec), 8410 ".cgot") == 0); 8411 8412 addend -= sec->output_section->vma + sec->output_offset + 0x8000; 8413 break; 8414 8415 case R_PPC_PLTREL24: 8416 if (h != NULL && ifunc == NULL) 8417 { 8418 struct plt_entry *ent; 8419 8420 ent = find_plt_ent (&h->plt.plist, got2, 8421 bfd_link_pic (info) ? addend : 0); 8422 if (ent == NULL 8423 || htab->elf.splt == NULL) 8424 { 8425 /* We didn't make a PLT entry for this symbol. This 8426 happens when statically linking PIC code, or when 8427 using -Bsymbolic. */ 8428 } 8429 else 8430 { 8431 /* Relocation is to the entry for this symbol in the 8432 procedure linkage table. */ 8433 unresolved_reloc = FALSE; 8434 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_NEW) 8435 relocation = (htab->glink->output_section->vma 8436 + htab->glink->output_offset 8437 + ent->glink_offset); 8438 else 8439 relocation = (htab->elf.splt->output_section->vma 8440 + htab->elf.splt->output_offset 8441 + ent->plt.offset); 8442 } 8443 } 8444 8445 /* R_PPC_PLTREL24 is rather special. If non-zero, the 8446 addend specifies the GOT pointer offset within .got2. 8447 Don't apply it to the relocation field. */ 8448 addend = 0; 8449 break; 8450 8451 case R_PPC_PLTSEQ: 8452 case R_PPC_PLTCALL: 8453 case R_PPC_PLT16_LO: 8454 case R_PPC_PLT16_HI: 8455 case R_PPC_PLT16_HA: 8456 plt_list = NULL; 8457 if (h != NULL) 8458 plt_list = &h->plt.plist; 8459 else if (ifunc != NULL) 8460 plt_list = ifunc; 8461 else if (local_got_offsets != NULL) 8462 { 8463 struct plt_entry **local_plt; 8464 local_plt = (struct plt_entry **) (local_got_offsets 8465 + symtab_hdr->sh_info); 8466 plt_list = local_plt + r_symndx; 8467 } 8468 unresolved_reloc = TRUE; 8469 if (plt_list != NULL) 8470 { 8471 struct plt_entry *ent; 8472 8473 ent = find_plt_ent (plt_list, got2, 8474 bfd_link_pic (info) ? addend : 0); 8475 if (ent != NULL && ent->plt.offset != (bfd_vma) -1) 8476 { 8477 asection *plt; 8478 8479 unresolved_reloc = FALSE; 8480 plt = htab->elf.splt; 8481 if (!htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created 8482 || h == NULL 8483 || h->dynindx == -1) 8484 { 8485 if (ifunc != NULL) 8486 plt = htab->elf.iplt; 8487 else 8488 plt = htab->pltlocal; 8489 } 8490 relocation = (plt->output_section->vma 8491 + plt->output_offset 8492 + ent->plt.offset); 8493 if (bfd_link_pic (info)) 8494 { 8495 bfd_vma got = 0; 8496 8497 if (ent->addend >= 32768) 8498 got = (ent->addend 8499 + ent->sec->output_section->vma 8500 + ent->sec->output_offset); 8501 else 8502 got = SYM_VAL (htab->elf.hgot); 8503 relocation -= got; 8504 } 8505 } 8506 } 8507 addend = 0; 8508 break; 8509 8510 /* Relocate against _SDA_BASE_. */ 8511 case R_PPC_SDAREL16: 8512 { 8513 const char *name; 8514 struct elf_link_hash_entry *sda = htab->sdata[0].sym; 8515 8516 if (sec == NULL 8517 || sec->output_section == NULL 8518 || !is_static_defined (sda)) 8519 { 8520 unresolved_reloc = TRUE; 8521 break; 8522 } 8523 addend -= SYM_VAL (sda); 8524 8525 name = bfd_get_section_name (output_bfd, sec->output_section); 8526 if (!(strcmp (name, ".sdata") == 0 8527 || strcmp (name, ".sbss") == 0)) 8528 { 8529 _bfd_error_handler 8530 /* xgettext:c-format */ 8531 (_("%pB: the target (%s) of a %s relocation is " 8532 "in the wrong output section (%s)"), 8533 input_bfd, 8534 sym_name, 8535 howto->name, 8536 name); 8537 } 8538 } 8539 break; 8540 8541 /* Relocate against _SDA2_BASE_. */ 8542 case R_PPC_EMB_SDA2REL: 8543 { 8544 const char *name; 8545 struct elf_link_hash_entry *sda = htab->sdata[1].sym; 8546 8547 if (sec == NULL 8548 || sec->output_section == NULL 8549 || !is_static_defined (sda)) 8550 { 8551 unresolved_reloc = TRUE; 8552 break; 8553 } 8554 addend -= SYM_VAL (sda); 8555 8556 name = bfd_get_section_name (output_bfd, sec->output_section); 8557 if (!(strcmp (name, ".sdata2") == 0 8558 || strcmp (name, ".sbss2") == 0)) 8559 { 8560 _bfd_error_handler 8561 /* xgettext:c-format */ 8562 (_("%pB: the target (%s) of a %s relocation is " 8563 "in the wrong output section (%s)"), 8564 input_bfd, 8565 sym_name, 8566 howto->name, 8567 name); 8568 } 8569 } 8570 break; 8571 8572 case R_PPC_VLE_LO16A: 8573 relocation = relocation + addend; 8574 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset, 8575 contents + rel->r_offset, relocation, 8576 split16a_type, htab->params->vle_reloc_fixup); 8577 goto copy_reloc; 8578 8579 case R_PPC_VLE_LO16D: 8580 relocation = relocation + addend; 8581 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset, 8582 contents + rel->r_offset, relocation, 8583 split16d_type, htab->params->vle_reloc_fixup); 8584 goto copy_reloc; 8585 8586 case R_PPC_VLE_HI16A: 8587 relocation = (relocation + addend) >> 16; 8588 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset, 8589 contents + rel->r_offset, relocation, 8590 split16a_type, htab->params->vle_reloc_fixup); 8591 goto copy_reloc; 8592 8593 case R_PPC_VLE_HI16D: 8594 relocation = (relocation + addend) >> 16; 8595 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset, 8596 contents + rel->r_offset, relocation, 8597 split16d_type, htab->params->vle_reloc_fixup); 8598 goto copy_reloc; 8599 8600 case R_PPC_VLE_HA16A: 8601 relocation = (relocation + addend + 0x8000) >> 16; 8602 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset, 8603 contents + rel->r_offset, relocation, 8604 split16a_type, htab->params->vle_reloc_fixup); 8605 goto copy_reloc; 8606 8607 case R_PPC_VLE_HA16D: 8608 relocation = (relocation + addend + 0x8000) >> 16; 8609 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset, 8610 contents + rel->r_offset, relocation, 8611 split16d_type, htab->params->vle_reloc_fixup); 8612 goto copy_reloc; 8613 8614 /* Relocate against either _SDA_BASE_, _SDA2_BASE_, or 0. */ 8615 case R_PPC_EMB_SDA21: 8616 case R_PPC_VLE_SDA21: 8617 case R_PPC_EMB_RELSDA: 8618 case R_PPC_VLE_SDA21_LO: 8619 { 8620 const char *name; 8621 int reg; 8622 unsigned int insn; 8623 struct elf_link_hash_entry *sda = NULL; 8624 8625 if (sec == NULL || sec->output_section == NULL) 8626 { 8627 unresolved_reloc = TRUE; 8628 break; 8629 } 8630 8631 name = bfd_get_section_name (output_bfd, sec->output_section); 8632 if (strcmp (name, ".sdata") == 0 8633 || strcmp (name, ".sbss") == 0) 8634 { 8635 reg = 13; 8636 sda = htab->sdata[0].sym; 8637 } 8638 else if (strcmp (name, ".sdata2") == 0 8639 || strcmp (name, ".sbss2") == 0) 8640 { 8641 reg = 2; 8642 sda = htab->sdata[1].sym; 8643 } 8644 else if (strcmp (name, ".PPC.EMB.sdata0") == 0 8645 || strcmp (name, ".PPC.EMB.sbss0") == 0) 8646 { 8647 reg = 0; 8648 } 8649 else 8650 { 8651 _bfd_error_handler 8652 /* xgettext:c-format */ 8653 (_("%pB: the target (%s) of a %s relocation is " 8654 "in the wrong output section (%s)"), 8655 input_bfd, 8656 sym_name, 8657 howto->name, 8658 name); 8659 8660 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); 8661 ret = FALSE; 8662 goto copy_reloc; 8663 } 8664 8665 if (sda != NULL) 8666 { 8667 if (!is_static_defined (sda)) 8668 { 8669 unresolved_reloc = TRUE; 8670 break; 8671 } 8672 addend -= SYM_VAL (sda); 8673 } 8674 8675 insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset); 8676 if (reg == 0 8677 && (r_type == R_PPC_VLE_SDA21 8678 || r_type == R_PPC_VLE_SDA21_LO)) 8679 { 8680 relocation = relocation + addend; 8681 addend = 0; 8682 8683 /* Force e_li insn, keeping RT from original insn. */ 8684 insn &= 0x1f << 21; 8685 insn |= 28u << 26; 8686 8687 /* We have an li20 field, bits 17..20, 11..15, 21..31. */ 8688 /* Top 4 bits of value to 17..20. */ 8689 insn |= (relocation & 0xf0000) >> 5; 8690 /* Next 5 bits of the value to 11..15. */ 8691 insn |= (relocation & 0xf800) << 5; 8692 /* And the final 11 bits of the value to bits 21 to 31. */ 8693 insn |= relocation & 0x7ff; 8694 8695 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, contents + rel->r_offset); 8696 8697 if (r_type == R_PPC_VLE_SDA21 8698 && ((relocation + 0x80000) & 0xffffffff) > 0x100000) 8699 goto overflow; 8700 goto copy_reloc; 8701 } 8702 else if (r_type == R_PPC_EMB_SDA21 8703 || r_type == R_PPC_VLE_SDA21 8704 || r_type == R_PPC_VLE_SDA21_LO) 8705 { 8706 /* Fill in register field. */ 8707 insn = (insn & ~RA_REGISTER_MASK) | (reg << RA_REGISTER_SHIFT); 8708 } 8709 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, contents + rel->r_offset); 8710 } 8711 break; 8712 8713 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16A: 8714 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16D: 8715 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16A: 8716 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16D: 8717 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16A: 8718 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16D: 8719 { 8720 bfd_vma value; 8721 const char *name; 8722 struct elf_link_hash_entry *sda = NULL; 8723 8724 if (sec == NULL || sec->output_section == NULL) 8725 { 8726 unresolved_reloc = TRUE; 8727 break; 8728 } 8729 8730 name = bfd_get_section_name (output_bfd, sec->output_section); 8731 if (strcmp (name, ".sdata") == 0 8732 || strcmp (name, ".sbss") == 0) 8733 sda = htab->sdata[0].sym; 8734 else if (strcmp (name, ".sdata2") == 0 8735 || strcmp (name, ".sbss2") == 0) 8736 sda = htab->sdata[1].sym; 8737 else 8738 { 8739 _bfd_error_handler 8740 /* xgettext:c-format */ 8741 (_("%pB: the target (%s) of a %s relocation is " 8742 "in the wrong output section (%s)"), 8743 input_bfd, 8744 sym_name, 8745 howto->name, 8746 name); 8747 8748 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); 8749 ret = FALSE; 8750 goto copy_reloc; 8751 } 8752 8753 if (sda == NULL || !is_static_defined (sda)) 8754 { 8755 unresolved_reloc = TRUE; 8756 break; 8757 } 8758 value = relocation + addend - SYM_VAL (sda); 8759 8760 if (r_type == R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16A) 8761 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset, 8762 contents + rel->r_offset, value, 8763 split16a_type, 8764 htab->params->vle_reloc_fixup); 8765 else if (r_type == R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16D) 8766 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset, 8767 contents + rel->r_offset, value, 8768 split16d_type, 8769 htab->params->vle_reloc_fixup); 8770 else if (r_type == R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16A) 8771 { 8772 value = value >> 16; 8773 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset, 8774 contents + rel->r_offset, value, 8775 split16a_type, 8776 htab->params->vle_reloc_fixup); 8777 } 8778 else if (r_type == R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16D) 8779 { 8780 value = value >> 16; 8781 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset, 8782 contents + rel->r_offset, value, 8783 split16d_type, 8784 htab->params->vle_reloc_fixup); 8785 } 8786 else if (r_type == R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16A) 8787 { 8788 value = (value + 0x8000) >> 16; 8789 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset, 8790 contents + rel->r_offset, value, 8791 split16a_type, 8792 htab->params->vle_reloc_fixup); 8793 } 8794 else if (r_type == R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16D) 8795 { 8796 value = (value + 0x8000) >> 16; 8797 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset, 8798 contents + rel->r_offset, value, 8799 split16d_type, 8800 htab->params->vle_reloc_fixup); 8801 } 8802 } 8803 goto copy_reloc; 8804 8805 case R_PPC_VLE_ADDR20: 8806 ppc_elf_vle_split20 (output_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset, relocation); 8807 continue; 8808 8809 /* Relocate against the beginning of the section. */ 8810 case R_PPC_SECTOFF: 8811 case R_PPC_SECTOFF_LO: 8812 case R_PPC_SECTOFF_HI: 8813 case R_PPC_SECTOFF_HA: 8814 if (sec == NULL || sec->output_section == NULL) 8815 { 8816 unresolved_reloc = TRUE; 8817 break; 8818 } 8819 addend -= sec->output_section->vma; 8820 break; 8821 8822 /* Negative relocations. */ 8823 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR32: 8824 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16: 8825 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_LO: 8826 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HI: 8827 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HA: 8828 addend -= 2 * relocation; 8829 break; 8830 8831 case R_PPC_COPY: 8832 case R_PPC_GLOB_DAT: 8833 case R_PPC_JMP_SLOT: 8834 case R_PPC_RELATIVE: 8835 case R_PPC_IRELATIVE: 8836 case R_PPC_PLT32: 8837 case R_PPC_PLTREL32: 8838 case R_PPC_ADDR30: 8839 case R_PPC_EMB_RELSEC16: 8840 case R_PPC_EMB_RELST_LO: 8841 case R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HI: 8842 case R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HA: 8843 case R_PPC_EMB_BIT_FLD: 8844 /* xgettext:c-format */ 8845 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: %s unsupported"), 8846 input_bfd, howto->name); 8847 8848 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation); 8849 ret = FALSE; 8850 goto copy_reloc; 8851 } 8852 8853 switch (r_type) 8854 { 8855 default: 8856 break; 8857 8858 case R_PPC_PLTCALL: 8859 if (unresolved_reloc) 8860 { 8861 bfd_byte *p = contents + rel->r_offset; 8862 unsigned int insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, p); 8863 insn &= 1; 8864 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, B | insn, p); 8865 unresolved_reloc = save_unresolved_reloc; 8866 r_type = R_PPC_REL24; 8867 howto = ppc_elf_howto_table[r_type]; 8868 } 8869 else if (htab->plt_type != PLT_NEW) 8870 info->callbacks->einfo 8871 (_("%X%P: %H: %s relocation unsupported for bss-plt\n"), 8872 input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset, 8873 howto->name); 8874 break; 8875 8876 case R_PPC_PLTSEQ: 8877 case R_PPC_PLT16_HA: 8878 case R_PPC_PLT16_LO: 8879 if (unresolved_reloc) 8880 { 8881 bfd_byte *p = contents + (rel->r_offset & ~3); 8882 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, NOP, p); 8883 unresolved_reloc = FALSE; 8884 r_type = R_PPC_NONE; 8885 howto = ppc_elf_howto_table[r_type]; 8886 } 8887 else if (htab->plt_type != PLT_NEW) 8888 info->callbacks->einfo 8889 (_("%X%P: %H: %s relocation unsupported for bss-plt\n"), 8890 input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset, 8891 howto->name); 8892 break; 8893 } 8894 8895 /* Do any further special processing. */ 8896 switch (r_type) 8897 { 8898 default: 8899 break; 8900 8901 case R_PPC_ADDR16_HA: 8902 case R_PPC_REL16_HA: 8903 case R_PPC_REL16DX_HA: 8904 case R_PPC_SECTOFF_HA: 8905 case R_PPC_TPREL16_HA: 8906 case R_PPC_DTPREL16_HA: 8907 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HA: 8908 case R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HA: 8909 /* It's just possible that this symbol is a weak symbol 8910 that's not actually defined anywhere. In that case, 8911 'sec' would be NULL, and we should leave the symbol 8912 alone (it will be set to zero elsewhere in the link). */ 8913 if (sec == NULL) 8914 break; 8915 /* Fall through. */ 8916 8917 case R_PPC_PLT16_HA: 8918 case R_PPC_GOT16_HA: 8919 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA: 8920 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA: 8921 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA: 8922 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HA: 8923 /* Add 0x10000 if sign bit in 0:15 is set. 8924 Bits 0:15 are not used. */ 8925 addend += 0x8000; 8926 break; 8927 8928 case R_PPC_ADDR16: 8929 case R_PPC_ADDR16_LO: 8930 case R_PPC_GOT16: 8931 case R_PPC_GOT16_LO: 8932 case R_PPC_SDAREL16: 8933 case R_PPC_SECTOFF: 8934 case R_PPC_SECTOFF_LO: 8935 case R_PPC_DTPREL16: 8936 case R_PPC_DTPREL16_LO: 8937 case R_PPC_TPREL16: 8938 case R_PPC_TPREL16_LO: 8939 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16: 8940 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO: 8941 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16: 8942 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO: 8943 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16: 8944 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_LO: 8945 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16: 8946 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO: 8947 { 8948 /* The 32-bit ABI lacks proper relocations to deal with 8949 certain 64-bit instructions. Prevent damage to bits 8950 that make up part of the insn opcode. */ 8951 unsigned int insn, mask, lobit; 8952 8953 insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, 8954 contents + rel->r_offset - d_offset); 8955 mask = 0; 8956 if (is_insn_ds_form (insn)) 8957 mask = 3; 8958 else if (is_insn_dq_form (insn)) 8959 mask = 15; 8960 else 8961 break; 8962 relocation += addend; 8963 addend = insn & mask; 8964 lobit = mask & relocation; 8965 if (lobit != 0) 8966 { 8967 relocation ^= lobit; 8968 info->callbacks->einfo 8969 /* xgettext:c-format */ 8970 (_("%H: error: %s against `%s' not a multiple of %u\n"), 8971 input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset, 8972 howto->name, sym_name, mask + 1); 8973 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); 8974 ret = FALSE; 8975 } 8976 } 8977 break; 8978 } 8979 8980 #ifdef DEBUG 8981 fprintf (stderr, "\ttype = %s (%d), name = %s, symbol index = %ld, " 8982 "offset = %ld, addend = %ld\n", 8983 howto->name, 8984 (int) r_type, 8985 sym_name, 8986 r_symndx, 8987 (long) rel->r_offset, 8988 (long) addend); 8989 #endif 8990 8991 if (unresolved_reloc 8992 && !((input_section->flags & SEC_DEBUGGING) != 0 8993 && h->def_dynamic) 8994 && _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info, input_section, 8995 rel->r_offset) != (bfd_vma) -1) 8996 { 8997 info->callbacks->einfo 8998 /* xgettext:c-format */ 8999 (_("%H: unresolvable %s relocation against symbol `%s'\n"), 9000 input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset, 9001 howto->name, 9002 sym_name); 9003 ret = FALSE; 9004 } 9005 9006 /* 16-bit fields in insns mostly have signed values, but a 9007 few insns have 16-bit unsigned values. Really, we should 9008 have different reloc types. */ 9009 if (howto->complain_on_overflow != complain_overflow_dont 9010 && howto->dst_mask == 0xffff 9011 && (input_section->flags & SEC_CODE) != 0) 9012 { 9013 enum complain_overflow complain = complain_overflow_signed; 9014 9015 if ((elf_section_flags (input_section) & SHF_PPC_VLE) == 0) 9016 { 9017 unsigned int insn; 9018 9019 insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, contents + (rel->r_offset & ~3)); 9020 if ((insn & (0x3f << 26)) == 10u << 26 /* cmpli */) 9021 complain = complain_overflow_bitfield; 9022 else if ((insn & (0x3f << 26)) == 28u << 26 /* andi */ 9023 || (insn & (0x3f << 26)) == 24u << 26 /* ori */ 9024 || (insn & (0x3f << 26)) == 26u << 26 /* xori */) 9025 complain = complain_overflow_unsigned; 9026 } 9027 if (howto->complain_on_overflow != complain) 9028 { 9029 alt_howto = *howto; 9030 alt_howto.complain_on_overflow = complain; 9031 howto = &alt_howto; 9032 } 9033 } 9034 9035 if (r_type == R_PPC_REL16DX_HA) 9036 { 9037 /* Split field reloc isn't handled by _bfd_final_link_relocate. */ 9038 if (rel->r_offset + 4 > input_section->size) 9039 r = bfd_reloc_outofrange; 9040 else 9041 { 9042 unsigned int insn; 9043 9044 relocation += addend; 9045 relocation -= (rel->r_offset 9046 + input_section->output_offset 9047 + input_section->output_section->vma); 9048 relocation >>= 16; 9049 insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset); 9050 insn &= ~0x1fffc1; 9051 insn |= (relocation & 0xffc1) | ((relocation & 0x3e) << 15); 9052 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, contents + rel->r_offset); 9053 r = bfd_reloc_ok; 9054 } 9055 } 9056 else 9057 r = _bfd_final_link_relocate (howto, input_bfd, input_section, contents, 9058 rel->r_offset, relocation, addend); 9059 9060 if (r != bfd_reloc_ok) 9061 { 9062 if (r == bfd_reloc_overflow) 9063 { 9064 overflow: 9065 /* On code like "if (foo) foo();" don't report overflow 9066 on a branch to zero when foo is undefined. */ 9067 if (!warned 9068 && !(h != NULL 9069 && (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak 9070 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefined) 9071 && is_branch_reloc (r_type))) 9072 info->callbacks->reloc_overflow 9073 (info, (h ? &h->root : NULL), sym_name, howto->name, 9074 rel->r_addend, input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset); 9075 } 9076 else 9077 { 9078 info->callbacks->einfo 9079 /* xgettext:c-format */ 9080 (_("%H: %s reloc against `%s': error %d\n"), 9081 input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset, 9082 howto->name, sym_name, (int) r); 9083 ret = FALSE; 9084 } 9085 } 9086 copy_reloc: 9087 if (wrel != rel) 9088 *wrel = *rel; 9089 } 9090 9091 if (wrel != rel) 9092 { 9093 Elf_Internal_Shdr *rel_hdr; 9094 size_t deleted = rel - wrel; 9095 9096 rel_hdr = _bfd_elf_single_rel_hdr (input_section->output_section); 9097 rel_hdr->sh_size -= rel_hdr->sh_entsize * deleted; 9098 if (rel_hdr->sh_size == 0) 9099 { 9100 /* It is too late to remove an empty reloc section. Leave 9101 one NONE reloc. 9102 ??? What is wrong with an empty section??? */ 9103 rel_hdr->sh_size = rel_hdr->sh_entsize; 9104 deleted -= 1; 9105 wrel++; 9106 } 9107 relend = wrel; 9108 rel_hdr = _bfd_elf_single_rel_hdr (input_section); 9109 rel_hdr->sh_size -= rel_hdr->sh_entsize * deleted; 9110 input_section->reloc_count -= deleted; 9111 } 9112 9113 #ifdef DEBUG 9114 fprintf (stderr, "\n"); 9115 #endif 9116 9117 if (input_section->sec_info_type == SEC_INFO_TYPE_TARGET 9118 && input_section->size != input_section->rawsize 9119 && (strcmp (input_section->output_section->name, ".init") == 0 9120 || strcmp (input_section->output_section->name, ".fini") == 0)) 9121 { 9122 /* Branch around the trampolines. */ 9123 unsigned int insn = B + input_section->size - input_section->rawsize; 9124 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, contents + input_section->rawsize); 9125 } 9126 9127 if (htab->params->ppc476_workaround 9128 && input_section->sec_info_type == SEC_INFO_TYPE_TARGET 9129 && (!bfd_link_relocatable (info) 9130 || (input_section->output_section->alignment_power 9131 >= htab->params->pagesize_p2))) 9132 { 9133 bfd_vma start_addr, end_addr, addr; 9134 bfd_vma pagesize = (bfd_vma) 1 << htab->params->pagesize_p2; 9135 9136 if (relax_info->workaround_size != 0) 9137 { 9138 bfd_byte *p; 9139 unsigned int n; 9140 bfd_byte fill[4]; 9141 9142 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, BA, fill); 9143 p = contents + input_section->size - relax_info->workaround_size; 9144 n = relax_info->workaround_size >> 2; 9145 while (n--) 9146 { 9147 memcpy (p, fill, 4); 9148 p += 4; 9149 } 9150 } 9151 9152 /* The idea is: Replace the last instruction on a page with a 9153 branch to a patch area. Put the insn there followed by a 9154 branch back to the next page. Complicated a little by 9155 needing to handle moved conditional branches, and by not 9156 wanting to touch data-in-text. */ 9157 9158 start_addr = (input_section->output_section->vma 9159 + input_section->output_offset); 9160 end_addr = (start_addr + input_section->size 9161 - relax_info->workaround_size); 9162 for (addr = ((start_addr & -pagesize) + pagesize - 4); 9163 addr < end_addr; 9164 addr += pagesize) 9165 { 9166 bfd_vma offset = addr - start_addr; 9167 Elf_Internal_Rela *lo, *hi; 9168 bfd_boolean is_data; 9169 bfd_vma patch_off, patch_addr; 9170 unsigned int insn; 9171 9172 /* Do we have a data reloc at this offset? If so, leave 9173 the word alone. */ 9174 is_data = FALSE; 9175 lo = relocs; 9176 hi = relend; 9177 rel = NULL; 9178 while (lo < hi) 9179 { 9180 rel = lo + (hi - lo) / 2; 9181 if (rel->r_offset < offset) 9182 lo = rel + 1; 9183 else if (rel->r_offset > offset + 3) 9184 hi = rel; 9185 else 9186 { 9187 switch (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info)) 9188 { 9189 case R_PPC_ADDR32: 9190 case R_PPC_UADDR32: 9191 case R_PPC_REL32: 9192 case R_PPC_ADDR30: 9193 is_data = TRUE; 9194 break; 9195 default: 9196 break; 9197 } 9198 break; 9199 } 9200 } 9201 if (is_data) 9202 continue; 9203 9204 /* Some instructions can be left alone too. Unconditional 9205 branches, except for bcctr with BO=0x14 (bctr, bctrl), 9206 avoid the icache failure. 9207 9208 The problem occurs due to prefetch across a page boundary 9209 where stale instructions can be fetched from the next 9210 page, and the mechanism for flushing these bad 9211 instructions fails under certain circumstances. The 9212 unconditional branches: 9213 1) Branch: b, bl, ba, bla, 9214 2) Branch Conditional: bc, bca, bcl, bcla, 9215 3) Branch Conditional to Link Register: bclr, bclrl, 9216 where (2) and (3) have BO=0x14 making them unconditional, 9217 prevent the bad prefetch because the prefetch itself is 9218 affected by these instructions. This happens even if the 9219 instruction is not executed. 9220 9221 A bctr example: 9222 . 9223 . lis 9,new_page@ha 9224 . addi 9,9,new_page@l 9225 . mtctr 9 9226 . bctr 9227 . nop 9228 . nop 9229 . new_page: 9230 . 9231 The bctr is not predicted taken due to ctr not being 9232 ready, so prefetch continues on past the bctr into the 9233 new page which might have stale instructions. If they 9234 fail to be flushed, then they will be executed after the 9235 bctr executes. Either of the following modifications 9236 prevent the bad prefetch from happening in the first 9237 place: 9238 . 9239 . lis 9,new_page@ha lis 9,new_page@ha 9240 . addi 9,9,new_page@l addi 9,9,new_page@l 9241 . mtctr 9 mtctr 9 9242 . bctr bctr 9243 . nop b somewhere_else 9244 . b somewhere_else nop 9245 . new_page: new_page: 9246 . */ 9247 insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, contents + offset); 9248 if ((insn & (0x3f << 26)) == (18u << 26) /* b,bl,ba,bla */ 9249 || ((insn & (0x3f << 26)) == (16u << 26) /* bc,bcl,bca,bcla*/ 9250 && (insn & (0x14 << 21)) == (0x14 << 21)) /* with BO=0x14 */ 9251 || ((insn & (0x3f << 26)) == (19u << 26) 9252 && (insn & (0x3ff << 1)) == (16u << 1) /* bclr,bclrl */ 9253 && (insn & (0x14 << 21)) == (0x14 << 21)))/* with BO=0x14 */ 9254 continue; 9255 9256 patch_addr = (start_addr + input_section->size 9257 - relax_info->workaround_size); 9258 patch_addr = (patch_addr + 15) & -16; 9259 patch_off = patch_addr - start_addr; 9260 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, B + patch_off - offset, contents + offset); 9261 9262 if (rel != NULL 9263 && rel->r_offset >= offset 9264 && rel->r_offset < offset + 4) 9265 { 9266 asection *sreloc; 9267 9268 /* If the insn we are patching had a reloc, adjust the 9269 reloc r_offset so that the reloc applies to the moved 9270 location. This matters for -r and --emit-relocs. */ 9271 if (rel + 1 != relend) 9272 { 9273 Elf_Internal_Rela tmp = *rel; 9274 9275 /* Keep the relocs sorted by r_offset. */ 9276 memmove (rel, rel + 1, (relend - (rel + 1)) * sizeof (*rel)); 9277 relend[-1] = tmp; 9278 } 9279 relend[-1].r_offset += patch_off - offset; 9280 9281 /* Adjust REL16 addends too. */ 9282 switch (ELF32_R_TYPE (relend[-1].r_info)) 9283 { 9284 case R_PPC_REL16: 9285 case R_PPC_REL16_LO: 9286 case R_PPC_REL16_HI: 9287 case R_PPC_REL16_HA: 9288 relend[-1].r_addend += patch_off - offset; 9289 break; 9290 default: 9291 break; 9292 } 9293 9294 /* If we are building a PIE or shared library with 9295 non-PIC objects, perhaps we had a dynamic reloc too? 9296 If so, the dynamic reloc must move with the insn. */ 9297 sreloc = elf_section_data (input_section)->sreloc; 9298 if (sreloc != NULL) 9299 { 9300 Elf32_External_Rela *slo, *shi, *srelend; 9301 bfd_vma soffset; 9302 9303 slo = (Elf32_External_Rela *) sreloc->contents; 9304 shi = srelend = slo + sreloc->reloc_count; 9305 soffset = (offset + input_section->output_section->vma 9306 + input_section->output_offset); 9307 while (slo < shi) 9308 { 9309 Elf32_External_Rela *srel = slo + (shi - slo) / 2; 9310 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_in (output_bfd, (bfd_byte *) srel, 9311 &outrel); 9312 if (outrel.r_offset < soffset) 9313 slo = srel + 1; 9314 else if (outrel.r_offset > soffset + 3) 9315 shi = srel; 9316 else 9317 { 9318 if (srel + 1 != srelend) 9319 { 9320 memmove (srel, srel + 1, 9321 (srelend - (srel + 1)) * sizeof (*srel)); 9322 srel = srelend - 1; 9323 } 9324 outrel.r_offset += patch_off - offset; 9325 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &outrel, 9326 (bfd_byte *) srel); 9327 break; 9328 } 9329 } 9330 } 9331 } 9332 else 9333 rel = NULL; 9334 9335 if ((insn & (0x3f << 26)) == (16u << 26) /* bc */ 9336 && (insn & 2) == 0 /* relative */) 9337 { 9338 bfd_vma delta = ((insn & 0xfffc) ^ 0x8000) - 0x8000; 9339 9340 delta += offset - patch_off; 9341 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info) && rel != NULL) 9342 delta = 0; 9343 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (info) && rel != NULL) 9344 { 9345 enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type; 9346 9347 r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (relend[-1].r_info); 9348 if (r_type == R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN) 9349 insn |= BRANCH_PREDICT_BIT; 9350 else if (r_type == R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN) 9351 insn &= ~BRANCH_PREDICT_BIT; 9352 else 9353 BFD_ASSERT (r_type == R_PPC_REL14); 9354 9355 if ((r_type == R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN 9356 || r_type == R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN) 9357 && delta + 0x8000 < 0x10000 9358 && (bfd_signed_vma) delta < 0) 9359 insn ^= BRANCH_PREDICT_BIT; 9360 } 9361 if (delta + 0x8000 < 0x10000) 9362 { 9363 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, 9364 (insn & ~0xfffc) | (delta & 0xfffc), 9365 contents + patch_off); 9366 patch_off += 4; 9367 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, 9368 B | ((offset + 4 - patch_off) & 0x3fffffc), 9369 contents + patch_off); 9370 patch_off += 4; 9371 } 9372 else 9373 { 9374 if (rel != NULL) 9375 { 9376 unsigned int r_sym = ELF32_R_SYM (relend[-1].r_info); 9377 9378 relend[-1].r_offset += 8; 9379 relend[-1].r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_sym, R_PPC_REL24); 9380 } 9381 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, 9382 (insn & ~0xfffc) | 8, 9383 contents + patch_off); 9384 patch_off += 4; 9385 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, 9386 B | ((offset + 4 - patch_off) & 0x3fffffc), 9387 contents + patch_off); 9388 patch_off += 4; 9389 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, 9390 B | ((delta - 8) & 0x3fffffc), 9391 contents + patch_off); 9392 patch_off += 4; 9393 } 9394 } 9395 else 9396 { 9397 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, contents + patch_off); 9398 patch_off += 4; 9399 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, 9400 B | ((offset + 4 - patch_off) & 0x3fffffc), 9401 contents + patch_off); 9402 patch_off += 4; 9403 } 9404 BFD_ASSERT (patch_off <= input_section->size); 9405 relax_info->workaround_size = input_section->size - patch_off; 9406 } 9407 } 9408 9409 return ret; 9410 } 9411 9412 /* Write out the PLT relocs and entries for H. */ 9414 9415 static bfd_boolean 9416 write_global_sym_plt (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h, void *inf) 9417 { 9418 struct bfd_link_info *info = (struct bfd_link_info *) inf; 9419 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info); 9420 struct plt_entry *ent; 9421 bfd_boolean doneone; 9422 9423 doneone = FALSE; 9424 for (ent = h->plt.plist; ent != NULL; ent = ent->next) 9425 if (ent->plt.offset != (bfd_vma) -1) 9426 { 9427 if (!doneone) 9428 { 9429 Elf_Internal_Rela rela; 9430 bfd_byte *loc; 9431 bfd_vma reloc_index; 9432 asection *plt = htab->elf.splt; 9433 asection *relplt = htab->elf.srelplt; 9434 9435 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_NEW 9436 || !htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created 9437 || h->dynindx == -1) 9438 reloc_index = ent->plt.offset / 4; 9439 else 9440 { 9441 reloc_index = ((ent->plt.offset - htab->plt_initial_entry_size) 9442 / htab->plt_slot_size); 9443 if (reloc_index > PLT_NUM_SINGLE_ENTRIES 9444 && htab->plt_type == PLT_OLD) 9445 reloc_index -= (reloc_index - PLT_NUM_SINGLE_ENTRIES) / 2; 9446 } 9447 9448 /* This symbol has an entry in the procedure linkage table. 9449 Set it up. */ 9450 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_VXWORKS 9451 && htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created 9452 && h->dynindx != -1) 9453 { 9454 bfd_vma got_offset; 9455 const bfd_vma *plt_entry; 9456 9457 /* The first three entries in .got.plt are reserved. */ 9458 got_offset = (reloc_index + 3) * 4; 9459 9460 /* Use the right PLT. */ 9461 plt_entry = bfd_link_pic (info) ? ppc_elf_vxworks_pic_plt_entry 9462 : ppc_elf_vxworks_plt_entry; 9463 9464 /* Fill in the .plt on VxWorks. */ 9465 if (bfd_link_pic (info)) 9466 { 9467 bfd_put_32 (info->output_bfd, 9468 plt_entry[0] | PPC_HA (got_offset), 9469 plt->contents + ent->plt.offset + 0); 9470 bfd_put_32 (info->output_bfd, 9471 plt_entry[1] | PPC_LO (got_offset), 9472 plt->contents + ent->plt.offset + 4); 9473 } 9474 else 9475 { 9476 bfd_vma got_loc = got_offset + SYM_VAL (htab->elf.hgot); 9477 9478 bfd_put_32 (info->output_bfd, 9479 plt_entry[0] | PPC_HA (got_loc), 9480 plt->contents + ent->plt.offset + 0); 9481 bfd_put_32 (info->output_bfd, 9482 plt_entry[1] | PPC_LO (got_loc), 9483 plt->contents + ent->plt.offset + 4); 9484 } 9485 9486 bfd_put_32 (info->output_bfd, plt_entry[2], 9487 plt->contents + ent->plt.offset + 8); 9488 bfd_put_32 (info->output_bfd, plt_entry[3], 9489 plt->contents + ent->plt.offset + 12); 9490 9491 /* This instruction is an immediate load. The value loaded is 9492 the byte offset of the R_PPC_JMP_SLOT relocation from the 9493 start of the .rela.plt section. The value is stored in the 9494 low-order 16 bits of the load instruction. */ 9495 /* NOTE: It appears that this is now an index rather than a 9496 prescaled offset. */ 9497 bfd_put_32 (info->output_bfd, 9498 plt_entry[4] | reloc_index, 9499 plt->contents + ent->plt.offset + 16); 9500 /* This instruction is a PC-relative branch whose target is 9501 the start of the PLT section. The address of this branch 9502 instruction is 20 bytes beyond the start of this PLT entry. 9503 The address is encoded in bits 6-29, inclusive. The value 9504 stored is right-shifted by two bits, permitting a 26-bit 9505 offset. */ 9506 bfd_put_32 (info->output_bfd, 9507 (plt_entry[5] 9508 | (-(ent->plt.offset + 20) & 0x03fffffc)), 9509 plt->contents + ent->plt.offset + 20); 9510 bfd_put_32 (info->output_bfd, plt_entry[6], 9511 plt->contents + ent->plt.offset + 24); 9512 bfd_put_32 (info->output_bfd, plt_entry[7], 9513 plt->contents + ent->plt.offset + 28); 9514 9515 /* Fill in the GOT entry corresponding to this PLT slot with 9516 the address immediately after the "bctr" instruction 9517 in this PLT entry. */ 9518 bfd_put_32 (info->output_bfd, (plt->output_section->vma 9519 + plt->output_offset 9520 + ent->plt.offset + 16), 9521 htab->elf.sgotplt->contents + got_offset); 9522 9523 if (!bfd_link_pic (info)) 9524 { 9525 /* Fill in a couple of entries in .rela.plt.unloaded. */ 9526 loc = htab->srelplt2->contents 9527 + ((VXWORKS_PLTRESOLVE_RELOCS + reloc_index 9528 * VXWORKS_PLT_NON_JMP_SLOT_RELOCS) 9529 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela)); 9530 9531 /* Provide the @ha relocation for the first instruction. */ 9532 rela.r_offset = (plt->output_section->vma 9533 + plt->output_offset 9534 + ent->plt.offset + 2); 9535 rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->elf.hgot->indx, 9536 R_PPC_ADDR16_HA); 9537 rela.r_addend = got_offset; 9538 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (info->output_bfd, &rela, loc); 9539 loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela); 9540 9541 /* Provide the @l relocation for the second instruction. */ 9542 rela.r_offset = (plt->output_section->vma 9543 + plt->output_offset 9544 + ent->plt.offset + 6); 9545 rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->elf.hgot->indx, 9546 R_PPC_ADDR16_LO); 9547 rela.r_addend = got_offset; 9548 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (info->output_bfd, &rela, loc); 9549 loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela); 9550 9551 /* Provide a relocation for the GOT entry corresponding to this 9552 PLT slot. Point it at the middle of the .plt entry. */ 9553 rela.r_offset = (htab->elf.sgotplt->output_section->vma 9554 + htab->elf.sgotplt->output_offset 9555 + got_offset); 9556 rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->elf.hplt->indx, 9557 R_PPC_ADDR32); 9558 rela.r_addend = ent->plt.offset + 16; 9559 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (info->output_bfd, &rela, loc); 9560 } 9561 9562 /* VxWorks uses non-standard semantics for R_PPC_JMP_SLOT. 9563 In particular, the offset for the relocation is not the 9564 address of the PLT entry for this function, as specified 9565 by the ABI. Instead, the offset is set to the address of 9566 the GOT slot for this function. See EABI 4.4.4.1. */ 9567 rela.r_offset = (htab->elf.sgotplt->output_section->vma 9568 + htab->elf.sgotplt->output_offset 9569 + got_offset); 9570 rela.r_addend = 0; 9571 } 9572 else 9573 { 9574 rela.r_addend = 0; 9575 if (!htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created 9576 || h->dynindx == -1) 9577 { 9578 if (h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC) 9579 { 9580 plt = htab->elf.iplt; 9581 relplt = htab->elf.irelplt; 9582 } 9583 else 9584 { 9585 plt = htab->pltlocal; 9586 relplt = bfd_link_pic (info) ? htab->relpltlocal : NULL; 9587 } 9588 if (h->def_regular 9589 && (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined 9590 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)) 9591 rela.r_addend = SYM_VAL (h); 9592 } 9593 9594 if (relplt == NULL) 9595 { 9596 loc = plt->contents + ent->plt.offset; 9597 bfd_put_32 (info->output_bfd, rela.r_addend, loc); 9598 } 9599 else 9600 { 9601 rela.r_offset = (plt->output_section->vma 9602 + plt->output_offset 9603 + ent->plt.offset); 9604 9605 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_OLD 9606 || !htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created 9607 || h->dynindx == -1) 9608 { 9609 /* We don't need to fill in the .plt. The ppc dynamic 9610 linker will fill it in. */ 9611 } 9612 else 9613 { 9614 bfd_vma val = (htab->glink_pltresolve + ent->plt.offset 9615 + htab->glink->output_section->vma 9616 + htab->glink->output_offset); 9617 bfd_put_32 (info->output_bfd, val, 9618 plt->contents + ent->plt.offset); 9619 } 9620 } 9621 } 9622 9623 if (relplt != NULL) 9624 { 9625 /* Fill in the entry in the .rela.plt section. */ 9626 if (!htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created 9627 || h->dynindx == -1) 9628 { 9629 if (h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC) 9630 rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_IRELATIVE); 9631 else 9632 rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_RELATIVE); 9633 loc = relplt->contents + (relplt->reloc_count++ 9634 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela)); 9635 htab->local_ifunc_resolver = 1; 9636 } 9637 else 9638 { 9639 rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_PPC_JMP_SLOT); 9640 loc = relplt->contents + (reloc_index 9641 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela)); 9642 if (h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC && is_static_defined (h)) 9643 htab->maybe_local_ifunc_resolver = 1; 9644 } 9645 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (info->output_bfd, &rela, loc); 9646 } 9647 doneone = TRUE; 9648 } 9649 9650 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_NEW 9651 || !htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created 9652 || h->dynindx == -1) 9653 { 9654 unsigned char *p; 9655 asection *plt = htab->elf.splt; 9656 9657 if (!htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created 9658 || h->dynindx == -1) 9659 { 9660 if (h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC) 9661 plt = htab->elf.iplt; 9662 else 9663 break; 9664 } 9665 9666 p = (unsigned char *) htab->glink->contents + ent->glink_offset; 9667 write_glink_stub (h, ent, plt, p, info); 9668 9669 if (!bfd_link_pic (info)) 9670 /* We only need one non-PIC glink stub. */ 9671 break; 9672 } 9673 else 9674 break; 9675 } 9676 return TRUE; 9677 } 9678 9679 /* Finish up PLT handling. */ 9680 9681 bfd_boolean 9682 ppc_finish_symbols (struct bfd_link_info *info) 9683 { 9684 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info); 9685 bfd *ibfd; 9686 9687 if (!htab) 9688 return TRUE; 9689 9690 elf_link_hash_traverse (&htab->elf, write_global_sym_plt, info); 9691 9692 for (ibfd = info->input_bfds; ibfd != NULL; ibfd = ibfd->link.next) 9693 { 9694 bfd_vma *local_got, *end_local_got; 9695 struct plt_entry **local_plt, **lplt, **end_local_plt; 9696 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr; 9697 bfd_size_type locsymcount; 9698 Elf_Internal_Sym *local_syms = NULL; 9699 struct plt_entry *ent; 9700 9701 if (!is_ppc_elf (ibfd)) 9702 continue; 9703 9704 local_got = elf_local_got_offsets (ibfd); 9705 if (!local_got) 9706 continue; 9707 9708 symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd); 9709 locsymcount = symtab_hdr->sh_info; 9710 end_local_got = local_got + locsymcount; 9711 local_plt = (struct plt_entry **) end_local_got; 9712 end_local_plt = local_plt + locsymcount; 9713 for (lplt = local_plt; lplt < end_local_plt; ++lplt) 9714 for (ent = *lplt; ent != NULL; ent = ent->next) 9715 { 9716 if (ent->plt.offset != (bfd_vma) -1) 9717 { 9718 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym; 9719 asection *sym_sec; 9720 asection *plt, *relplt; 9721 bfd_byte *loc; 9722 bfd_vma val; 9723 Elf_Internal_Rela rela; 9724 9725 if (!get_sym_h (NULL, &sym, &sym_sec, NULL, &local_syms, 9726 lplt - local_plt, ibfd)) 9727 { 9728 if (local_syms != NULL 9729 && symtab_hdr->contents != (unsigned char *) local_syms) 9730 free (local_syms); 9731 return FALSE; 9732 } 9733 9734 val = sym->st_value; 9735 if (sym_sec != NULL && sym_sec->output_section != NULL) 9736 val += sym_sec->output_offset + sym_sec->output_section->vma; 9737 9738 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) == STT_GNU_IFUNC) 9739 { 9740 htab->local_ifunc_resolver = 1; 9741 plt = htab->elf.iplt; 9742 relplt = htab->elf.irelplt; 9743 rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_IRELATIVE); 9744 } 9745 else 9746 { 9747 plt = htab->pltlocal; 9748 if (bfd_link_pic (info)) 9749 { 9750 relplt = htab->relpltlocal; 9751 rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_RELATIVE); 9752 } 9753 else 9754 { 9755 loc = plt->contents + ent->plt.offset; 9756 bfd_put_32 (info->output_bfd, val, loc); 9757 continue; 9758 } 9759 } 9760 9761 rela.r_offset = (ent->plt.offset 9762 + plt->output_offset 9763 + plt->output_section->vma); 9764 rela.r_addend = val; 9765 loc = relplt->contents + (relplt->reloc_count++ 9766 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela)); 9767 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (info->output_bfd, &rela, loc); 9768 } 9769 if ((ent->glink_offset & 1) == 0) 9770 { 9771 unsigned char *p = ((unsigned char *) htab->glink->contents 9772 + ent->glink_offset); 9773 9774 write_glink_stub (NULL, ent, htab->elf.iplt, p, info); 9775 ent->glink_offset |= 1; 9776 } 9777 } 9778 9779 if (local_syms != NULL 9780 && symtab_hdr->contents != (unsigned char *) local_syms) 9781 { 9782 if (!info->keep_memory) 9783 free (local_syms); 9784 else 9785 symtab_hdr->contents = (unsigned char *) local_syms; 9786 } 9787 } 9788 return TRUE; 9789 } 9790 9791 /* Finish up dynamic symbol handling. We set the contents of various 9792 dynamic sections here. */ 9793 9794 static bfd_boolean 9795 ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd *output_bfd, 9796 struct bfd_link_info *info, 9797 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h, 9798 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym) 9799 { 9800 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info); 9801 struct plt_entry *ent; 9802 9803 #ifdef DEBUG 9804 fprintf (stderr, "ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol called for %s", 9805 h->root.root.string); 9806 #endif 9807 9808 if (!h->def_regular 9809 || (h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC && !bfd_link_pic (info))) 9810 for (ent = h->plt.plist; ent != NULL; ent = ent->next) 9811 if (ent->plt.offset != (bfd_vma) -1) 9812 { 9813 if (!h->def_regular) 9814 { 9815 /* Mark the symbol as undefined, rather than as 9816 defined in the .plt section. Leave the value if 9817 there were any relocations where pointer equality 9818 matters (this is a clue for the dynamic linker, to 9819 make function pointer comparisons work between an 9820 application and shared library), otherwise set it 9821 to zero. */ 9822 sym->st_shndx = SHN_UNDEF; 9823 if (!h->pointer_equality_needed) 9824 sym->st_value = 0; 9825 else if (!h->ref_regular_nonweak) 9826 { 9827 /* This breaks function pointer comparisons, but 9828 that is better than breaking tests for a NULL 9829 function pointer. */ 9830 sym->st_value = 0; 9831 } 9832 } 9833 else 9834 { 9835 /* Set the value of ifunc symbols in a non-pie 9836 executable to the glink entry. This is to avoid 9837 text relocations. We can't do this for ifunc in 9838 allocate_dynrelocs, as we do for normal dynamic 9839 function symbols with plt entries, because we need 9840 to keep the original value around for the ifunc 9841 relocation. */ 9842 sym->st_shndx 9843 = (_bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section 9844 (info->output_bfd, htab->glink->output_section)); 9845 sym->st_value = (ent->glink_offset 9846 + htab->glink->output_offset 9847 + htab->glink->output_section->vma); 9848 } 9849 break; 9850 } 9851 9852 if (h->needs_copy) 9853 { 9854 asection *s; 9855 Elf_Internal_Rela rela; 9856 bfd_byte *loc; 9857 9858 /* This symbols needs a copy reloc. Set it up. */ 9859 9860 #ifdef DEBUG 9861 fprintf (stderr, ", copy"); 9862 #endif 9863 9864 BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1); 9865 9866 if (ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_sda_refs) 9867 s = htab->relsbss; 9868 else if (h->root.u.def.section == htab->elf.sdynrelro) 9869 s = htab->elf.sreldynrelro; 9870 else 9871 s = htab->elf.srelbss; 9872 BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL); 9873 9874 rela.r_offset = SYM_VAL (h); 9875 rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_PPC_COPY); 9876 rela.r_addend = 0; 9877 loc = s->contents + s->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela); 9878 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rela, loc); 9879 } 9880 9881 #ifdef DEBUG 9882 fprintf (stderr, "\n"); 9883 #endif 9884 9885 return TRUE; 9886 } 9887 9888 static enum elf_reloc_type_class 9890 ppc_elf_reloc_type_class (const struct bfd_link_info *info, 9891 const asection *rel_sec, 9892 const Elf_Internal_Rela *rela) 9893 { 9894 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info); 9895 9896 if (rel_sec == htab->elf.irelplt) 9897 return reloc_class_ifunc; 9898 9899 switch (ELF32_R_TYPE (rela->r_info)) 9900 { 9901 case R_PPC_RELATIVE: 9902 return reloc_class_relative; 9903 case R_PPC_JMP_SLOT: 9904 return reloc_class_plt; 9905 case R_PPC_COPY: 9906 return reloc_class_copy; 9907 default: 9908 return reloc_class_normal; 9909 } 9910 } 9911 9912 /* Finish up the dynamic sections. */ 9914 9915 static bfd_boolean 9916 ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_sections (bfd *output_bfd, 9917 struct bfd_link_info *info) 9918 { 9919 asection *sdyn; 9920 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab; 9921 bfd_vma got; 9922 bfd *dynobj; 9923 bfd_boolean ret = TRUE; 9924 9925 #ifdef DEBUG 9926 fprintf (stderr, "ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_sections called\n"); 9927 #endif 9928 9929 htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info); 9930 dynobj = htab->elf.dynobj; 9931 sdyn = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, ".dynamic"); 9932 9933 got = 0; 9934 if (htab->elf.hgot != NULL) 9935 got = SYM_VAL (htab->elf.hgot); 9936 9937 if (htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created) 9938 { 9939 Elf32_External_Dyn *dyncon, *dynconend; 9940 9941 BFD_ASSERT (htab->elf.splt != NULL && sdyn != NULL); 9942 9943 dyncon = (Elf32_External_Dyn *) sdyn->contents; 9944 dynconend = (Elf32_External_Dyn *) (sdyn->contents + sdyn->size); 9945 for (; dyncon < dynconend; dyncon++) 9946 { 9947 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn; 9948 asection *s; 9949 9950 bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_in (dynobj, dyncon, &dyn); 9951 9952 switch (dyn.d_tag) 9953 { 9954 case DT_PLTGOT: 9955 if (htab->is_vxworks) 9956 s = htab->elf.sgotplt; 9957 else 9958 s = htab->elf.splt; 9959 dyn.d_un.d_ptr = s->output_section->vma + s->output_offset; 9960 break; 9961 9962 case DT_PLTRELSZ: 9963 dyn.d_un.d_val = htab->elf.srelplt->size; 9964 break; 9965 9966 case DT_JMPREL: 9967 s = htab->elf.srelplt; 9968 dyn.d_un.d_ptr = s->output_section->vma + s->output_offset; 9969 break; 9970 9971 case DT_PPC_GOT: 9972 dyn.d_un.d_ptr = got; 9973 break; 9974 9975 case DT_TEXTREL: 9976 if (htab->local_ifunc_resolver) 9977 info->callbacks->einfo 9978 (_("%X%P: text relocations and GNU indirect " 9979 "functions will result in a segfault at runtime\n")); 9980 else if (htab->maybe_local_ifunc_resolver) 9981 info->callbacks->einfo 9982 (_("%P: warning: text relocations and GNU indirect " 9983 "functions may result in a segfault at runtime\n")); 9984 continue; 9985 9986 default: 9987 if (htab->is_vxworks 9988 && elf_vxworks_finish_dynamic_entry (output_bfd, &dyn)) 9989 break; 9990 continue; 9991 } 9992 9993 bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_out (output_bfd, &dyn, dyncon); 9994 } 9995 } 9996 9997 if (htab->elf.sgot != NULL 9998 && htab->elf.sgot->output_section != bfd_abs_section_ptr) 9999 { 10000 if (htab->elf.hgot->root.u.def.section == htab->elf.sgot 10001 || htab->elf.hgot->root.u.def.section == htab->elf.sgotplt) 10002 { 10003 unsigned char *p = htab->elf.hgot->root.u.def.section->contents; 10004 10005 p += htab->elf.hgot->root.u.def.value; 10006 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_OLD) 10007 { 10008 /* Add a blrl instruction at _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_-4 10009 so that a function can easily find the address of 10010 _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. */ 10011 BFD_ASSERT (htab->elf.hgot->root.u.def.value - 4 10012 < htab->elf.hgot->root.u.def.section->size); 10013 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, 0x4e800021, p - 4); 10014 } 10015 10016 if (sdyn != NULL) 10017 { 10018 bfd_vma val = sdyn->output_section->vma + sdyn->output_offset; 10019 BFD_ASSERT (htab->elf.hgot->root.u.def.value 10020 < htab->elf.hgot->root.u.def.section->size); 10021 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, val, p); 10022 } 10023 } 10024 else 10025 { 10026 /* xgettext:c-format */ 10027 _bfd_error_handler (_("%s not defined in linker created %pA"), 10028 htab->elf.hgot->root.root.string, 10029 (htab->elf.sgotplt != NULL 10030 ? htab->elf.sgotplt : htab->elf.sgot)); 10031 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); 10032 ret = FALSE; 10033 } 10034 10035 elf_section_data (htab->elf.sgot->output_section)->this_hdr.sh_entsize = 4; 10036 } 10037 10038 /* Fill in the first entry in the VxWorks procedure linkage table. */ 10039 if (htab->is_vxworks 10040 && htab->elf.splt != NULL 10041 && htab->elf.splt->size != 0 10042 && htab->elf.splt->output_section != bfd_abs_section_ptr) 10043 { 10044 asection *splt = htab->elf.splt; 10045 /* Use the right PLT. */ 10046 const bfd_vma *plt_entry = (bfd_link_pic (info) 10047 ? ppc_elf_vxworks_pic_plt0_entry 10048 : ppc_elf_vxworks_plt0_entry); 10049 10050 if (!bfd_link_pic (info)) 10051 { 10052 bfd_vma got_value = SYM_VAL (htab->elf.hgot); 10053 10054 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[0] | PPC_HA (got_value), 10055 splt->contents + 0); 10056 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[1] | PPC_LO (got_value), 10057 splt->contents + 4); 10058 } 10059 else 10060 { 10061 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[0], splt->contents + 0); 10062 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[1], splt->contents + 4); 10063 } 10064 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[2], splt->contents + 8); 10065 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[3], splt->contents + 12); 10066 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[4], splt->contents + 16); 10067 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[5], splt->contents + 20); 10068 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[6], splt->contents + 24); 10069 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[7], splt->contents + 28); 10070 10071 if (! bfd_link_pic (info)) 10072 { 10073 Elf_Internal_Rela rela; 10074 bfd_byte *loc; 10075 10076 loc = htab->srelplt2->contents; 10077 10078 /* Output the @ha relocation for the first instruction. */ 10079 rela.r_offset = (htab->elf.splt->output_section->vma 10080 + htab->elf.splt->output_offset 10081 + 2); 10082 rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->elf.hgot->indx, R_PPC_ADDR16_HA); 10083 rela.r_addend = 0; 10084 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rela, loc); 10085 loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela); 10086 10087 /* Output the @l relocation for the second instruction. */ 10088 rela.r_offset = (htab->elf.splt->output_section->vma 10089 + htab->elf.splt->output_offset 10090 + 6); 10091 rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->elf.hgot->indx, R_PPC_ADDR16_LO); 10092 rela.r_addend = 0; 10093 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rela, loc); 10094 loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela); 10095 10096 /* Fix up the remaining relocations. They may have the wrong 10097 symbol index for _G_O_T_ or _P_L_T_ depending on the order 10098 in which symbols were output. */ 10099 while (loc < htab->srelplt2->contents + htab->srelplt2->size) 10100 { 10101 Elf_Internal_Rela rel; 10102 10103 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (output_bfd, loc, &rel); 10104 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->elf.hgot->indx, R_PPC_ADDR16_HA); 10105 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc); 10106 loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela); 10107 10108 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (output_bfd, loc, &rel); 10109 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->elf.hgot->indx, R_PPC_ADDR16_LO); 10110 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc); 10111 loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela); 10112 10113 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (output_bfd, loc, &rel); 10114 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->elf.hplt->indx, R_PPC_ADDR32); 10115 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc); 10116 loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela); 10117 } 10118 } 10119 } 10120 10121 if (htab->glink != NULL 10122 && htab->glink->contents != NULL 10123 && htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created) 10124 { 10125 unsigned char *p; 10126 unsigned char *endp; 10127 bfd_vma res0; 10128 10129 /* 10130 * PIC glink code is the following: 10131 * 10132 * # ith PLT code stub. 10133 * addis 11,30,(plt+(i-1)*4-got)@ha 10134 * lwz 11,(plt+(i-1)*4-got)@l(11) 10135 * mtctr 11 10136 * bctr 10137 * 10138 * # A table of branches, one for each plt entry. 10139 * # The idea is that the plt call stub loads ctr and r11 with these 10140 * # addresses, so (r11 - res_0) gives the plt index * 4. 10141 * res_0: b PLTresolve 10142 * res_1: b PLTresolve 10143 * . 10144 * # Some number of entries towards the end can be nops 10145 * res_n_m3: nop 10146 * res_n_m2: nop 10147 * res_n_m1: 10148 * 10149 * PLTresolve: 10150 * addis 11,11,(1f-res_0)@ha 10151 * mflr 0 10152 * bcl 20,31,1f 10153 * 1: addi 11,11,(1b-res_0)@l 10154 * mflr 12 10155 * mtlr 0 10156 * sub 11,11,12 # r11 = index * 4 10157 * addis 12,12,(got+4-1b)@ha 10158 * lwz 0,(got+4-1b)@l(12) # got[1] address of dl_runtime_resolve 10159 * lwz 12,(got+8-1b)@l(12) # got[2] contains the map address 10160 * mtctr 0 10161 * add 0,11,11 10162 * add 11,0,11 # r11 = index * 12 = reloc offset. 10163 * bctr 10164 * 10165 * Non-PIC glink code is a little simpler. 10166 * 10167 * # ith PLT code stub. 10168 * lis 11,(plt+(i-1)*4)@ha 10169 * lwz 11,(plt+(i-1)*4)@l(11) 10170 * mtctr 11 10171 * bctr 10172 * 10173 * The branch table is the same, then comes 10174 * 10175 * PLTresolve: 10176 * lis 12,(got+4)@ha 10177 * addis 11,11,(-res_0)@ha 10178 * lwz 0,(got+4)@l(12) # got[1] address of dl_runtime_resolve 10179 * addi 11,11,(-res_0)@l # r11 = index * 4 10180 * mtctr 0 10181 * add 0,11,11 10182 * lwz 12,(got+8)@l(12) # got[2] contains the map address 10183 * add 11,0,11 # r11 = index * 12 = reloc offset. 10184 * bctr 10185 */ 10186 10187 /* Build the branch table, one for each plt entry (less one), 10188 and perhaps some padding. */ 10189 p = htab->glink->contents; 10190 p += htab->glink_pltresolve; 10191 endp = htab->glink->contents; 10192 endp += htab->glink->size - GLINK_PLTRESOLVE; 10193 while (p < endp - (htab->params->ppc476_workaround ? 0 : 8 * 4)) 10194 { 10195 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, B + endp - p, p); 10196 p += 4; 10197 } 10198 while (p < endp) 10199 { 10200 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, NOP, p); 10201 p += 4; 10202 } 10203 10204 res0 = (htab->glink_pltresolve 10205 + htab->glink->output_section->vma 10206 + htab->glink->output_offset); 10207 10208 if (htab->params->ppc476_workaround) 10209 { 10210 /* Ensure that a call stub at the end of a page doesn't 10211 result in prefetch over the end of the page into the 10212 glink branch table. */ 10213 bfd_vma pagesize = (bfd_vma) 1 << htab->params->pagesize_p2; 10214 bfd_vma page_addr; 10215 bfd_vma glink_start = (htab->glink->output_section->vma 10216 + htab->glink->output_offset); 10217 10218 for (page_addr = res0 & -pagesize; 10219 page_addr > glink_start; 10220 page_addr -= pagesize) 10221 { 10222 /* We have a plt call stub that may need fixing. */ 10223 bfd_byte *loc; 10224 unsigned int insn; 10225 10226 loc = htab->glink->contents + page_addr - 4 - glink_start; 10227 insn = bfd_get_32 (output_bfd, loc); 10228 if (insn == BCTR) 10229 { 10230 /* By alignment, we know that there must be at least 10231 one other call stub before this one. */ 10232 insn = bfd_get_32 (output_bfd, loc - 16); 10233 if (insn == BCTR) 10234 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, B | (-16 & 0x3fffffc), loc); 10235 else 10236 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, B | (-20 & 0x3fffffc), loc); 10237 } 10238 } 10239 } 10240 10241 /* Last comes the PLTresolve stub. */ 10242 endp = p + GLINK_PLTRESOLVE; 10243 if (bfd_link_pic (info)) 10244 { 10245 bfd_vma bcl; 10246 10247 bcl = (htab->glink->size - GLINK_PLTRESOLVE + 3*4 10248 + htab->glink->output_section->vma 10249 + htab->glink->output_offset); 10250 10251 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, ADDIS_11_11 + PPC_HA (bcl - res0), p); 10252 p += 4; 10253 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, MFLR_0, p); 10254 p += 4; 10255 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, BCL_20_31, p); 10256 p += 4; 10257 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, ADDI_11_11 + PPC_LO (bcl - res0), p); 10258 p += 4; 10259 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, MFLR_12, p); 10260 p += 4; 10261 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, MTLR_0, p); 10262 p += 4; 10263 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, SUB_11_11_12, p); 10264 p += 4; 10265 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, ADDIS_12_12 + PPC_HA (got + 4 - bcl), p); 10266 p += 4; 10267 if (PPC_HA (got + 4 - bcl) == PPC_HA (got + 8 - bcl)) 10268 { 10269 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, LWZ_0_12 + PPC_LO (got + 4 - bcl), p); 10270 p += 4; 10271 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, LWZ_12_12 + PPC_LO (got + 8 - bcl), p); 10272 p += 4; 10273 } 10274 else 10275 { 10276 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, LWZU_0_12 + PPC_LO (got + 4 - bcl), p); 10277 p += 4; 10278 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, LWZ_12_12 + 4, p); 10279 p += 4; 10280 } 10281 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, MTCTR_0, p); 10282 p += 4; 10283 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, ADD_0_11_11, p); 10284 } 10285 else 10286 { 10287 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, LIS_12 + PPC_HA (got + 4), p); 10288 p += 4; 10289 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, ADDIS_11_11 + PPC_HA (-res0), p); 10290 p += 4; 10291 if (PPC_HA (got + 4) == PPC_HA (got + 8)) 10292 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, LWZ_0_12 + PPC_LO (got + 4), p); 10293 else 10294 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, LWZU_0_12 + PPC_LO (got + 4), p); 10295 p += 4; 10296 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, ADDI_11_11 + PPC_LO (-res0), p); 10297 p += 4; 10298 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, MTCTR_0, p); 10299 p += 4; 10300 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, ADD_0_11_11, p); 10301 p += 4; 10302 if (PPC_HA (got + 4) == PPC_HA (got + 8)) 10303 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, LWZ_12_12 + PPC_LO (got + 8), p); 10304 else 10305 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, LWZ_12_12 + 4, p); 10306 } 10307 p += 4; 10308 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, ADD_11_0_11, p); 10309 p += 4; 10310 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, BCTR, p); 10311 p += 4; 10312 while (p < endp) 10313 { 10314 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, 10315 htab->params->ppc476_workaround ? BA : NOP, p); 10316 p += 4; 10317 } 10318 BFD_ASSERT (p == endp); 10319 } 10320 10321 if (htab->glink_eh_frame != NULL 10322 && htab->glink_eh_frame->contents != NULL) 10323 { 10324 unsigned char *p = htab->glink_eh_frame->contents; 10325 bfd_vma val; 10326 10327 p += sizeof (glink_eh_frame_cie); 10328 /* FDE length. */ 10329 p += 4; 10330 /* CIE pointer. */ 10331 p += 4; 10332 /* Offset to .glink. */ 10333 val = (htab->glink->output_section->vma 10334 + htab->glink->output_offset); 10335 val -= (htab->glink_eh_frame->output_section->vma 10336 + htab->glink_eh_frame->output_offset); 10337 val -= p - htab->glink_eh_frame->contents; 10338 bfd_put_32 (htab->elf.dynobj, val, p); 10339 10340 if (htab->glink_eh_frame->sec_info_type == SEC_INFO_TYPE_EH_FRAME 10341 && !_bfd_elf_write_section_eh_frame (output_bfd, info, 10342 htab->glink_eh_frame, 10343 htab->glink_eh_frame->contents)) 10344 return FALSE; 10345 } 10346 10347 return ret; 10348 } 10349 10350 #define TARGET_LITTLE_SYM powerpc_elf32_le_vec 10352 #define TARGET_LITTLE_NAME "elf32-powerpcle" 10353 #define TARGET_BIG_SYM powerpc_elf32_vec 10354 #define TARGET_BIG_NAME "elf32-powerpc" 10355 #define ELF_ARCH bfd_arch_powerpc 10356 #define ELF_TARGET_ID PPC32_ELF_DATA 10357 #define ELF_MACHINE_CODE EM_PPC 10358 #define ELF_MAXPAGESIZE 0x10000 10359 #define ELF_COMMONPAGESIZE 0x1000 10360 #define ELF_RELROPAGESIZE ELF_MAXPAGESIZE 10361 #define elf_info_to_howto ppc_elf_info_to_howto 10362 10363 #ifdef EM_CYGNUS_POWERPC 10364 #define ELF_MACHINE_ALT1 EM_CYGNUS_POWERPC 10365 #endif 10366 10367 #ifdef EM_PPC_OLD 10368 #define ELF_MACHINE_ALT2 EM_PPC_OLD 10369 #endif 10370 10371 #define elf_backend_plt_not_loaded 1 10372 #define elf_backend_want_dynrelro 1 10373 #define elf_backend_can_gc_sections 1 10374 #define elf_backend_can_refcount 1 10375 #define elf_backend_rela_normal 1 10376 #define elf_backend_caches_rawsize 1 10377 10378 #define bfd_elf32_mkobject ppc_elf_mkobject 10379 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_merge_private_bfd_data ppc_elf_merge_private_bfd_data 10380 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_relax_section ppc_elf_relax_section 10381 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_reloc_type_lookup ppc_elf_reloc_type_lookup 10382 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_reloc_name_lookup ppc_elf_reloc_name_lookup 10383 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_set_private_flags ppc_elf_set_private_flags 10384 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_link_hash_table_create ppc_elf_link_hash_table_create 10385 #define bfd_elf32_get_synthetic_symtab ppc_elf_get_synthetic_symtab 10386 10387 #define elf_backend_object_p ppc_elf_object_p 10388 #define elf_backend_gc_mark_hook ppc_elf_gc_mark_hook 10389 #define elf_backend_section_from_shdr ppc_elf_section_from_shdr 10390 #define elf_backend_relocate_section ppc_elf_relocate_section 10391 #define elf_backend_create_dynamic_sections ppc_elf_create_dynamic_sections 10392 #define elf_backend_check_relocs ppc_elf_check_relocs 10393 #define elf_backend_relocs_compatible _bfd_elf_relocs_compatible 10394 #define elf_backend_copy_indirect_symbol ppc_elf_copy_indirect_symbol 10395 #define elf_backend_adjust_dynamic_symbol ppc_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol 10396 #define elf_backend_add_symbol_hook ppc_elf_add_symbol_hook 10397 #define elf_backend_size_dynamic_sections ppc_elf_size_dynamic_sections 10398 #define elf_backend_hash_symbol ppc_elf_hash_symbol 10399 #define elf_backend_finish_dynamic_symbol ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol 10400 #define elf_backend_finish_dynamic_sections ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_sections 10401 #define elf_backend_fake_sections ppc_elf_fake_sections 10402 #define elf_backend_additional_program_headers ppc_elf_additional_program_headers 10403 #define elf_backend_modify_segment_map ppc_elf_modify_segment_map 10404 #define elf_backend_grok_prstatus ppc_elf_grok_prstatus 10405 #define elf_backend_grok_psinfo ppc_elf_grok_psinfo 10406 #define elf_backend_write_core_note ppc_elf_write_core_note 10407 #define elf_backend_reloc_type_class ppc_elf_reloc_type_class 10408 #define elf_backend_begin_write_processing ppc_elf_begin_write_processing 10409 #define elf_backend_final_write_processing ppc_elf_final_write_processing 10410 #define elf_backend_write_section ppc_elf_write_section 10411 #define elf_backend_get_sec_type_attr ppc_elf_get_sec_type_attr 10412 #define elf_backend_plt_sym_val ppc_elf_plt_sym_val 10413 #define elf_backend_action_discarded ppc_elf_action_discarded 10414 #define elf_backend_init_index_section _bfd_elf_init_1_index_section 10415 #define elf_backend_lookup_section_flags_hook ppc_elf_lookup_section_flags 10416 10417 #include "elf32-target.h" 10418 10419 /* FreeBSD Target */ 10420 10421 #undef TARGET_LITTLE_SYM 10422 #undef TARGET_LITTLE_NAME 10423 10424 #undef TARGET_BIG_SYM 10425 #define TARGET_BIG_SYM powerpc_elf32_fbsd_vec 10426 #undef TARGET_BIG_NAME 10427 #define TARGET_BIG_NAME "elf32-powerpc-freebsd" 10428 10429 #undef ELF_OSABI 10430 #define ELF_OSABI ELFOSABI_FREEBSD 10431 10432 #undef elf32_bed 10433 #define elf32_bed elf32_powerpc_fbsd_bed 10434 10435 #include "elf32-target.h" 10436 10437 /* VxWorks Target */ 10438 10439 #undef TARGET_LITTLE_SYM 10440 #undef TARGET_LITTLE_NAME 10441 10442 #undef TARGET_BIG_SYM 10443 #define TARGET_BIG_SYM powerpc_elf32_vxworks_vec 10444 #undef TARGET_BIG_NAME 10445 #define TARGET_BIG_NAME "elf32-powerpc-vxworks" 10446 10447 #undef ELF_OSABI 10448 10449 /* VxWorks uses the elf default section flags for .plt. */ 10450 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section * 10451 ppc_elf_vxworks_get_sec_type_attr (bfd *abfd, asection *sec) 10452 { 10453 if (sec->name == NULL) 10454 return NULL; 10455 10456 if (strcmp (sec->name, ".plt") == 0) 10457 return _bfd_elf_get_sec_type_attr (abfd, sec); 10458 10459 return ppc_elf_get_sec_type_attr (abfd, sec); 10460 } 10461 10462 /* Like ppc_elf_link_hash_table_create, but overrides 10463 appropriately for VxWorks. */ 10464 static struct bfd_link_hash_table * 10465 ppc_elf_vxworks_link_hash_table_create (bfd *abfd) 10466 { 10467 struct bfd_link_hash_table *ret; 10468 10469 ret = ppc_elf_link_hash_table_create (abfd); 10470 if (ret) 10471 { 10472 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab 10473 = (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *)ret; 10474 htab->is_vxworks = 1; 10475 htab->plt_type = PLT_VXWORKS; 10476 htab->plt_entry_size = VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE; 10477 htab->plt_slot_size = VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE; 10478 htab->plt_initial_entry_size = VXWORKS_PLT_INITIAL_ENTRY_SIZE; 10479 } 10480 return ret; 10481 } 10482 10483 /* Tweak magic VxWorks symbols as they are loaded. */ 10484 static bfd_boolean 10485 ppc_elf_vxworks_add_symbol_hook (bfd *abfd, 10486 struct bfd_link_info *info, 10487 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym, 10488 const char **namep, 10489 flagword *flagsp, 10490 asection **secp, 10491 bfd_vma *valp) 10492 { 10493 if (!elf_vxworks_add_symbol_hook (abfd, info, sym, namep, flagsp, secp, 10494 valp)) 10495 return FALSE; 10496 10497 return ppc_elf_add_symbol_hook (abfd, info, sym, namep, flagsp, secp, valp); 10498 } 10499 10500 static void 10501 ppc_elf_vxworks_final_write_processing (bfd *abfd, bfd_boolean linker) 10502 { 10503 ppc_elf_final_write_processing (abfd, linker); 10504 elf_vxworks_final_write_processing (abfd, linker); 10505 } 10506 10507 /* On VxWorks, we emit relocations against _PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_, so 10508 define it. */ 10509 #undef elf_backend_want_plt_sym 10510 #define elf_backend_want_plt_sym 1 10511 #undef elf_backend_want_got_plt 10512 #define elf_backend_want_got_plt 1 10513 #undef elf_backend_got_symbol_offset 10514 #define elf_backend_got_symbol_offset 0 10515 #undef elf_backend_plt_not_loaded 10516 #define elf_backend_plt_not_loaded 0 10517 #undef elf_backend_plt_readonly 10518 #define elf_backend_plt_readonly 1 10519 #undef elf_backend_got_header_size 10520 #define elf_backend_got_header_size 12 10521 #undef elf_backend_dtrel_excludes_plt 10522 #define elf_backend_dtrel_excludes_plt 1 10523 10524 #undef bfd_elf32_get_synthetic_symtab 10525 10526 #undef bfd_elf32_bfd_link_hash_table_create 10527 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_link_hash_table_create \ 10528 ppc_elf_vxworks_link_hash_table_create 10529 #undef elf_backend_add_symbol_hook 10530 #define elf_backend_add_symbol_hook \ 10531 ppc_elf_vxworks_add_symbol_hook 10532 #undef elf_backend_link_output_symbol_hook 10533 #define elf_backend_link_output_symbol_hook \ 10534 elf_vxworks_link_output_symbol_hook 10535 #undef elf_backend_final_write_processing 10536 #define elf_backend_final_write_processing \ 10537 ppc_elf_vxworks_final_write_processing 10538 #undef elf_backend_get_sec_type_attr 10539 #define elf_backend_get_sec_type_attr \ 10540 ppc_elf_vxworks_get_sec_type_attr 10541 #undef elf_backend_emit_relocs 10542 #define elf_backend_emit_relocs \ 10543 elf_vxworks_emit_relocs 10544 10545 #undef elf32_bed 10546 #define elf32_bed ppc_elf_vxworks_bed 10547 #undef elf_backend_post_process_headers 10548 10549 #include "elf32-target.h" 10550
Indexes created Mon Mar 30 00:23:01 UTC 2026